A TALE OF FOUR QUEERS

Chapter One

"Brian, stop."

"No."

"No more, Brian."

"Shush, hold still."

"Brian, I've had enough."

"Never enough."

"Brian! Leave me the fuck alone!" Justin turned in Brian's arms and gave Brian his full angry pouty glare. Brian put down the bottle of sun block, wiped his hands on a towel then cupped Justin's chin with his hand. In a calm low voice, Brian explained his actions to his infuriated partner.

"Justin, the whole purpose for us to be down here, in Miami, in June is to get acclimated to the heat and humidity. We're going to learn how to scuba dive, safe boating techniques and basic first aide. We're here for two weeks before we go to South America on this little quest of yours. I don't want to start off our vacation with you getting sunburned or worse sun poisoning. Please Justin, let me finish putting the sunblock on your back. You can do everything else."

Justin gazed into the determined, love filled hazel eyes. The pout turned into a smile and Justin hugged Brian. Kissing Brian's neck, Justin whispered, "You soo love me." Brian answered him with a squeeze, then turned Justin around so he could finish slathering the sun block on Justin's back. When Justin finished applying the sunblock to his chest and legs, he handed the bottle back to Brian who promptly handed it to John. Then Brian slapped a Woody's baseball cap onto Justin's head. Justin rolled his eyes but didn't utter a protest.

With sunblock in hand, John approached Bobby.

"Oh no."

"Oh yes."

"John, what am I ... twelve? I don't need this stuff."

"Bobby, I know you're not twelve, even though you may look like it but your skin is almost as fair as Justin's. Please, for me, let me put this on your back. I'll even help you with your front." John said with a grin. There was no way Bobby could turn down John, not when he knew that John only had his well-being in mind. Bobby kissed his lover and turned around. When the task of the sunblock was complete, John whipped a Honey Bear baseball cap out of his back pack and put it on Bobby's head. The brothers and their lovers all cracked up with laughter.

John and Brian were both naturally tan. Years of outdoor work had darkened John's skin. Years of a tanning bed did the same for Brian. But both of them were not foolish enough to go without some skin protection. Brian handed a tube of cream to Justin.

"Brian Kinney, only you would find an anti-aging cream that has sunblock in it." Justin exclaimed. Brian shrugged as Justin rubbed the cream onto Brian's back. Brian took care of the rest of him then gave the tube to John.

John looked at the very expensive tube of cream in his hand then looked at Brian.

"John, you're not getting any younger." Brian said with his tongue in his cheek. John scowled but then looked at his youthful lover and began to apply the cream.

The lovers left their room for some poolside fun.

**************

"Brian, Brian!"

"Mmm."

"Roll over bro. You're done on that side."

"Thanks. What are you reading?"

"More of Kinney's journal. He chronicled his journey to South America and their route to Mexico. We can follow the same path but quite honestly I don't relish hacking through a jungle with machetes. Kinney also had a near fatal run in with a frog."

"You're shitting me, right?"

"No, I'm not. He didn't know any better. He wanted to paint the colorful frogs he saw. He even touched one or two."

"He got slimed?"

"Worse, poisoned. They were poison dart frogs. Patrick saved him. Got him to a shaman or missionary, somebody who knew what to do, just in time."

"Fuck! Okay, I say we spend our vacation right here. I am not traipsing through any jungle and especially not with Justin. He's allergic to practically everything. If anything happened to that boy my ass would be toast. It would be better if I never went back home. John, I realize that this vacation is a graduation gift for Bobby and something that all four of us wanted to do but I'm a city boy. I don't do well without a hair dryer for more than twenty-four hours. There's got to be another way."

"I've been thinking about this and I agree. I like an adventure as much as the next man but I'm not prepared to go hiking in some foreign jungle with questionable political stability and a guide that may not speak English. Not to mention that we'd have to be real careful, if you know what I mean."

Brian nodded. He knew full well that homosexuals away from the land of Liberty were at risk for more than just glares of disgust. They could be risking their lives.

"So what do you have in mind, John?"

"Look at this map. Kinney mentioned some of the small villages he and Patrick stayed in. He even painted some of the chapels for the missionaries in exchange for food and shelter. They both painted for their supper. We can stay in a village that's centrally located to the others then take day trips or overnighters to the other villages. We stick to the main roads and to the larger villages that have some modern technology. What do you think?"

"I like your plan better that Justin's. He has some romantic notion of back packing through the jungle and finding the lost city of the Incas. So how do we tell them?"

"You scared of that little boy?"

"In a word? Yes. He may look like a little boy but don't mess with him. When he gets a bug up his ass, you better just stand back before you get run over."

"I am fully aware of what he is capable of. Justin's a force to be reckoned with; that's why you're so well suited for each other. Let me speak with Bobby then the three of us will discuss it with Justin. I'll even make it my idea. He won't argue with me."

"Humph."

Several hours later after a good dinner and a couple of bottles of wine, they were sitting in the bar of their hotel talking and joking around. They really did enjoy each others' company.

John decided maybe it was time to broach the subject of the itinerary of their trip with Justin. "Justin, I was wondering about our itinerary for the trip to South America. I thought maybe we could choose a few strategic cities to stay in and then do day trips to the smaller centers where Patrick and Kinney painted. What do you think?"

"Absolutely not!"

"What? Why not?"

"The whole point of this trip is to retrace Kinney's path and experience the same things he did. We won't be doing that if we stay in big cities."

"They don't have to be big cities just places with electricity. We can still visit the villages."

"We're going to visit the villages all right, but I want to stay in them so that we get the flavor that Patrick and Kinney got. Maybe we will hear stories about them from the local people. You can't get that if you pop into the village in the morning and leave before dusk. We have to stay there."

Brian groaned and shrugged his shoulders when John looked to him for support. Obviously John was not skilled at reasoning with Justin Taylor. Justin had an arsenal of answers and very strong convictions. Changing his mind about something was a nearly impossible task.

"Some of those places could be dangerous, both politically and environmentally," Bobby said trying to support John's argument. "I have allergies and so do you."

"True," said Justin but I brought antihistamines and I've had all the shots that I will probably need. If you haven't done that, Bobby, you better find a doctor here in Miami as soon as possible."

"I've had my shots, but there's always the unexpected."

"That's what makes it exciting, right, Brian?"

Brian looked from John to Bobby and back to Justin. They weren't going to win this one, but he could help. "Justin," he said solemnly, "I am not staying in town after town with no electricity or modern facilities. My hair and my skin will not survive. I can not afford to look a hundred and fifty when I get back from this trip. Believe me, I will not be a happy camper and neither will any of the rest of you."

Justin sighed. "True," he admitted. He frowned and thought for a minute. "All right, what if we do this? We find the nearest good sized town and make it our headquarters. However, we spend at least one night in each of the little villages so that we can interact with the local people. Then we go back to the city for showers and blowing our hair dry." Justin looked pointedly at Brian as he made that last comment.

Brian felt himself blush slightly. The little shit knew him too well. He put the best smirk on his face that he could and said, "Sounds like a plan."

John and Bobby burst out laughing. "You two are incorrigible. I don't know how you do it, but you manage to find the only possible compromise in an impossible situation. And you do it for totally selfish reasons. Unbelievable!"

"We just know each other very well," Justin said as he slid closer to Brian. He felt the man grip his thigh and he leaned closer. "Let's go find a good club. It may be a while before we get the chance again."

Brian grinned and nodded. "To South America and compromise," he saluted and downed the rest of his drink. "Off to the wilds of Miami Beach. Come on, Sunshine. Time for bumps and grind."

By the time the quartet found the club called "Grinder" they were feeling no pain. They had had a good laugh about the name when the concierge had come up with it when they asked for the hottest gay club in Miami.

The music thumped and the smells assaulted their senses as they entered. Brian looked around and relived a little bit of the White Party until Justin poked him in the ribs.

"Hey, big guy, wanna dance?" Justin said with a grin.

"I want to play," Brian said with an evil smirk."

"What are you talking about?"

"I was thinking that maybe a little adventure might be in store for us before we start the big adventure in South America," Brian explained.

"How drunk are you, little bro'?" John asked.

"Not as drunk as I'm likely to be later tonight."

"What do you want to do, Brian?" Justin asked used to Brian's machinations.

"I just thought we could play with some of the tempting young specimens that roam them thar hills," Brian said waving his hand across the expanse of the dance floor. "Like him," he added pointing to a tasty morsel that had caught his eye.

"And how will this end?" Justin asked pointedly.

"We bring our conquests to the front entrance at midnight and do our comparisons."

Justin smiled. He knew what that meant. "Okay," Justin said, "but dance with me first."

Brian smirked and followed Justin to the center of the dance floor. They started grinding against each other in the totally sexual and intoxicating way that they had mastered. Men all around them stopped dancing to watch. John could see one or two wipe the drool from their lips.

"Let's go make our own show and see what we can bring back at midnight," John suggested.

Bobby frowned. "Are you sure?"

"I just want to see what we can reel in. I'm going home with you," John promised as he kissed Bobby's lips.

"Then let's go," the redhead smiled.

They made their way out onto the floor but kept some distance from where Brian and Justin seemed to be surrounded by interested parties. Even in Miami the Brian and Justin show could stop traffic.

Justin felt someone move in behind him and start to bump up against him. He opened his eyes and looked at Brian who frowned but shrugged his shoulders. Justin turned and looked into the eyes of a dark haired beauty, long and lean and pouty. He smiled at the man who took that at his invitation to pull Justin away from Brian. Justin moved some distance and began dancing suggestively with the guy.

Brian watched trying to keep his jealousy in check. He really didn't like other men touching Justin but he had suggested this little game, so he had to live with the consequences. Someone brushed against Brian and said, "Hi." Brian looked the blond up and down knowing the offer had been made. However, there was only one blond that he ever wanted. He shook his head and the man walked away looking disappointed and slightly ticked.

Brian watched John and Bobby dancing together and then headed for the bar. He needed another drink. As he leaned against the bar several guys cruised him but he paid them no attention. He knew what he wanted and he hadn't seen it yet.

Suddenly Brian glanced to the side and there he was. A young very muscled black man stood farther down the bar staring in Brian's direction. As soon as Brian looked that way the man locked eyes with him and the deal was sealed. Brian cocked his head towards the dance floor and they made their way out there. They danced a few dances both getting hard from the contact.

Suddenly Brian looked at his watch and grabbed the man's belt pulling him towards the entrance of the club.

"Taking me home," the man purred.

Brian didn't answer, simply kept dragging the man along behind him.

At the entrance Bobby and John were standing with Justin and the dark haired young man he had started dancing with earlier. Justin smiled as Brian appeared. They all stared at what Brian had brought along with him.

"My friend wants me to take him home with me," Brian smirked.

"Mine too," Justin grinned.

"Shall we?" Brian asked.

Justin nodded and continued to smile.

"Hey, we're sharing a hotel room," John said. "I don't know if I like the idea of you two..."

"I'd like you to meet..." Brian began addressing Justin's trick.

"Cal," Justin supplied.

Brian pushed his trick towards Cal. "I think you two will get along just fine."

Both men looked startled and tried to protest. The look on Brian and Justin's faces told them they weren't going to get anywhere with those two. So with a shrug they moved off together.

"But I thought..." Bobby began.

"That we were going to bring them back to the hotel and fuck them in front of you?" Brian asked.

"Yeah."

"We've sort of moved past that," Brian explained with a smirk. "There's a back room if we need that kind of thing."

"Brian just likes to prove he's still the superior hunter," Justin said.

"And I am. Mine was definitely hotter."

"Not by much. I'm catching up," Justin grinned.

"I'll give you that. Those two should have a hot time tonight."

"But not half as hot as the one you're gonna have, big fella."

Brian grinned in spite of himself. He took Justin's arm and they all went outside to catch a cab back to the hotel.

"We're going to have to listen to them fuck for hours," Bobby said as they climbed in.

"We could match them stroke for stroke," John said as he squeezed Bobby's ass.

"We could try," Bobby grinned.

"Traveling with those two is always an adventure."

"You can say that again," Bobby agreed as they watched Brian stare lustfully into the back seat from where he sat beside the driver. He hoped they got to the hotel soon before Brian tried to come across the seat to get to his blond.

A TALE OF FOUR QUEERS

Chapter Two

Brian was ordering a shot of Beam for himself and beer for John at the bar in the first class lounge while they were waiting to board their flight. It wasn't a long flight to Caracas but they decided on an evening departure in deference to the heat. Justin and Bobby were off buying some last minute snacks and magazines for the flight.

"Brian, why first class? I know you can afford it and I'm grateful for the extra leg room but isn't this an unnecessary expense?" John asked while Brian handed him his beer.

"I realize this may seem like an extravagance, considering how much this whole trip is costing the both of us; but I figured this may be our last chance at civilization for the next month and a half. We might as well make the most of it."

John nodded at the logic of Brian's statement and took a sip of his beer.

"John, are you having second thoughts? Cause if you are, we can forego this whole thing. Believe me, I'd much rather cut to the chase and go to Brazil or Cancun. I'll try to endure the wrath of the blond if it gets me somewhere with working air conditioning and drinkable water," Brian pleaded.

"I've been having second thoughts since the minute I suggested this trip. I didn't think Justin was serious and I didn't think Bobby would go along with it. He's still paying me back for that one." John winked at Brian.

"Paying you back for what?" Justin queried as he and Bobby joined their partners. "Brian, we're all paying our own way."

"That's not what I meant, Justin. Brian and I were discussing this trip. We both have reservations about the safety of our route. Did we give this enough thought?" John tried to explain.

"Brian, do you feel the same way?" Looking at his lover, Justin's eyes grew wide.

"Jus, I know this means a lot to you but I have to admit, I'm scared shitless. Hard to believe I just said that but before we all get on that plane, I want to make sure we all know the consequences of our actions. I'd rather shoulder the cancellation fees, if I can guarantee our safe return to the land of Liberty."

"And you all feel the same way about this?" Justin scanned the faces of his lover, John and Bobby. They all nodded. Justin slumped down in a chair in defeat. "Guys, I really want to go but if you all are going to be miserable..."

"Not miserable, just apprehensive," Bobby countered.

"I promise to stick to our game plan and stick to the main cities we've discussed. We'll only stay in the towns that have more than a bar and a church and with a telephone and electricity. And if I deviate from the plan you all can remind me of my promise. Please, I really need to do this. Brian, you know what I mean. Ever since I read Kinney's letters and the journal, I've been compelled to take this journey and..."

"Justin, enough!"

"We're going?"

"We're going."

Justin threw himself into Brian's arms, planting kisses up and down Brian's face and neck.

"Thank you!"

"Yeah, yeah. But I swear Justin, if I get poisoned by some dart frog and die, I will never ever fuck you again." Brian scowled as Justin hung on and he, John and Bobby roared with laughter.

After transferring from the airport the foursome finally arrived at their hotel. It was a modern building with all the amenities. Brian was quite happy.

They unpacked and decided to explore some of Caracas.

A taxi took them to the Casa Natal de Bolivar. Apparently Simon Bolivar was considered the 'El Libertador' of Venezuela, even though it was Bolivia that had been named for him. The house was now a museum, but still maintained some of the flavor of the Bolivar period. It was now filled with period weapons and uniforms and murals of great battles. Justin liked the murals but not the subject matter.

The person at the desk told them that if they walked a few blocks they would find the Museo Bolivariano which had more personal relics of the great leader. They made the journey enjoying the walk in the late afternoon, but didn't find the museum all that interesting.

From there they were told to walk a few blocks farther where they would find the Iglesia de San Francisco. This was the place where Bolivar was declared the Great Liberator. It had beautiful gilt baroque altarpieces and was quite dazzling to the eye. All of them were impressed with its grandeur.

"My mother would fucking love this place," Brian said. "Too bad the old battleaxe will never see it."

"Thank God she isn't using the money from Kinney's paintings and the farm to travel here to see this," John added.

"That's for sure," Bobby agreed.

"I'm sorry I mentioned her," Brian said. "Let's talk about more pleasant things." Justin's stomach took that moment to rumble. "Like dinner," Brian grinned with a mischievous twinkle in his eye.

"I'm starving," Justin said sheepishly.

"We would have never known," Brian said sticking his tongue in his cheek.

Justin swatted him affectionately. "I could eat a cow."

"I want a cow of my own then," Bobby added with a laugh.

"I think I know just the kind of place we need to go for dinner," Brian observed.

"Where?" they all asked.

"I need to talk to the concierge to see if they have them here. I think they're more common in Brazil or maybe Argentina."

"What, tell us!"

"Be patient, grasshoppers. I'll let you know when I've talked to the concierge. Let's grab a cab and go back."

About an hour later they were all showered and dressed and waiting in the lobby as Brian got last minute instructions from the concierge. They caught a taxi outside the hotel and Brian handed the driver a piece of paper with an address on it. Shortly they arrived in front of an impressive old building. Brian led them inside. The maitre d' spoke English and escorted them to their table.

He then proceeded to show them the paddles that would bring their food to them. A red paddle meant they were eating or full and the waiters would leave them alone. A green paddle meant that they wanted food. They left the green paddle out and watched waiters armed with huge skewers of roasted beef and pork and lamb and God knew what else make their way through the maze of tables.

Almost instantly a waiter arrived with a huge hunk of meat on a skewer. They all kind of drew back at the sheer size of the thing. They finally figured out it was pork on the skewer. They each received a slice which the waiter hacked off with a weapon that looked like a machete. He was immediately replaced by someone with Beef who did the same thing, followed by lamb.

"Christ, I'm glad the waiters know what the fuck they're doing. They could do serious damage with those weapons," Bobby said.

"Don't they give you salad?" Brian wondered looking around.

"This is manly food," Justin giggled. "Mm ... meat!" He pounded his chest with his fists like a caveman and they all laughed.

A wine steward appeared and they managed to order a bottle of red. Brian tried to explain to the man that he would like a salad with his meat, but he didn't think he had been too successful until magically a salad appeared in front of him. He sighed contentedly and dug into it as well as the massive slices of meat.

Justin and Bobby were gobbling in total enjoyment when Brian leaned in and licked the side of Justin's face.

"What was that for?" Justin asked with a smile. He loved a tender and caring Brian.

"You had grease on your cheek."

"And you ate it for me, and it's after seven. You are the sweetest man," Justin gushed.

Brian was glad the lighting was minimal or they all would have seen the blush he felt creeping up his cheeks. "You always taste good," he whispered. "And covered in grease ... delectable."

Justin leaned in and kissed Brian. "Thanks for bringing us here," he cooed. "This is the best."

"Ready for more?" Brian asked.

Justin turned over the paddle and a new round of meat appeared. They ate and ate and ate. The trail of skewers seemed endless. Finally with a gigantic belch Justin declared he had had enough. They all laughed.

"What?" he demanded.

"We stopped eating half an hour ago," John said with a chuckle. "We've been sitting here watching you."

"My little carnivore," Brian said chucking Justin's cheek.

"Where do you put it all?" John asked.

"It goes straight to his butt. He stores it all there like a camel stores water in his humps," Brian laughed.

"You're mean," Justin said with a pout, but he couldn't maintain it and chuckled as Brian pulled him close. He leaned against Brian and received another kiss.

"You know I love that butt. Speaking of which, I'm ready to go back to the hotel and put it to good use."

"Me too," Justin agreed.

They paid their enormous bill and headed for another kind of pleasure back at their hotel.

When they got back to their hotel room, it was most certainly a case of the spirit was willing but the body weak. The heavy food combined with the humidity had exhausted the four men.

John and Bobby stripped off their clothes trying not to touch their protruding bellies; they crawled under the covers and within two minutes they were fast asleep. Even Justin was feeling the after effects of his overindulgence.

The shower Brian and Justin took to perk them up only served to relax them more. They went to bed hoping for unbridled sex. Unfortunately their dicks had other thoughts. Brian did give it a valiant try. With difficulty he maneuvered Justin onto his side. Brian had tried to mount Justin from behind but Justin's swollen belly coupled with the weight of his ass proved to be a formidable barrier. Even for Brian's lengthy cock. That is if Brian could see his cock. Brian's belly looked like he swallowed a soccer ball. After a couple of misses and a large belch from his loving partner, Brian gave up. He covered the two of them with the blanket and passed out.

"What the fuck is that noise? Bobby, did you set the alarm?"

"Huh? What's happening?"

"Who set the fucking alarm clock?"

"I did!" Three very annoyed men sat up, way too early the next morning, greeted by a very awake and dressed Justin. He looked liked the Crocodile Hunter in khaki shirt and shorts, boots and flowing blond hair. If it wasn't for the fact that Brian was pissed to be awakened before the sun was up and that he was still half asleep, he would have ravished Justin on the spot. Instead he groaned out loud then buried himself under the blanket. Taking their cue from Brian, John and Bobby dove back down under their blanket.  Not deterred by this temporary setback, Justin threw back the thick curtains from the windows. The sun was indeed up and very bright, lighting up the entire room.

Groaning was heard emanating from under the blankets.

"He's not going away is he?"

"No."

"We're going to have to get up, aren't we?"

"Yes."

"Brian, can't you do something about Justin? He's your partner. Forget I said that. Maybe if we hold up a red paddle he'll stay away." Bobby groaned again.

"Brian?"

"Yes, John." Brian answered from under his own blanket.

"You're awfully quiet over there. You still hiding under the blanket?"

"Yes, John."

"He is serious, isn't he?"

"Yes, John."

"Is that all you can say is yes, John."

"No, John. I say, the last one up, showered and dressed has to deal with Justin." With that, Brian was up, bounded into the bathroom and in the shower before you could say Steve Irwin. Justin giggled as John and Bobby scrambled to get into the bathroom too. In an hour they were ready and in the hotel restaurant ordering a light breakfast. Emphasis on the light.

"Go ahead, Justin, tell us your plan and remember your promise," Brian said while nibbling on a piece of muffin.

"According to the map, there's a small village not twenty-five miles away from here. It was there Kinney met up with Patrick when he first got here. It's also where Kinney had his unfortunate run in with his frog. And as you know, he survived." Justin, very wisely withheld the 'and so will you' comment he was thinking as he looked at Brian.

"Kinney wrote that he was so grateful to the local priest for his help in healing him that he vowed to decorate each church wherever their path would take them. If everyone is in agreement, I'd like to start our journey there. The town is called Santa Ana and I believe the church is still standing. So what does everyone say?"

Justin looked at Brian, John and Bobby, awaiting their decision. John and Bobby looked at one another then at Brian.

"I say, Sunshine, just get me to the church on time!"

A TALE OF FOUR QUEERS

Chapter Three

Following their breakfast and lots of very strong coffee, they hired a car and began the trip to Santa Ana. Their driver, Miguel, agreed to take them to the town and then come back for them the next day. They had backpacks and sleeping bags in the trunk of the car in case the town was even more primitive than they had thought.

Miguel spoke English fairly well and he gave them a running commentary of everything they passed as they made their way to the outskirts of Caracas. They then headed out on a secondary road that seemed to dwindle in quality with every mile that passed. Soon they were on a dirt road which threw up tons of dust as they roared along. Even in the heat they had to put up the windows or choke to death on the dust billowing in.

A couple of hours outside of Caracas Miguel announced the town of Santa Ana. It consisted of a main street with some decent looking houses. They could see shacks and less desirable types of structures back behind some of the buildings on the main street. It didn't look like much of a place.

Miguel pulled up in front of the church. It was not a huge structure, but it was by far the best building in the town. Made of some kind of stone, it had one large spire and beautiful wood doors that someone had carved with loving care.

"Figures that the goddam Catholic Church would take all the money from these people to build this monument to themselves, while the people live in shacks," Brian said as he yanked his backpack out of the trunk.

"Architecturally it's a pretty simple design," John contributed. "But very effective nonetheless."

"I wonder if Kinney and Patrick decorated the inside," Justin said.

"We'll find out in a minute," Brian said as he paid Miguel and arranged for him to return the following afternoon.

They walked towards the door of the church and looked at the carving on it.

"This must have been done by someone local. It's got Jesus in the jungle if I understand the iconography correctly," Justin said running his hand over the figures carved in the mahogany.

Just then the door opened and a man in a cassock stepped out. "Good morning, gentlemen, or is it afternoon already."

"Hello, father," Bobby said. "Is this your church?"

"Yes, my son," said the middle aged man. "I'm Father Paul."

"You're not Spanish," Justin observed.

"No, I'm English actually, although I think I've lost a lot of my accent."

"What's an English priest doing here, if I might ask?" John said.

"God's work is the simple answer. I came here many years ago having lost my own faith. I stayed because I found the calling that God wanted for me."

Justin glanced at Brian and held his breath. He knew Brian didn't believe in priests or callings or God for that matter. Brian, however, said nothing. He merely listened and frowned.

"I was on my way to the local cantina for a bite of lunch. Would you gentlemen like to join me?" Father Paul asked. "I'm enjoying speaking English. I don't get much chance to use it anymore."

The men looked at each other and nodded. They followed the priest to a little restaurant where he suggested the things that they might like. They all ordered very lightly still digesting the massive amounts of red meat that they had eaten the night before.

Bobby started telling the priest about their restaurant adventure.

Father Paul laughed. "I've been to that restaurant, a long time ago. I ate so much I thought my gut was going to explode. Never went back again."

"I imagine that happens with a lot of their clients," John laughed. "I wonder how they stay in business."

"I doubt that people make the same mistake twice," Father Paul replied. "If I went back again I would pace myself and only go for a quarter of a cow instead of a whole one."

They all laughed, even Brian. He was beginning to like this priest.

"Does your church have any painted panels or altarpieces?" Justin asked as he ate his little bowl of beans and rice.

"Why yes it does. Why do you ask?"

"We're following the path of an artist that we believe came here in the middle of the nineteenth century. He may have painted in local churches."

"I know there are paintings but I have never asked who did them," Father Paul said. "If we're done eating why don't we go look at them."

They paid for lunch and made their way back to the church. As Father Paul pushed open the carved doors Justin felt Brian's hand slide into his and he smiled at his lover. They stepped into the relative coolness of the church. It was very plain except for the altar. It was a massive wooden structure and the front of it was covered with a painting of the crucifixion. Light shone through one of the windows and illuminated the gilt paint that had been used for the halo around Christ's head.

Justin made his way quickly up the aisle heading directly to the altar. He stopped as he neared it and stared in wonder at the figure of Christ.

"It's Patrick," Justin breathed as he felt Brian squeeze his hand.

Justin sat down on one of the pews in front of the altar. Nothing in his research had prepared him for this and he was feeling overwhelmed. Brian, John and Bobby chatted with Father Paul then left. Justin continued to stare at the painting until he sensed someone sit next to him.

"Justin, are you all right?"

"Yes. I'm sorry, Father, do you want me to leave?"

"No, of course not. Something about the figure of Christ has disturbed you? Most who view it find it calming, peaceful. They usually come away with a feeling of hope."

"It doesn't disturb me, I think it's beautiful. But I know of the artist and who he used as a model for it. I'd like to show you something and tell you about the artist but I don't want to offend you."

"How can someone who has painted this image possibly offend me? Anyone can see that it was done with such love and reverence. Let me confess something to you before you tell me your tale. Maybe that will put your mind at ease. They call me Father Paul but I am not a true priest. I am the pastor of this church; some may call me a missionary. At one time I was an ordained priest but I left the church, lost my faith."

"What happened?"

"I was a young priest in a very conservative church. I believed the teachings of Christ, that he loved all of us, all of God's creatures deserved to be loved. Not those with money, who made the highest donations to the church or just heterosexuals. I tried to open up my church to ones we had lost through ignorance and prejudice but my efforts were not appreciated and I was asked to leave the church, leave my home because I dared to have a mass that permitted homosexuals and the homeless to attend. 'Are they not all God's children?' I asked my Bishop. His silence was my answer, so I left. I wandered for many years. I was the second son in my family and the son who was groomed to be the priest. I not only lost my faith but my family. I went to London. I came from a small village in England; the city was a shock. Being young I was easy prey to many. A young gentleman found me and took me home. He nursed me back to health, introduced me to his friends and helped me to find a job. We were together for many years before he died. We were friends and lovers. He protected me, kept me safe, we would still be together if he had lived."

"AIDS?"

"No, cancer. He always used protection even before it became the rule. No, he developed testicular cancer. We didn't know. Ignored the lump that we both could feel. But before he died he asked me to try the church again. I did volunteer work at our local church. The London churches were more liberal. I knew I could never go back to being a priest but a pastor or missionary was something I could do. And here I am. So you see my son, whatever you have to share about the artist will not offend me."

Justin and Father Paul shared a companionable silence for a few moments then Justin took out Kinney's journal and the pictures of Kinney's paintings and the portraits of Kinney, Patrick and his family. Justin told Father Paul all about the Sunshine Files, the farm and how he and Brian found the Andersons and the Kinney paintings.

While he spoke, Father Paul turned the pages of the 'book' Justin had put together to hold the journal and pictures.

"This is truly amazing. And you did this all by yourself?"

"Brian, he's my partner, helped and supported me. And we have a large family who also helped. And then there are the Andersons. John is Brian's half brother, Bobby is his partner. Bobby just completed law school. This trip is a graduation present from John and a gift from Brian for me. I guess I became a little obsessed with the artist Kinney and Patrick. Kinney is Brian and John's ancestor but when I found out Patrick's last name I guess the obsession grew."

"What was his name?"

"Taylor. Patrick Taylor."

"A good name. But why does it fascinate you so much?"

"Because I am Justin Taylor. The full name of the artist is John Aidan Brian Kinney; Brian's name is Brian Aidan Kinney."

"I can see why this has affected you. Justin, let me show you something that I think you'll appreciate."

Father Paul led Justin to a small room next to the rectory of the church. It contained the church records and the old Bibles from the missionaries who preceded Father Paul.

"Justin, many of the older Bibles were used to record the births and deaths of the parishioners. They also recorded guests that visited the church and significant events of the town. Floods, droughts, they were all recorded for posterity. Here, this is the one."

Father Paul opened a heavy Bible, carefully turning the thick velum pages. The dates were faded, unable to be read but some of the passages were still readable. The priest had recorded that a pair of white travelers had stumbled out of the jungle, the older ill, poisoned. The younger man was frantic, begging for someone to save the older man. The priest nursed the man back to health and in payment the man painted the altarpiece. The white men spent several months then left. The priest gave them letters of introduction to other churches and directions north to the villages along their way.

Justin, with Father Paul's permission, took photographs of the Bible and the pages that had to do with Kinney and Patrick and he also took a picture of Father Paul. The sound of the mahogany doors being opened drew Justin and Father Paul back into the church.

"Hey, Sunshine, everything okay?"

"Yeah, Father Paul and I were discussing the artist and he showed me a Bible that recorded their stay here. I took pictures; I'll show you later. Where'd you guys go?"

"Some of us decided to scope out this one horse town and try to find a place for us to stay the night. Miguel won't be back until tomorrow. We're stranded and there's no hotel or inn." Brian scowled at Justin as he ran his fingers through his hair. Justin giggled but then looked contrite. Justin could see the beginnings of a major Kinney queen out.

Father Paul read the expression on Brian's face and laughed out loud. "Have no fear; you won't be left out in the jungle. Santa Ana may not have all the amenities of Caracas but we do have someone who can put you up for the night. Come with me back to the cantina. We have an excellent local wine. We shall celebrate your journey and the artist of this beautiful image."

Justin took several photos of the altarpiece then the travelers followed Father Paul back to the cantina.

Father Paul spoke with the man who seemed to be in charge of the place and then led the four visitors up the narrow stairs to a second level. He opened the door to a room and the men walked in.

"What's this?" Brian asked as he surveyed a bare wood floor with four small cots one against each wall.

"This is your accommodation for the night," Father Paul said. "And only two American dollars each."

"You fucking expect us to pay for staying here?" Brian demanded. "Surely there must be a cleaner stable nearby that we can have for the same price."

"Brian," John said, "it's better than sleeping on the ground."

"I doubt it," Brian said looking at the cots each covered with a worn blanket.

"This is the only place in town," Father Paul said. "I'm sorry that it doesn't meet your high standards."

Justin realized that they had offended Father Paul and probably the owner who stood watching them uncertainly from the doorway. He pulled out his wallet and handed a ten dollar bill to the man. "Tell him to keep the change," Justin said to Father Paul.

Father Paul spoke with the man who grinned and bowed to the group. He disappeared from sight immediately after.

"Let's get a drink and some supper," John said setting down his backpack on one of the beds.

The rest of the group followed suit with Brian begrudgingly leaving his last. They made their way downstairs and Father Paul helped them get drinks.

Brian made sure he learned the words for the liquor he wanted. "You better fucking get me good and drunk before you take me back up to that room," he griped.

"I'll see what I can do, little bro'," John chuckled.

They sat around talking with Father Paul about the village and anything else he wanted to tell them. As darkness began to fall Father Paul ordered them some dinner. It wasn't half bad for plain food. Brian drank through most of it, although it took a lot to truly get him drunk.

Finally Father Paul bid them goodnight and they all looked at the stairway leading to their room. No one wanted to go up there, at least not yet.

Brian downed another drink. "I think I'd like to go for a stumble before turning in," Brian said with a slight slur.

"A stumble?" Bobby laughed.

"Don't know if I will be able to master a walk, so a stumble it is. Come with me, Sunshine."

Justin stood and put his arm around Brian's waist to steady him. They headed out the door as Bobby and John watched.

"Where do you want to go?" Justin asked.

"Somewhere that you can suck my dick."

"We could do that in our room," Justin advised him.

"On those filthy cots. No way."

"Then what do you suggest?"

"Behind the church."

"Briiaan," Justin protested.

"In the church." Justin glared at him. "On the altar."

"You're going to Hell," Justin chuckled.

"You just figuring that out now?"

"Come on, Brian," Justin said trying to pull him back towards the cantina.

"No, behind the church," Brian said stubbornly.

They made their way to the church and then around behind. Brian spotted a little alcove off the side and leaned against the cool stone. He tried to shove Justin to his knees.

"Brian, you know I always want you, but I'm not doing this here. Come back to the room and I'll be happy to suck you off."

"Shit! I hate this fucking place. I hate fucking South America! Let's go home."

"Will you stop! We've hardly started our trip."

"I can hardly wait for a month of this fucking crap!"

"Brian, you promised," Justin wheedled. "Don't give up yet. I'll make it up to you."

"And how might you do that?" Brian asked.

"I'll show you when we get back to the room." Justin smiled sweetly.

"Fuck!" Brian reacted shaking his head. He knew when he was beat.

Together they staggered through the darkness back to the cantina. As quietly as they could they made their way up the stairs, the place now seemingly empty. Brian wondered what the owner had done with himself and his family. They probably had taken over their fucking home for the night.

Justin kept shushing Brian as they made their way into the room. John and Bobby were snoring each on their own cot.

"How are we going to do anything on those fucking cots?" Brian asked. He could see that the others had laid their sleeping bags on top of the blanket and themselves on top of that.

"Lay down," Justin ordered.

Brian glared at him but spread his sleeping bag on the bed and collapsed on top of it. Justin kneeled beside the low bed and unzipped Brian's shorts. He slowly began to tug on Brian's cock gradually extracting it from Brian's underwear. Brian groaned at the contact. He needed this to forget about their miserable surroundings. All he wanted was his Sunshine.

Justin's mouth was added to his talented fingers. His tongue licked the stiff cock coating it with saliva. Brian bucked his hips and Justin whispered, "Stay still, I'll take care of you."

Brian calmed a little and Justin worked his magic as Brian tried to keep from calling out his need. He whispered at the things Justin's tongue was doing, trying not to wake his brother and Bobby. Justin brought him to the edge and then backed off. Brian groaned and pulled at Justin's hair. Finally with a few short pulls and some expert strokes of his tongue, Justin had Brian shooting down his throat.

"Good?" Justin asked standing up.

"Um," Brian whispered. Justin moved to undo his own sleeping bag. "Don't leave me," Brian pleaded.

"That cot's too small for both of us."

"You can sleep on top of me," Brian said looking longingly into Justin's eyes.

"Are you sure?"

Brian nodded. Justin slowly slid along Brian's body until he was lying on top of the man. He held his breath waiting for the cot to collapse beneath their weight. He snuggled his head against Brian's neck and felt his lover's arms come around his body holding him close.

After a few minutes, Justin felt compelled to say, "Brian, this can't be very comfortable for you."

"I'm fine."

"But I must be crushing you," Justin said. "You'll never get any sleep." He tried to sit up and move off the bed.

Brian grabbed him and held him even tighter. "Don't. Stay where you are."

"But..."

"I need you here."

"Why?" Justin frowned.

"You have to protect me in case there are any of those frogs around."

"There won't be any frogs up here," Justin assured him.

"There might be. You have to save me from them."

"Yes, your majesty, I will fight them to the death."

"Good, now I can sleep," Brian sighed and drifted right off.

Justin lay atop his man listening and feeling the even breathing. He was grinning like an idiot and trying not to chuckle. Big bad Brian needed his little Sunshine to protect him. Justin had never felt more loved and needed. Soon he drifted off to sleep too, thinking that Brian Kinney made an excellent bed.

A TALE OF FOUR QUEERS

Chapter Four

Brian woke with a start. He was in the throes of a nightmare, suffocated by thousands of frogs. He was choking and he couldn't understand why he couldn't get up.

"Brian, wake up!"

"Shit, what happened?"

"You were having a bad dream. You're okay, I swear."

"Fucking hell, I can't go through another night like that one."

"And I promise you, all of you, I won't make you, us, go through that again. I'm sorry, Bri."

"No sorrier than I am. I wasn't that drunk last night. I owe Father Paul an apology. I'm okay but you gotta get up ... and now. I really need to piss."

Justin scrambled to get up off of Brian and the four very weary travelers packed up their sleeping bags. They didn't bother changing other than putting on fresh t-shirts. It just didn't seem necessary. They all felt that they were smelling ripe, so what good would it do to put on a whole set of clean clothes on stinky bodies.

Justin made sure that they left the room as they found it and before he shut the door, he put another ten dollar bill on one of the cots. When he joined the others, Father Paul was ordering breakfast for them all.

"I hope you all had a pleasant night," Father Paul inquired.

Before anyone could answer, Brian spoke up. "We had a very comfortable night. Thank you for asking and I apologize for being rude last night. I was a little tired but that's no excuse for rudeness. Please tell our host that we appreciate the accommodations," Brian said in all sincerity. John, Bobby and Justin gaped in astonishment.

They had some time before Miguel was due so Justin showed Father Paul more pictures of the Kinney paintings. He showed him how the artist signed his work, just in case Father Paul came across any more paintings. Justin gave Father Paul his address and Father Paul promised to contact Justin if any more paintings popped up.

John and Bobby wandered around, taking pictures of the town. They wanted to record their adventure and bring back proof that Brian really slept there. Bobby joked that for a small sum of money, a plaque could be hung in the cantina declaring 'Brian Kinney slept here,' for all the world to see. They were still laughing when Miguel pulled up in front of the church. The travelers said their goodbyes to Father Paul and urged Miguel best speed back to Caracas.

Since the room the boys shared had only one shower, Brian decided to make use of the hotel's spa and Jacuzzi. He and Justin donned their hotel provided robes, brought their best scented body wash and bathing suits. They showered off the dust and grime, slipped on their suits then slipped into the Jacuzzi. About an hour later, Brian and Justin were relaxed and pink from the bubbling warm water. When they returned to their room they were met by the heady aroma of sex and the soft snores of sated lovers. Brian winked at Justin as they walked passed John and Bobby's bed. The two were wrapped around each other, peacefully sound asleep.

Not wanting to wake his brother and Bobby, Brian and Justin quietly shrugged out of their robes, removed their wet bathing suits then crawled under the soft blanket. The air conditioner took the humidity out of the room making it pleasantly cool. They snuggled close, kissing and nibbling gently. Justin turned himself around so they could 69 and rim one another. The lovers came in each other's mouths with soft moans. Before Justin could fall asleep with his feet on the pillows, Brian reached under the blanket and guided his sated boy the right way up. They too fell asleep, wrapped in each other's arms.

It was just going on seven when the boys woke up. They had been sleeping almost 5 hours. They could have stayed longer in bed but they knew if they did that, they'd throw their whole schedule off kilter. So begrudgingly they got up, dressed and set out in search of dinner. Finding a decent restaurant that had a varied cuisine, the four enjoyed a 'normal' dinner and discussed the plans for the next village.

"Justin, what's next?" This time Bobby was the brave one.

"Cabimas," Justin answered.

"Where the fuck is that?" Brian snarked.

"It's about three hundred miles from Caracas close to Colombia."

"Ah, Justin, how close?" John asked with trepidation.

"About 80 miles."

"Justin," Brian snarled.

"Look Cabimas is a large city, we'll be fine."

"And did Kinney and Patrick stay there?" Brian growled out.

"Not exactly. They stayed at a village called San Marco. According to the journal they stayed there only a few weeks. But that's long enough to paint something."

"And how do you propose we get there?"

"We could rent a jeep or something."

"And spend god knows how many hours on some bumpy dirt road? Out of the question.  Some of us don't have the same amount of cushioning as you do."

Justin stuck his tongue out at Brian then made his next suggestion.

"By plane then. It would be about an hour away."

"That's better. And San Marco, how far away is that from Cabimas?"

"Um, forty miles." Justin mumbled.

Brian glared at Justin and then looked at John. "He did not say 40 miles, did he?"

John nodded.

"Justin, forty miles back into Venezuela, right?"

"No, toward Colombia."

Whispering low so that only Justin, John and Bobby could hear him, Brian laid down the law. "Justin, my little queer ass is going nowhere near that country and neither is yours. Half the drugs I have ever consumed came from that country. I am not risking our lives. No way, Justin." Brian lost his appetite, threw down some money and stormed out of the restaurant.

When the band of not so merry men found him, he was in the hotel bar nursing a beer. Justin sidled up to him and sat on the next stool. John and Bobby sat at a nearby table and waited for the fireworks.

"Brian, I'm sorry."

"Sorry is bullshit." Brian was so angry that the 'asshole Brian' was in full force. "Justin, don't even try to persuade me. No little blond boy ass is worth any of us getting hurt or worse. No."

Justin heard Brian's anger and a few feet away so did John and Bobby. But Justin also heard the worry and the love. He leaned in and waited. In a few minutes Justin felt Brian lean back and relax a little.

"Brian, I'd like to go to Cabimas. It's a big city. I'm sure they even have a four star hotel or two. We'll find a reputable guide to take us to San Marco. If the church is still there, I'll look for the paintings, take pictures and we'll turn around and go back. We shouldn't be gone more than four hours. I promise. We can stay overnight then go to Panama. We shouldn't have any worries there. Please Bri, please."

Justin waited, again.

"Justin, you swear to me that if there's a hint of trouble we turn around immediately."

"I swear." Brian slumped. He was still unconvinced but he also knew how important this was to Justin, to all of them. While Brian may not have been as obsessed with Kinney and Patrick, he was drawn uncharacteristically to the romance of them. Of how their lives had become entwined, like his life and Justin's.

"All right, let's go talk to the concierge. I'll make the travel arrangements in the morning."

John and Bobby sensed that the mood had brightened a tad and they got up from their table.

"Is it safe?" John asked with his best Brian smirk.

"Yeah, I'm done being an asshole, for now. I need to talk to the concierge then I need some serious time with a certain little blond boy ass. I need to make sure he still..." Brian choked on the words. Justin smiled the special smile that he gave only to Brian and reassured his man.

"I still do, always."

Brian sighed in relief. "Come on then. Let's get this show on the road."

The trip to Cabimas went without a hitch. They even found a hotel that barely met Brian's standards, but after the night he had spent in Santa Ana, Brian's standards had perhaps dropped a tad.

They made arrangements with a travel company to hire a car to take them to San Marco the following morning. Justin was so excited about their adventure that Brian had to fuck him into the mattress several times to calm him down.

They left for San Marco in good time and arrived there before noon. The driver took them to the church and then told them that he would be at the cantina down the street when they were ready to leave. Brian breathed a sigh of relief knowing the car was nearby and they could leave whenever they wanted.

Brian looked up at the façade of the church. "I'm not sure how many more of these fine establishments I can continue to enter," Brian said with a solemn face.

"Why?" Bobby asked.

"I might go up in flames. That's what my mother keeps promising."

"Your mother is some piece of work," John said.

"Yeah, you got the good one."

Justin put his arm around Brian's waist and reached up to kiss him on the cheek. "You don't have to come in if you don't want to."

Brian raised an eyebrow. "Would you mind if I sat in the graveyard and had a smoke?" he asked.

"Go right ahead," Justin said.

"I'll come with you, Justin," Bobby offered. Justin smiled and they headed for the front door of the church.

"I could use some quiet time," John said following his brother to the cemetery.

They found a bench and sat down side by side. Brian lit a cigarette and took a long drag. He offered it to John who grinned and took a puff.

"I gave up smoking a long time ago," John said. "But a puff every now and then sure tastes good." He took another draw and handed the stick back to Brian. "Why didn't you want to go in there?"

"I just told you out front."

"The truth, Brian. Don't bullshit me."

"I have never felt comfortable in church. My mother has a lot to do with it, but I also find the whole concept of religion hypocritical. Want to find a bigot, look in a church. And I've had to deal with enough bigots without seeking them out in the hallowed halls of the Almighty."

"Point taken," John said with a chuckle.

Brian offered him another drag on the cigarette, but John declined. They sat in companionable silence for a few minutes. All of a sudden Bobby came running into the graveyard yelling for Brian.

"What the fuck's the matter?" Brian asked standing up.

"Justin needs you."

"How can he get into trouble in a fucking church," Brian asked as he strode towards the front door.

"You'll see when you get inside," Bobby said not wanting to explain the whole thing.

Brian pulled the door open and could hear raised voices as soon as he did. One of them was definitely Justin. He walked down the aisle seeing Justin and the priest in a shouting match.

"Justin, what the fuck are you doing?" Brian asked stunned by the vehement look on his partner's face.

"This hypocritical, prejudiced piece of trash has had JABK's painting covered over with plaster," Justin practically screamed.

The priest stood silently in front of the large group but his look would have struck Justin down if he could have managed it.

"Excuse him, father, he needs to calm down," Brian said grabbing Justin's arm and pulling him a few steps up the aisle.

"I'm not fucking going anywhere," Justin said shaking off Brian's hand. "You didn't hear what he called me."

"Called you?" Brian frowned.

"He ... he called me a perverted heathen," Justin gasped from his heaving chest.

"Well, we are, aren't we?" Brian asked trying to lighten the moment and knowing that that was probably how most South American priests would see them. "Let's get out of here."

Brian tried to guide Justin up the aisle, but he kept turning and shouting at the priest about being stupid and a bigot and committing sacrilege by destroying a religious work of art. The priest stood in silence watching them go. Brian could see a self-satisfied smirk on the priest's face. Once they stepped out of the church Brian pulled Justin into a tight hug and held on till he felt his partner relax.

"Now tell me what the fuck happened," Brian said.

"I went in there and spoke to the priest. He was nice enough at first, spoke pretty good English. I told him what I was looking for and he waved at a wall that had been recently plastered. I asked him what that meant and he said he had covered up a disgraceful painting by a homosexual man who had painted his young lover as Christ. I couldn't believe my ears. When I tried to question him about it, he said nobody but another perverted heathen would be interested in the evil depiction."

"Why did he call it evil?" Brian asked.

"The figure of Christ had blond hair which demeaned the local people who are all dark. He had recently found a record in an old Bible telling about Kinney and Patrick and their homosexuality. He considers that the ultimate sin. To him it's worse than murder."

"Well we are in the land of the macho man," Brian observed.

"I told him I'm gay and then he started calling me names, so ... so I called him a few back."

"And that was where we came in?" Brian asked.

"Yeah, what an asshole! I thought we'd meet more people like Father Paul," Justin said shaking his head.

"People like Father Paul are the exception. This guy's the rule."

"I hate to think that, but I guess you're right."

"Excuse me for a minute," Brian said.

"Where are you going?"

"I have something to say to our friendly priest."

"Brian..."

"Keep him out here, John."

Brian opened the door to the church. He knew he should just walk away and leave it, but he couldn't. He walked down the aisle to the priest who still stood in much the same spot.

"May I help you?" he asked with a smirk.

"I just wanted to show you something," Brian said. He pulled out his wallet and removed the wad of American dollars that he had inside. "This was to go to the church for the preservation of the artwork by John Aidan Brian Kinney, but since you destroyed it, you get nothing, you arrogant son of a bitch." He shoved the money back in his wallet and strode out of the church.

He half expected the priest to come beg him to change his mind, but the man stood his ground, not giving in to the urge that Brian was sure he had seen on his face.

"Let's get out of this God forsaken hellhole," Brian said as he steered them all to the waiting car at the cantina.

A TALE OF FOUR QUEERS

Chapter Five

By two, the four were back, safe in the hotel lobby, with a still, very infuriated Justin. No amount of ego or dick stroking was going to calm the boy down. While Brian's tirades were often noisy and dramatic, they were over quickly. Especially when Justin was there to smooth the ruffled feathers. This was different; it wasn't the insults that made Justin angry. It was the desecration of the artwork. Justin was so angry that his face was getting red and tears were broiling.

Brian whispered something to John, and he and Bobby ushered Justin into the coffee shop while Brian went to speak to the concierge. A few minutes later Brian joined them. Four strong coffees were cooling on the table as Justin was stabbing a poor cinnamon bun with his fork.

Brian, John and Bobby continued to watch Justin assault the bun as they sipped their coffees.

"Justin, are you going to eat the fucking thing or just torture it?"

"Sorry, Bri. I'm not hungry."

"Fuck. This is getting serious if you're not hungry. Okay troops. Desperate times call for desperate measures. Let's go people. Since San Marco was a bust, we're going to explore Cabimas."

Brian threw a few bucks down on the table then shepherded his charges out the door and onto the street.

Getting his bearings and following the directions the concierge had written for him, Brian led his troops through the cobblestone streets. At the end of their trek was another church. It was surrounded by high walls and had an ornate wrought iron gate. The church yard was the local cemetery and it contained several mausoleums. Beyond the cemetery stood a large fountain. The rushing water sounded like a waterfall spewing forth from a pitcher which a very Reubenesque marble woman was holding in the center of the fountain. Surrounding her, lying at her feet were sculpted fruit and two small children sitting close. The fountain was beautiful and more importantly, artist eye candy.

Brian guided Justin to a nearby stone bench. He gave Justin a little shove to sit him down. Reaching into Justin's messenger bag, Brian withdrew the sketch pad and the pack of pencils he knew were in it. Without ever saying a word, he placed the pad and a pencil in his lover's hand. Kissing the top of the blond's head, Brian whispered, "later," then walked off to join John and Bobby who were several feet away watching the master at work. Justin smiled sweetly at Brian and nodded. He took a deep breath then opened his pad and began to sketch.

John put his arm around Brian's shoulder as the three men walked to explore the rest of the churchyard giving Justin some privacy to sketch.

"You think that will work?" John asked Brian.

"It should. He'll get lost in his sketch and when he finds his way back, he'll be fine." Brian answered.

"How did you find this place? It is beautiful." Bobby said while he scanned the serene grounds.

"I asked at the hotel."

"You asked about another church?"

"No. I asked where local artists go to enjoy sketching or painting. The concierge suggested this place. He said that many young artists come here. And he said that the monks who tend the cemetery and the gardens have no objections to the 'artsy' types who visit." Brian let his last comment sink in as they strolled toward the chapel.

As they were about to enter, a young very good looking dark haired beauty swished by with his own sketch pad and pencils clutched in his hands. He quickly cruised John and Brian. While finding the almost twinlike brothers beautiful, his eyes quickly locked onto the flame haired, pale skinned Bobby. Brunets were a dime a dozen, true redheads were a prize.

"Are you on vacation?" The young artist asked Bobby in very passable English. "My name is Roberto. I would be honored to show you my city."

"And everything else," John mumbled to himself. He sidled up to Bobby's side and wrapped his arm around Bobby's waist. John did his own version of the Kinney death glare. The young artist smiled a toothy grin at Bobby. "Perhaps another time." He said as he left the chapel.

Brian had ignored the drama and was already in the chapel looking at the frescoes that adorned the walls. He smiled to himself, shaking his head. Justin's passion for art was rubbing off on him.

A small grouping of angels behind the baptismal font caught Brian's eye. It really wasn't the angels themselves that were out of the ordinary, it was more of how they were portrayed. Something about the use of the color and the boldness of the paint stroke seemed familiar. A small noise behind Brian caught his attention. An elderly monk was polishing the railing in front of the font.

"Excuse me, do you speak English?"

"Yes, my son, I do," the monk answered.

"This part of the church seems different from the rest."

"You have a good eye. Yes, this is the oldest part of the chapel. There was a terrible fire; this wall and the font are all that survived. Perhaps it was the angels who spared it." The old monk smiled at Brian and nodded toward the beautiful angels. White wisps of clouds swirled about the angels' feet. Each angel was holding two babies, one in each arm.

"Perhaps." Brian agreed. "Do you know who painted the fresco?"

"No, I have never been able to find a signature but a story has been passed down from each curate that a pair of white men came from the jungle, hungry and cold. They asked and were granted shelter. Grateful for being received so warmly they decorated the church with wonderful renderings of our lord and the saints. When they were finished it was said they continued their journey northward and were never seen again. But then this is only a story, yes?" The old monk winked at Brian and continued to polish the railing.

"Thank you." Brian smiled back then removed several bills from his wallet. He went to the collection box that was near to one of the doors and stuffed them in. Walking back to the monk who watched his every move, Brian grinned. "To help you with God's work and to keep the paintings conserved." The monk nodded and returned to his work.

Brian rushed past to retrieve Justin, to show him his discovery.

"Justin," Brian called. The blond was still sitting near the fountain sketching.

"What?" Justin asked slightly annoyed. He was almost done and didn't appreciate being interrupted.

"I have something I want you to see."

"What? Did you find the guy with the biggest cock in Cabimas?"

Brian raised an eyebrow. Obviously Justin wasn't through with his bad mood just yet. "Better," Brian said.

Now it was Justin's turn to raise his eyebrows. "What could be better where you're concerned?"

"Are you trying to piss me off?" Brian demanded calling Justin on his shit.

"I can't help it. Every time I think of what that idiot priest did to Kinney's paintings..." Justin let his voice trail off not being able to think of anything vile enough to do to the despicable man.

"Come with me and I promise you'll feel better."

"Are you planning to fuck me on the altar?" Justin asked with a snort. He thought Brian would probably get off on that.

"Hmmm," Brian said thoughtfully. "No, it's better than that."

Now Brian had Justin's attention. "What is it, Brian?" Justin asked beginning to feel the excitement radiating from his partner.

"Just come with me," Brian begged.

Justin closed his sketchbook and allowed Brian to take his hand. He started to lead his partner to the front of the church.

"Bobby, John, come over here," Brian called. "You need to see this too."

They all made their way inside the church. The old monk was still polishing and he watched the young men with a smile.

"Look behind the baptismal font," Brian directed them at the side of the altar.

Justin was already taking in the paintings behind the altar. He turned his attention to the angels above the font. "Oh my God!" he gasped seeing Patrick's face peer out at him framed by a pair of wings.

"It's Patrick," Bobby smiled.

"And look here," Brian said pointing to another angel.

"It's Kinney," John replied. "I'll be damned."

"Not inside this church," the old monk said with a chuckle as he joined them.

Justin was staring at the angels and then his eyes moved to the Christ and host of apostles behind the altar. "This is all Kinney," he said breathlessly. "How did you find it?" he asked Brian.

"Just wanted to get out of the heat. Churches are always cool," Brian smirked.

"You like the artwork?" the monk asked looking at the men.

"Very much," Justin said as they nodded.

"He told me that two white men came out of the jungle needing help and the people of this church aided them," Brian explained.

"Do you know anything else?" Justin asked the monk.

"It is all, how you say, an oral history. According to the story, the younger man was ill for quite a while. They stayed here until he was well. The church had just been built at that time and the older man did the paintings as payment and thanks for the help they were given."

"I wonder why there wasn't more about this in Kinney's journal," Justin said.

"He may have been very busy painting and looking after Patrick. Maybe we're missing some pages of the journal. Who knows?" Bobby contributed.

"This is so wonderful," Justin said smiling as he studied the paintings.

"Feeling better now, little boy?" Brian asked as he kissed Justin's cheek.

"A million times better. I need to write this up in my own journal. Can we take pictures? It will go to a good cause," Justin promised as the monk nodded. "Brian, can you get your camera and take them."

"Aye, aye, cap'n," Brian joked as he went back to the hotel to get his digital.

"This is so great! I can't believe we almost missed this," Justin said gazing in awe.

"I can't believe Kinney painted himself and Patrick as angels. There's something very ironic about that," John observed.

"I don't know about that. I could see Brian as an angel, and Bobby, and you," Justin continued. "Maybe I'll have to start a series showing just that ... after we get back home, of course."

"Of course," John agreed shaking his head and laughing.

In about 15 minutes Brian was back with his camera. Justin snatched it out of his hands so fast that Brian nearly got a friction burn from the strap. Brian blew on his palm to cool it and chuckled as Justin scurried away toward the font to take his photos.

Half way up the aisle Justin stopped, turned and walked back to where Brian was standing. Justin leaned in, kissed his hero's wounded paw then kissed the man's cheek. "Thank you," Justin whispered then again scurried back up the aisle. Brian remained at the back of the church until his little artist was done taking pictures.

Bobby had finished wandering around the church and went outside. John and Brian remained inside watching Justin happily chatting away with the monk and taking the photos. Bobby strolled the grounds, reading the grave markers and tombstones. He had taken Spanish courses along with his law classes in hopes that a bilingual lawyer would have a certain edge when he applied for employment. That, the fact he was top of his class and had a wonderfully caring and endearing personality made him easily employable. Bobby was reading the names and the phrases in one of the mausoleums when Roberto made another appearance. Roberto was intrigued and enamored by his flame-haired namesake; he couldn't help but follow.

"Hello again," Roberto started. "Are you an artist too?"

"Me? No. A lawyer or I will be when we go back home. My friend, he's in the church, he's the artist."

"Ah, the tall dark beauty who came to your side. He doesn't look like an artist."

"John? No, he's my partner. We're traveling with two other men. It's one of them who's the artist."

"And is he as beautiful as you? Your hair, rojo, like the setting sun." Roberto's voice was low, melodious and very seductive. He continued to murmur compliments in a combination of Spanish and English, edging his way closer to Bobby. Bobby found himself against a wall of stone with Roberto leaning in close. "You would make the most bonito model. White skin against a dark floor, a pillow under your head and there, for comfort." Roberto reached around Bobby's hips pulling him close to grind his erection.

Bobby pushed Roberto in the chest. "I don't think so," Bobby snarled back. But his retort only served to inflame Roberto's ardor. "But why? Your partner? As you American fags call them. Let him watch, he is very pretty too. I can satisfy you both."

"I don't think so." Bobby and Roberto turned toward the voice. Bobby was hoping John wouldn't be a witness to this little drama. He breathed a sigh of relief when he realized the voice belonged to Brian. Brian sauntered toward them with that air of arrogance and authority that he was infamous for, his Ragean glare at full force. "Didn't your mother teach you any manners?" Brian drawled at Roberto as he extricated Bobby from the unwanted clench. "You're supposed to ask first before eating off of someone else's plate. Now be a good little boy and go home. This red head is out of your league." Brian grabbed Bobby's wrist and led him away from the mausoleum.

"Thanks, but I could have handled him. I'm not Justin."

"No, you're not and I know you could have handled him just fine. But you are John's first and hopefully his last. It would have killed him to have to see something like that, and he might not have been able to control himself. I want to be able to go home with good memories which exclude any of us being thrown in a South American prison. So let's get you back to your boyfriend before he finds out just how attractive you are to these Latin queers." Brian smirked with hazel eyes sparkling gold in the sun like his brother's.

Bobby could see why Justin was so in love with Brian. As opposite as John and Brian were in personality they were the same with their love, passion, loyalty and most of all, protectiveness. He couldn't help but express his gratitude for the rescue.

Reaching up on his toes as Justin often did, Bobby grabbed the back of Brian's neck and bent him down to give him a kiss. "Thank you." When the kiss lingered for a few moments longer than it should, both men pulled back.

"I can see why my brother would bottom for you. He's a lucky man."

"And why Justin bottoms for you. He isn't, but you know that, don't you."

"I know and I'm learning to be more, um, versatile. I guess it's not fair to him."

"He loves you, Brian. Bottom, top, doesn't matter as long as there's love."

Brian gazed into Bobby's grey-blue eyes and brushed a lock of the flaming red hair from Bobby's face. He lifted Bobby's chin with a finger then placed a chaste kiss on Bobby's lips. "You're a very smart man. Now, I think it's about time we get back to our partners," Brian stated and Bobby nodded in agreement.

Unbeknownst to Brian and Bobby, their innocent tryst was witnessed by said partners. John and Justin had left the church in search of Brian and Bobby. It was getting close to dinner time and they were both hungry. They were laughing at their stomachs, both growling away. The laughter abruptly ended when the saw that last kiss, their appetites suddenly gone.

"Hey, you both look like you lost your best friend. Not another argument with a man of the cloth, I hope," Brian quipped. John and Justin shook their heads. "Well Bobby and I have worked up an appetite. Let's go back to the hotel and get cleaned up for dinner. We have to review our itinerary."

Brian turned to lead the way back to the hotel. Bobby walked beside him chatting about some of the tombstones he had come across. Close behind them were two very jealous partners.

A TALE OF FOUR QUEERS

Chapter Six

Bobby had Brian cracking up as the four travelers strolled back to the hotel. Brian was discovering that his brother's lover had a wicked sense of the comedic. John and Justin were following behind, glaring. It never occurred to John and Justin to just ask their partners why they shared that kiss. Or even to ask, "What the fuck?" They continued suffering in silence with their anger and jealousy growing. John had enough of the Kinney stubbornness in him and Justin was just plain obstinate. Brian and Bobby never felt the daggers that were being thrown.

At the hotel it was decided that they'd shower, change for dinner and eat at the hotel's coffee shop while discussing their next move. John and Bobby showered first.

They soaped up each other, washing away the dust and heat. Bobby found himself pushed up against the tile, a very aggressive John tugging on his cock and a tongue down his throat. Bobby gasped as John pinched his nipples, then got down on his knees to suck down Bobby's cock. For a few fleeting minutes Bobby pondered the thought that this was probably how Justin felt with his very aggressive Brian. Bobby, accustomed to the gentle passion of his partner, was surprised how his body was reacting to John's attack. Bobby didn't dislike it. He shot buckets down John's throat. He felt John turn him around and spread his butt cheeks. Bobby scratched at the tiles as John's tongue worked at his hole. One, two then a third finger stretched him open, John kissing, nipping at Bobby's neck while John finger fucked him. Bobby felt the loss of John's fingers then the pressure as the head of John's cock pushed through. He loudly groaned as John attempted to fuck Bobby through the tile.

When Bobby and John exited the shower, Bobby had that well fucked look to him. John had that familiar Kinney self-satisfied sneer. Misreading the 'he's mine' look on John's face, Brian winked at his brother as he and Justin stepped into the bathroom.

Brian adjusted the water temperature and spray to Justin's liking. He began to shampoo Justin's hair, massaging the boy's scalp, rinsing it clean. Brian, using Justin's favorite soap, lathered his boy, skimming his long fingers across Justin's lean body. Before Brian was able to taste Justin's lips, Justin had Brian pushed up against the tile, Brian's cock in his mouth and one finger in Brian's tight hole massaging his prostate. There was nothing Brian could do but lean back and succumb to Justin's ministrations. Brian came deep within Justin's mouth. Brian was barely recovered when Justin growled in his ear. "Face the wall, Kinney." Before Brian could turn, Justin kissed him, sharing his taste, biting Brian's lips till they were swollen and very red. Justin pushed Brian around, sheathed his cock then shoved it into Brian.

"Fuck!" Brian cried out. Brian's mind was swimming. Justin wasn't often this aggressive but when he was, it was Brian's ultimate turn on. Adjusting for their height difference, Brian bent low, allowing Justin to take him hard and deep. They both came with a mighty grunt.

Justin was beginning to feel a little guilty about his treatment of Brian. He rinsed off Brian, toweled him dry then massaged Brian's favorite moisturizer into his skin. When they finally left the bathroom, Brian was practically purring. If he wasn't so hungry, Brian would have gone right to sleep very sated. Justin handed Brian his clothes then dressed. Before they left the room, Brian whispered to Justin. "I don't know what's gotten into you but I could do with more of that later." Even though Brian had just come twice within the hour, Justin could feel Brian's hardening cock straining against his shorts. Justin kissed Brian and promised him more would follow. Brian nodded and they left to join John and Bobby.

The coffee shop fare was simple but satisfying. The foursome discussed the next leg of their trip, noting that Colon, Panama was next on the agenda. Kinney made reference to this city in the journal and that there were several villages within a hundred mile radius of Colon he and Patrick had visited. They planned to spend several weeks in Colon, using it as home base. Feeling the need of a little energy, Brian broke his no carb after seven rule and ordered ice cream, vanilla. A large bowl that he could share with Justin.

When the ice cream arrived, Brian handed Justin a spoon then dug in. Realizing that Justin wasn't sharing, Brian put down his spoon and stared at Justin who seemed to have developed a fascination for his napkin. Brian looked at Justin then over to his brother who appeared to have developed the same fascination. Something was wrong and no one was volunteering. Brian eyed Bobby and nodded toward John and Justin. Bobby shrugged. He couldn't figure it out either.

"Okay. When Justin Taylor picks at his dinner and allows vanilla ice cream to melt to soup and doesn't make some crack about me having carbs after seven, I know something is seriously wrong. So now I'm asking. What the fuck is going on here?"

John and Justin both jumped at the sound of Brian's voice raised as he spat out his 'what the fuck?' Justin was no longer angry or jealous. Now he was downright scared that Brian wanted Bobby. He was trying to act rationally but was failing miserably. Tears began to flow down Justin's cheeks.

"Justin, what happened?" Brian was on the verge of panic. The afternoon had turned out better than expected, finding the Kinney angels and they had shared some really hot sex. Brian was wracking his brain trying to decipher Justin's mood. Bobby was having little success at cajoling anything out of John. Bobby made a suggestion.

"Brian, if we're done here, I think we should back to the room to discuss this in private."

Brian looked around at the family friendly coffee shop and nodded in agreement. He paid the check and he and Bobby led their partners back up to their room.

Safely behind closed doors, Bobby found a radio station playing something smooth and cool. He hoped the music would calm the impending drama or at least help to drown out the shouting, if it came to that.

John and Justin sat on one bed, Bobby and Brian across from them on the other. Brian ventured the question.

"Justin, John, did something happen in the church after I left to find Bobby?"

Justin looked up. "You tell me."

"I don't understand? Tell you what? One minute you were happy, discussing the angels with the monk, taking dozens of pictures. The next minute it looked like someone killed your favorite bunny. I want to know what happened to change your mood and why does John have the same look on his face?" Brian's eyes grew wide then narrowed with rage.

"Brother, dearest, I told you I don't share." Brian growled. His face grew red and his hands were clenched into fists. Brian began to stand.

"No, no. You, how could you? I love you. You were my first, my only. Why, Bobby, why?" John cried out in pain.

"John, what are you talking about?"

"We saw you. You and Brian. Coming from the mausoleum, kissing." John lost it. He could no longer hide the pain, his tears were flowing freely.

"Is that what you both think? That Brian and I were, were... I can't even say it. No offense Brian, you are a very attractive man but you're not my type."

Brian was beginning to assess the situation and he knew this could very easily turn out badly if he said the wrong thing. So he wisely allowed Bobby's cool head to lead the way. Brian merely nodded at Bobby's comment.

"John, what did you see, what do you think happened?"

"I saw Brian kiss you and you didn't stop him."

"Justin, is that what you saw?" Justin couldn't speak, he nodded.

"Will you both listen to me; I mean really listen to me as I tell you what really happened?" Both Justin and John looked at Bobby and nodded. Bobby recounted the incident with Roberto and Brian's timely involvement. He calmly put forth the facts and admitted to the kiss, both kisses and to Brian's admission regarding Justin's true nature to top. Brian was a little pissed. There were times that he wished he still held fast to his notorious top rep but the night Justin Taylor came into his life, it was totally turned upside down. Literally as well as figuratively.  When Bobby concluded his summation, he sat down and waited for the jury's verdict.

John and Justin digested what Bobby told them then looked at each other. They both jumped up. John made a grab for Bobby, swinging him from next to Brian to the bed they shared. Justin flew into Brian's arms, knocking him back onto the bed, kissing Brian until they couldn't breathe.

Clothing flew in all directions. Hard naked bodies rutted up against each other. Justin kept Brian on the edge all night, fucking him into the mattress, making love to him until Brian begged Justin for release.

John continued to be the aggressor that night but it was John's gentle aggression not the wild man from the shower. Bobby was very content to leave the wild man in the shower. For now. He knew he could retrieve him at any time.

It was close to dawn when the fuckfest finally ended. Fortunately one of them had the presence of mind to put the 'Do Not Disturb' sign on the door. The lovers snuggled close. Before they fell asleep, Brian admonished Justin for not telling him how he was feeling.

"Justin, next time, if there is a next time, talk to me."

"I will, I promise. I'm sorry I jumped to the wrong conclusion. It's that I love you so much; we've been through so much together. I still get a little stupid when it comes to us."

"Ditto. I will make mistakes and you know I'm still not..."

"I know and I appreciate that you don't flaunt it. And I make mistakes too. Just don't stop loving me."

"Now how could I ever possibly stop loving the first man who has ever properly topped me?" Brian and Justin kissed until their lips were raw and swollen. Justin threw his leg over Brian's and his arm around Brian's chest, Brian wrapping his arms around Justin. They fell asleep.

"I thought those two would never shut up." Bobby grumbled.

"Maybe we should consider separate rooms from now on."

"Nah. I can put up with their incessant babbling. I'm learning a lot of sex tips from them." Bobby giggled softly. Then he got serious.

"John, our first time. I topped you."

"I know, I remember."

"Did I, I mean..."

"Bobby, you know I have no means of comparison. You are my first and my only. I only know that I don't want anyone else but you. I want to marry you someday, maybe adopt a child with you, make my mother a grandmother. I love you Bobby. Love you so much," John purred into Bobby hair.

"God, John. I love you, more than anything else." John and Bobby kissed, snuggled close and fell asleep.

Two days later the well rested and well fucked foursome arrived at the airport to head for Colon, Panama. At the check-in counter the next problem of their South American adventure began.

"What the fuck do you mean? Why can't we all sit together?" Brian demanded.

"This flight is completely full, sir."

"And we still want to sit together," Brian insisted glaring at the poor girl behind the counter.

"All of the seats have been assigned. We can put three of you together, but one will have to sit by himself."

"Put us in first class."

"Full."

"Can't you at least do two and two?" Brian asked his temper about ready to snap.

"I'm sorry..." the girl said shrugging her shoulders.

"Sorry doesn't cut it! I want to see your supervisor."

"Yes, sir," the girl said getting on the phone to some unseen entity who might be able to solve this dispute.

While Brian waited at the counter, a vein throbbing in his temple, Justin pulled the other two aside.

"If I sit by myself, maybe you two can keep him calm," Justin suggested.

"If you're not with him, nothing keeps him calm," John insisted.

"I'd offer to sit alone, but after what happened at the church he'd never let me," Bobby said.

"I think it should be me that takes the single seat. You two can get Brian drunk and stop him from destroying the plane," John offered.

"Maybe that would be best," Justin said frowning. "Let's suggest it."

He walked back to Brian who had steam coming out of his ears as he waited to speak to a supervisor. He tapped Brian gently on the arm.

"What?" Brian spat out.

"Um ... John says he'll sit by himself and Bobby and I will sit with you. That will work," Justin smiled trying to convince Brian that this was a good idea.

"No fucking way!"

"But, Brian..."

"After what you and John thought yesterday, I'm not sitting with Bobby without my brother being there."

"But John agreed..."

"I said NO!"

"But..."

"Fuck this! The fucking flight leaves in ten minutes. I'll take the goddam seat by itself. Process it right now!" Brian demanded glaring at the girl behind the counter.

"Yes sir," she replied sweetly trying not to gloat that this arrogant but gloriously handsome man had given in. She handed him the boarding passes that she had already printed out and said, "Have a nice flight."

Justin grabbed Brian's arm and tried to drag him away from the counter. He could tell Brian was about ready to go over the counter and print his own boarding passes.

"Come on, Brian. We have to hurry or we'll miss the flight. They must be boarding right now."

Justin signaled to John and Bobby who grabbed the hand luggage and they all raced through the airport leaping suitcases and dodging slow moving passengers, doing their best OJ imitation. Security was relatively uncrowded and they whipped through, arriving at the gate just before it was about to be closed. They ran down the ramp and Brian left the other three at their seats as he made his way to the back of the plane where he found an empty middle seat between a beefy and smelly looking man at the window and a petite elderly lady on the aisle.

Brian groaned loudly knowing he would have his fucking knees up under his chin when he tried to squeeze into the narrow seat. The elderly lady watched him for a minute and then stood up. Brian thought she was going to let him in but instead she moved over and sat beside the heavy man. She patted the seat she had just vacated indicating that Brian should sit there.

"Thank you," he whispered as he buckled himself in, his feet out in the aisle.

"It must be difficult for you, dear, being so tall," she smiled. "But I never mind sharing with a good looking man."

Brian raised an eyebrow but noticed the mischievous grin on her face. "And I don't mind sharing with a lovely lady," he said gallantly.

She beamed at him and settled back into her seat as they took off. When drinks came around Brian ordered Jack Daniels.

"May I get something for you?" Brian asked. "It's the least I can do in appreciation of you saving my knees."

"I'll have what you're having," she replied. Brian indicated another of the same to the steward. "I love a good drink," she said pouring the whole bottle into her glass and downing a good portion of it.

Brian watched her throw the drink back and ordered a couple more as he did the same. Maybe this trip wouldn't be the worst one he had ever taken.

"My name's Edna Galloway," the old lady said holding out her hand.

"Brian Kinney."

"Thanks for the drink."

"Least I could do," Brian said as he opened the next bottle. He could never see the point of these piddly little bottles.

"I never understand why they serve liquor in these silly little bottles. It merely means you have to have so many of them."

"A lady after my own heart," Brian laughed. "May I ask what you are doing in Venezuela and next Panama all by yourself?"

"My husband was a missionary, but he died a few years ago. I just couldn't bear to leave him in Panama all by himself, so I stayed on. It's my home."

"I see."

"What are you going to be doing in Panama, if you don't mind me asking?"

"I'm on an adventure," Brian said with a grin.

"An adventure? How exciting! Tell me all about it."

Brian proceeded to tell her the whole tale. She listened taking in every detail. Brian ordered them some more drinks, and before they knew it the flight was almost over. As they started their descent into Colon, Edna took Brian's hand in hers.

"As I told you, my husband was a missionary. I'm familiar with many of the churches around the Colon area. I think I know at least two that are what you are looking for. I'd be happy to show them to you."

Brian smiled. Maybe luck was with them after all. When the plane landed he escorted Edna out to the lounge and met the others who were waiting for him.

"Are you all right?" Justin asked.

"I'm a big boy. I can look after myself. In fact I did better than look after myself, I met an angel. I'd like you all to meet Edna Galloway."

They all shook Edna's hand and introduced themselves. Brian explained how he had told Edna his story and she might be able to help them. Excitedly they started down the concourse to retrieve their luggage. Justin had one of Edna's arms and Brian the other.

"I hope he didn't use too much foul language or frighten you," Justin whispered to Edna.

"Brian is the picture of a gentleman. He was most gallant."

Justin looked at Brian with wide eyes. "He was?"

"I do know how to behave, Sunshine ... when I want to."

"Maybe you better want to more often then," Justin said with an evil glare.

"Uh oh," Brian said knowing he was never going to hear the end of it.

A TALE OF FOUR QUEERS

Chapter Seven

"I kinda miss John and Bobby. I know our talking in bed all the time gets on their nerves but I miss them being in the same room with us."

"I know what you mean. I miss them too. We're going to have to leave the connecting door open."

The boys watched Edna climb into an old classic Cadillac. Her husband may have been a missionary but Edna had invested wisely; she led a very comfortable existence living on the outskirts of Colon. She promised that after a rest and change of clothes she would meet the boys at their hotel for dinner and help them with their travel plans and investigation.

Brian and the boys checked into the Sheraton Hotel of Colon. This time they decided on adjoining rooms. Not because they were getting on each other's nerves; just the opposite, their bond was deepening. They would be spending at least two weeks in Colon. The two couples appreciated the extra space and the privacy. They had several hours before Edna was to show up so a shower, a rest and a snack was in order. Oh, and a little lovemaking to take the edge off.

"Brian?"

"Hmm?"

"Do you think Edna will help?"

"Don't know. I guess we'll find out soon. I think if she just shows up for dinner, it'll be a help. I mean she doesn't know us and she is a bit up there in age. I don't expect her to get in a Jeep and get bumped all over the countryside with us. We just have to wait and see."

"Bri?"

"What?"

"Think they'll mind?"

"Nah. I bet if you open the door, one of them will be on the other side opening their door."

"You really think so?"

"Go for it."

Justin got out of the bed and crossed over to the connecting door. He opened the door. As he did, Bobby was opening the door on his side. Blue eyes, pale skin, golden and flaming hair and sunny smiles met. The 'twinks' giggled then returned to their partners awaiting them in bed. The connecting doors remained open.

"Feel better," John asked his partner.

"Yeah. Silly, isn't it."

"I don't think so. The four of us have become close. I've gotten used to their chatter and their bickering."

"And their fucking."

"That too. Bobby, this trip was supposed to be a graduation present for you. Somehow it's turned out to be a quest for some long dead artist and his lover. Justin seems to have the most invested in this. Brian is curious, of course, so am I, but Justin is obsessed. Why did you agree to this? We could have gone to Hawaii or some place like that."

"I don't know. I guess Justin's quest was infectious. I really wanted to do this. He'd email me when I was at Penn. He still has doubts about being at PIFA. He's anxious to get out and work. I've tried to keep him on track. We chatted a lot about 'our' men. The differences and the similarities."

"You and Justin have a lot in common. You're both very smart, both so beautiful and stubborn enough to put up with me and Brian. Although I think Justin's job is a bit more challenging. My brother and I are very lucky men."

"He said that."

"Who said what?"

"Brian, after my rescue. He said you were a lucky man."

"My brother happens to be very intelligent. Bobby, I'd like to think that eventually we would have found one another but I thank God every day for that little blond in the next room. If it wasn't for him and his Sunshine File, I would have never had a brother. The Farm would have never been this financially secure. Those paintings would have never been found, and you. They both opened my eyes to the possibility of being gay. And now I have you. I love you, Bobby."

"I am so in love with you, John."

"Brian? When should we get ready for dinner?" Justin asked.

"Edna said something about being here around seven. It's only five."

"So we have time for a little fooling around?"

"Sunshine, you should know me better than that. I never fool around. I take my fucking very seriously."

"Pardon me. Then I suggest we get very serious in this bed."

"Very serious."

"Maybe I shouldn't have opened that door," Bobby said.

"Are they still talking?"

"No, fucking."

"So what else is new? Bobby, we do have some time before Edna gets here. You want to get serious with me?"

"Very serious."

********************

"Edna, over here!" Justin called out. The four companions watched the petite woman navigate the restaurant to join them at their table. Being gentlemen, when they wanted to be, they all stood until Edna had been seated.

"Your mothers have raised you well," Edna beamed.

"Some of our mothers did," Brian snarked. Justin elbowed Brian then turned to address Edna.

"Thank you so much for coming, I really appreciate this," Justin told Edna.

"Justin, I lead a rather quiet life, I'm grateful for the distraction and I don't often get a chance to have conversations in English," Edna replied.

"Mrs. Galloway..." John stared.

"John, isn't it? Please call me Edna."

"Thank you, Edna. My companions and I are here following the path of an ancestor of ours. Of mine and Brian's. But I wanted to tell you, the artist and his companion weren't just friends, they were lovers. And the four of us are gay. Does it bother you to be with us? We wouldn't be insulted if you decided to leave." John stopped and waited for Edna's answer. The four travelers were all waiting.

Edna scanned the faces of the four men. She noted the two younger 'boys' with sweet sunny expressions, the young blond holding his breath in hopeful anticipation. John too, appeared nervous, awaiting her decision. Only Brian was able to keep up the walls that he had perfected over the years. She also noted how Brian silently slipped his hand over Justin's as a comfort for Justin if her answer was a disappointment.

Edna smiled. "With such potential and very handsome companions, why would any rational woman turn down the opportunity to be in your company? My husband may have been a missionary but that doesn't mean I am ignorant of the ways of the world. Your lifestyle is not offensive to me and I appreciate your candor. Now, with that said, I suggest we order dinner and then you can tell me about the churches you plan to visit. I may be able to help you with that and I am very curious about your artist and his work. The chapel that my husband and I worked from is not on your list but it has many beautiful renderings. I am curious to find out if your artist did any of them. I could never find a signature."

Justin could not resist going into detail about how some artists hide their signatures. He continued his babble throughout dinner and when dessert arrived. It never ceased to amaze John and Bobby how Justin could continue to talk and shovel food in his mouth at the same time. Brian smirked, shook his head now and then and let his lover's enthusiasm spill over. By the time the second round of coffee was served, Edna had been thoroughly filled in on JABK, Patrick, Santa Ana, San Marco and the monastery in Cabimas.

Justin put down his cup, hiccupped into his napkin then asked, "Did I leave anything out?"

"Don't think so," Bobby answered.

"Well, maybe about the frogs," John stated, with his tongue in his cheek. Brian scowled as the three giggled.

Edna realized there was much more than what met the eye with these four men. So she addressed her comments to Brian. "I see I'm missing an inside joke. Well, no matter. I don't like frogs either and many of the species that live here are very poisonous. It's best to give them a wide berth." She winked at Brian, who knew that there was something that he liked about this woman from the minute he had met her on the plane. Brian beamed back, straightened his shoulders and returned the wink. Then he let one of his death glares fly at his companions who immediately stopped their giggling and went back to sipping their coffees.

Satisfied he was back in control, Brian nudged Justin and whispered in his ear. Justin nodded and removed the journal from his ever present messenger bag and showed it to Edna. They gave her some time to peruse the pages then Brian took out his digital camera and handed it to Bobby who was seated closest to Edna. Bobby showed Edna the pictures of the paintings they found in Santa Ana and in the monastery.

"Oh my!" Edna gasped.

"What is it?" John asked.

"The angels. I've seen those angels before." Tears were forming in Edna's eyes and she began to fish for the tissues she kept in her purse. "I must go home."

"What? Why? Have we upset you?" Justin exclaimed almost in a panic.

"No, no. You must come with me right now." Edna got up and was heading for the exit. Brian and John scrambled to pay the check while Justin and Bobby followed the almost sprinting woman. As they stepped out of the front door of the hotel, Edna's car was pulling up. Her driver hurriedly got out to open the door for Edna. The boys piled in after her and they found themselves being driven down the streets of Colon while Edna quickly barked out her orders to the driver in Spanish. She was talking so rapidly that Bobby couldn't keep up. But he managed to pick out a few words.

"We're being driven to her home, the chapel is located there," Bobby whispered to John who passed the info to Brian and Justin.

"At least we're not being kidnapped and sold into white slavery," snarked Brian who maintained a protective grip on Justin anyway.

About twenty minutes later the car turned into a dark dirt path. Brian marveled at the expertise of the driver. The narrow turnoff was barely visible from the main road and the only lights were from the stars and the moon. Edna spoke again to the driver as he slowed, driving them past an adobe brick ranch style home on a sprawling hacienda. The car came to a halt; the driver opened the door for Edna and assisted her egress. He then opened the other car doors.

"Thank you, Miguel. Can you get the extra flashlights?" Edna spoke in a mixture of Spanish and English and was calmer. When Miguel returned with the flashlights, he distributed them to each man and with his own escorted Edna and her guests to the chapel.

The heavy doors opened easily and they stepped inside. Miguel lit the candles and torches that lined the brick walls. Edna led the boys to the mural of the last supper behind the altar. Looking down on the figure of Christ and the Apostles were a bevy of angels. Two of the angels had a familiar look. Edna gazed at the angels and at Brian and John. There was no mistaking, the Kinney countenance ran strong. The serene smile the angel 'Patrick' wore was the same that graced Justin's face.

Edna sat down on the nearest pew.

"Senora Edna, you are not well?"

"I'm fine, Miguel. Go to the house and ask Marta to make some tea. We'll be there shortly."

"Si, Senora." Miguel left to fulfill his mistress's request.

Edna watched as the boys examined the paintings and as Brian took out his camera. Brian turned to Edna for permission to photograph and she smiled her consent. John and Bobby looked at the smaller paintings that lined the other walls. There were no more images of Kinney or Patrick but the cherubs in the paintings bore a remarkable resemblance to Kinney's children. Brian took more pictures then they followed Edna to her home.

Edna gave her companions a quick tour of the ranch house and then settled them all in the kitchen for tea and lightly sweetened biscuits.

"Edna, thank you. We haven't been here more than eight hours and already we've seen so much. Thank you." Justin got up from his chair and hugged the woman. He sat back down and went through the display of the pictures Brian took in the chapel. Justin yawned and leaned on his arm as his droopy eyes tried to examine the tiny view screen. Brian smiled at his stubborn, tired boy, then made a suggestion.

"Edna, would your driver mind taking us back to our hotel. It's been a long day and I need my beauty sleep." He nodded toward Justin and Edna understood.

"This ranch hasn't had company in a long time. I have plenty of room here. Stay the night and after breakfast you can see the chapel one more time then I'll go back with you to your hotel. The first chapel on your list is about an hour away. Miguel is very familiar with that area, he has family there. The roads are good and my car is as sturdy as a work horse. We can spend the day there. I know the Pastor of the church; I may be able to make your search easier."

Justin perked up enough to give Brian a pleading look. Brian chuckled then looked to his brother and Bobby for their consent. When no one voiced an objection Edna showed the boys to their rooms and bid them all a goodnight.

"Brian?"

"Shh, go to sleep. You were about drop off at the table."

"I know and I will but I wanted to say thank you."

"Why? I haven't done anything."

"Yes you did. It isn't easy for you to trust strangers. You took a chance by bringing us here. Thank you. I love you."

"Yeah, yeah. Come here. Now. Go. To. Sleep. I have a funny feeling that Edna has just as much energy as you do. She'll have us running around the countryside in search of Kinney's."

Justin snuggled into Brian's protective arms and promptly fell asleep. Brian swept away a stray lock of blond hair from Justin's face and kissed the top of Justin's head. "What am I going to do with you?" Brian whispered. He sighed and tightened his grip. The soft snuffles of Justin's breathing lulled the man to sleep.

The next morning the boys awoke and joined Edna for breakfast. They thanked her for having them spend the night, and had a lively chat with her about what they would look at next. She again suggested the church she had mentioned the evening before. They all agreed, and she asked Miguel to drive them back to their hotel. As they were about to leave with her chauffeur, Edna turned to Brian and asked if he still wanted her to accompany them to the town.

"You've been a Godsend, Edna, but if you don't feel like it we'll understand," Brian explained giving her an out if she wanted one.

"No, no, no," she replied with a laugh. "I love having young people around. If you want me to come with you, I am more than ready."

"Then it's settled. You will be our guide."

Edna smiled back at him. "I have another proposal for you."

"A proposal?" Brian asked.

"I'd love to have you boys come stay with me while you're in Colon. Then I can go with you on your adventures. And don't think you will be imposing. I haven't felt this young and alive in years. You'd be doing me the favor."

"That's far too generous. We shouldn't," Justin said hesitantly.

"It's not generous at all. It's selfish on my part. And if you want to pay me back, you can make a donation to my husband's church. They would be most appreciative of anything you care to give them."

Justin looked at Brian who looked at John who looked at Bobby. Finally Bobby said, "If you don't mind having four queers invade your space, I'd say it's an excellent idea."

Edna smiled. She really did love having some youthful exuberance and energy in her house. "Why don't I get Miguel to drive you back to your hotel and you can bring your belongings here. We can spend the afternoon in the chapel here, and go to the village of El Puerto tomorrow."

"That sounds great," Justin said with a smile.

"Then off with you!" Edna said. "Miguel's waiting outside."

Brian leaned in and kissed Edna's cheek. "Thank you. It'll almost be like we're at home," he whispered.

Edna blushed. "It'll be like having four sons, the sons I never had," she said wistfully.

When they returned a couple of hours later Edna had a lunch all ready for them and they sat and talked like old friends. She took them back to the chapel where they studied the art more closely and took many more pictures.

Back at the house, Edna said, "We eat late in the tropics. You might want to take a nap until it's time for dinner." She winked at Brian who blushed a little at her blatant suggestion.

"Why, Miss Edna," he said. "I declare, you are a caution." Justin chuckled at the attempted Rhett Butler accent.

"Not much of a caution," she snorted," or I'd ask if I could watch."

They all blushed at that, but quickly headed up to their rooms.

"That Edna's quite the woman," Justin said as took off his clothes and slid under the soft cotton sheet. It felt cool and luxurious against his skin. He felt his dick harden as he watched Brian undress.

Brian glanced at Justin's cock which was quite evident through the thin sheet. "Hm, maybe we should ask her to watch. She might get all hot and bothered."

"But then what could she do about it. None of us could help her out."

"Miguel?" Brian asked with that crooked smile of his.

"Did you notice that too? He's always at her beck and call. He seems to know what she wants before she asks for it."

"Do you think they have a little thing going on the side?"

"I wouldn't put it past Edna," Justin stated.

"I wouldn't put anything past Edna, and I'm so glad she's going to help us. Letting us stay here will give us the chance to experience local culture without the culture shock."

"I'm really looking forward to the village she's taking us to tomorrow."

"Me too, but until then something else needs attention."

"Oh, what?"

Brian looked at Justin's dick poking against the sheet and rolled towards his boy. He knew just the remedy too.

Since they did indeed eat late in the tropics, after their nap, the boys were looking for something to do. Justin asked Edna if her chapel had any old records or Bibles like the ones Father Paul had shown them. When Edna said yes, Justin's spirits soared. He followed Edna back to the chapel and to a small rectory behind it. It was similar to the room that Father Paul had in his church. She left Justin there, happily searching through the Bibles and making notes in his part of the journal that he had put together to chronicle their journey. That left Brian, John and Bobby to fend for themselves.

Miguel drove John and Bobby back into Colon so they could walk around and explore. John was fascinated by the architecture and Bobby was just fascinated by John's enthusiasm. They promised to meet Miguel in front of the Sheraton at 6PM to be taken back to Edna's.

Brian relished the quiet. He found that Edna had an extensive library. He chose an old Sherlock Holmes mystery and settled himself on the veranda to read. Every once in a while Edna came out with a glass of iced tea or biscuits. Brian dozed in the quiet of the afternoon.

A noise behind him woke Brian.

"I'm sorry I woke you."

"Don't be, but I could get used to this. The peace and quiet."

"I take it your life is not as peaceful back home."

"Edna, now that is the understatement of a lifetime," Brian chuckled. Edna urged Brian on and he found himself telling Edna about his business. Brian was determined to make it rich, big time, so that he could retire early and make sure Gus was financially secure.

"And then there's Justin," Edna stated.

"And then there's Justin," Brian repeated.

"Why didn't you go into town with John and Bobby?"

"John is an architect and a bit of a history buff. Looking at old buildings is his passion. Bobby's passion is John. I'd be the third wheel. They need this time alone."

"And Justin?"

"He's fine, doing his research in the chapel. He'll come running when his stomach tells him he's had enough."

"And you?"

"A good book, good company, that's all I need." With no more explanation required, Edna and Brian enjoyed the quiet of the afternoon.

Dinner was light but filling and it was agreed that they all retire early so that they could get an early start on their adventure the next day. So far their experiences in Colon had been very satisfying.

A TALE OF FOUR QUEERS

Chapter Eight

The next morning Edna fed them well before they set out on their adventure. She encouraged them to pack sunscreen and bring their bathing suits and towels. Miguel loaded everything into the trunk of the Cadillac.

The little town of El Puerto was just up the coast from Colon. Edna's husband had worked in that area for a while and had helped to establish a new church there. She told the boys that the old church, the one that would have been around in the time of Patrick and Kinney, had burnt down a long time ago. She didn't hold out much hope for them finding artwork by JABK.

Nonetheless they set out on the hot, humid day to see what they could find. Miguel drove them along the coast road and they got some beautiful views of the Gulf of Mexico, stopping a few times for pictures.

When they arrived it was after eleven o'clock and the temperature just kept on rising. Miguel pulled up in front of the church and the priest hurried out to meet them. He was very solicitous of Edna, and seemed pleased to meet her young friends. They went into the relative coolness of the church.

Justin looked around at the whitewashed walls devoid of any artwork and his heart plummeted. Edna explained to the priest about what her young charges were looking for. She thought there might be some records from the old church that were rescued before the building was consumed in fire.

The priest smiled and directed them to his office in the back. On a lectern sat what looked like a very old Bible.

"This was rescued from the other church," the priest explained in Spanish. Edna translated for them. "In the back are listed the important events in the life of the former church. I checked to see if there was mention of the people you are interested in and there is ...here," the priest continued turning to a particular page that he had marked.

They all crowded around.

"The dates are the right time period," Justin said.

Bobby began translating. "'An artist named Kinney and his fiend Patrick arrived in the town. They are Americans and one of the few foreigners the town has seen.' That's the first entry. Several months later it continues. 'Kinney has painted a mural behind the altar depicting Jesus upon his throne. It is wondrous. His friend has carved a Christ upon the cross for the front of the pulpit.' There is a gap of several months and then it tells of the fire. This must have been added after the church burned."

"The Bible and a few artifacts were saved from the old church," the priest said. "Come with me." He beckoned for them to follow him back into the church. "This is the pulpit that was rescued from the fire."

Justin stared at the pulpit on its raised base. On the front was a crucifixion carved in a somewhat primitive style, but showing the emotion of the dying Christ who would rise again.

"That was Patrick's," John said. "Imagine."

"The emotion on the face is wonderful," Bobby said.

"Not bad," Brian added.

"Now we have something of Patrick's," Justin said with a smile. "He was an artist too."

Brian took some photos to add to their archive. Justin and Bobby went back into the rectory to read some more in the Bible and see if there were any other references. The priest and Edna sat in the front pew watching Brian take his pictures. They chatted softly until Brian was finished.

"Brian, Father Joachim tells me that he has arranged lunch for us at the best place in town," Edna explained.

"Great," Brian said drawing out the word. He could only imagine what the best place in this town might be.

Justin and Bobby came in from the rectory. "We read some more of the accounts and found out that after the church burned a lot of people moved away. They thought this place was cursed. Patrick and Kinney left too. That's why it took so long for this church to be built. The town almost disappeared."

"It was just starting to grow when my husband arrived here," Edna said. "There were enough people to start building a new church."

Just then John came in from outside. "Hey guys, there's a great looking beach not far from here."

"That's why I wanted you to bring your swimwear," Edna laughed. "Let's go have some lunch and then we can go swimming."

Brian raised his eyebrow at Edna's suggestion but they followed her and the priest out of the church. Lunch was in the largest building in town, but still sweltering in the midday heat. John's beach looked better and better. When they finished eating the plain but tasty food, Miguel appeared and spoke into Edna's ear. She smiled, stood and thanked the people who had prepared the meal for them and beckoned the boys to follow her.

"Now for a little fun," she chuckled as they got into the old Cadillac. Miguel drove a short distance and then they all got out. "Follow me," she said leading them through a line of trees. On the other side was the beach that John had found.

"Wow, look at the pure white sand," Justin observed.

"That water looks heavenly," Bobby said wiping the sweat from his brow.

"Heavenly enough for the likenesses of angels?" Brian asked pinching Justin's butt. Justin giggled and squirmed away.

"Miguel has set up my little tent over there," said Edna pointing to a white canopy with sides that flapped in the breeze. "You can change in there and be sure to put on lots of sunscreen."

All four ran to the tent and quickly got rid of their hot, sweaty clothes. They donned their swimsuits thinking how much better it would be to swim naked. However, they didn't want to shock the locals or overexcite Edna. When they reappeared, Edna told them they could take a quick dip to cool off but then get the sunscreen on. She disappeared into the tent. The boys headed for the water.

The oohs and aahs were loud and heartfelt as their feet entered the cool water. They splashed and floated in the water enjoying the cool liquid that covered their bodies and cooled them off. They looked up to see Edna in a plain black bathing suit emerge from the tent. She wore a flowered bathing cap on her head and made her way to the edge of the water.

"You swim?" John asked.

"I do, and I love it. Miguel brings me here all the time." The boys exchanged looks. "This is the best beach for a hundred miles."

"I'm surprised some resort hasn't come in and developed the area," Brian observed.

"They can't. I own it, and until I die it will stay a beach for the residents of the town."

"You're quite a lady, Edna," Justin grinned.

"So I've been told. Now, if you boys don't get out of there and get some sunscreen on, you'll spend your two weeks here in bed with a batch of blisters."

"Yes, ma'am," they said as they made their way out of the water.

They toweled off and each man enjoyed rubbing the sunscreen into his partner and then having the favor returned. They were all hard by the time they were finished and would have fucked on the beach except for Edna's presence as she swam back and forth in the waves.

"The tent's empty," she called with a big smile and the four men ran for cover. Once inside the small space each partner devoured the other. Sucking and fucking went on for the next while until all were sated and once again drenched in sweat. They managed to get their suits back on and joined Edna in the water. She smiled knowingly at them.

"Is everything right in the universe now?" she asked.

"Absolutely," Brian said picking up Justin and swinging him around before throwing him into the next wave.

"Oh, you're a dead man now," sputtered Justin as he came up out of the water.

"Run, Edna," Brian called. "He gets very erratic when he's in attack mode."

Instead of running Edna hit Justin in the face with a shot of water. The boy looked stunned before he gave her one right back. Everyone held their breath waiting to see what she would do.

"I'm not as frail as I look," she declared. And with that she shoved Bobby into the incoming wave. They jumped about laughing and splashing until it looked like Edna was getting tired. Then they all decided it was time for more sunscreen and a rest on the straw mats Miguel had laid out on the beach.

"I'm exhausted," Justin said dropping down onto one mat.

"Makes two of us," John agreed. Bobby and Brian nodded too.

"Wimps," Edna said with a laugh. "I haven't had this much fun in a donkey's age. In fact I think I was riding a donkey the last time my husband and I came to the beach and played in the water.

"Could we come back tomorrow?" Bobby asked with a smile.

"We can come as many days as you youngsters want."

They all lay back on their mats and rested in the peaceful but hot sun of the afternoon.

After an hour, our group of travelers had had enough of the heat. Edna and Miguel agreed; it was time to go back to Edna's hacienda and to plan out the next day's itinerary. John and Brian helped Miguel break down the tent while Justin and Bobby rolled up the mats. They threw on their clothes over their suits and headed for the car. Within the hour they were back on the road heading for home.

Miguel took a road that hugged the coast. The boys enjoyed the scenery, Edna enjoyed the pleasant banter. Being a student of human nature, Edna was beginning to learn the dynamics of this group. John and Brian might look like twins but their opposing personalities were evident. Justin was obviously the youngest in age but wise beyond his years. Bobby's quiet logic had a calming effect on the group while John added maturity. Brian was, no doubt a leader, if not the leader. While he often deferred his opinion, it was obvious that if he wasn't happy with something, no one would be happy. Edna smiled to herself. She and her husband were never blessed with children but she would have been proud to have any one of these men as a son.

By the time they got back to Edna's ranch the sun was beginning to set and there was a pleasantly cool breeze. The boys quickly showered then joined Edna for dinner. All but Bobby. Apparently something that he ate at lunch didn't bode well with him. He found himself slightly feverish and very nauseous. He spent most of the night in the bathroom. John, unwilling to let him be alone, spent the night with him. By morning, whatever it was passed but it left John and Bobby exhausted. They spent most of the day sleeping.

Late in the afternoon John ventured out of the room he shared with Bobby to speak with Justin.

"Hey."

"Hi, John. Bobby feeling better?"

"Much, thanks Justin. I'm sorry we ruined your day."

"You didn't ruin anything. I'm just glad Bobby's doing better. Brian and I were worried."

"Yeah, me too. I've never seen Bobby sick before. I never felt so helpless in all my life. Thank God it didn't last long."

"Yeah, I know how you feel. Brian is always so strong but when he was going for his treatments it took so much out of him. It scared me."

"I can imagine. Where is the big guy?"

"Going over some maps with Edna. If you think you're up to it tomorrow, there's another church not too much further than El Puerto. But we may have to spend the night. Brian wants to make sure there are better accommodations than Santa Ana, especially if Edna plans to join us. He doesn't want her sleeping on an old cot. Although I think she could handle it much better than Brian. But you didn't hear that from me."

John laughed, "I didn't hear a thing. I think Bobby will be fully recovered by tomorrow but we really have to watch what we eat."

"I hear ya."

Edna and Brian appeared. Edna suggested a bland lunch of weak tea and soft dry bread for Bobby. Later if he was up to it she would prepare some plain boiled chicken. John gratefully accepted the tray Edna offered and returned to his room.

"Brian, John thinks that Bobby will be ready to travel tomorrow. Have you found out where we're going?"

"Believe it or not, we're going to El Nino. It's a couple of hours past El Puerto. Kinney mentioned it in his journal. Edna tells me it's another coastal village and rather a large village. They may actually have a hotel. We should pack an overnight bag just in case but if the place looks like another shit hole, I'll drive us back here myself."

The remainder of the evening was spent on a light dinner and review of the itinerary.

The next morning our group of explorers was up, dressed and ready to go without a grumble or a gripe. They were looking forward to their trip to El Nino. By eight they all piled into Edna's caddy and they were off.

"Miguel informs me that we're a few minutes away from El Nino."

Justin was practically bouncing. John and Bobby were quietly amused. Brian rolled his eyes and was hoping for a quiet corner to have a smoke. When they pulled up in front of the church, Justin bounded out of the car.

"Justin, wait." John cried out.

"Why, what for?" Justin asked.

"Something's not right." John replied.

"What do you mean?" Brian stated with concern ringing in his voice. The whole group surrounded John who stood staring up at the structure before him.

"The building, this is a modern structure."

"Maybe it was renovated, like the chapel in Cabimas." Justin ventured.

"Maybe, but it's doubtful. The shape of the building is different, the materials, modern."  Justin looked crestfallen.

"Come on, little boy. We didn't drive all this way not to look inside. This may not be the original structure but who's to say they didn't save the original paintings." Brian tried to perk up Justin's spirits. John and Bobby nodded in agreement and the six of them, including Miguel, walked into the church.

El Nino was a fairly modernized village. It had electricity and most modern conveniences. It was quite evident when they stepped into the coolness of the church that it was a modern building. The paintings were bright and typical of a modern Catholic church. Justin's disappointment was blatant.

Edna and Miguel sought out the Pastor, while the boys looked around the church. It reminded Brian of the churches back in Pittsburgh. He shuddered at the thought of Joan feeling at home here and he left through a side door. The heat of the day was preferable to the coldness he felt in the church. Brian wandered through the church yard and found a comfortable tree to lean up against. He shimmed down the trunk of the tree and sat to have his smoke. He watched the curls of smoke rise in the hot air. A pretty woman watched Brian. She walked over and stood in front of him.

"May I have one?"

Startled that the woman spoke English, it took Brian a moment to fish out a cigarette and matches. The woman sat in the shade of the tree so that Brian could light her cigarette.

"You speak English?"

"Yes, my parents came from this village but emigrated to America. I was born there but I come back often to visit. I have extensive family here. And you? We don't get many tourists here, especially not ones as handsome as you. And this is not a major port."

"I'm traveling with some friends. We're following the path of an artist who may have come here over a hundred years ago. I am related to him. He painted many of the churches and chapels along his way. He may have visited this village." Brian explained.

"But this church was built not twenty years ago. The village sustained a lot of damage during a major tropical storm; practically the whole town had to be rebuilt. Only these old stone monuments remain from the old church. Oh, by the way, my name is Maria."

"Brian."

"Nice to meet you, Brian. Where do you call home?"

"Pittsburgh."

"You're kidding. I live in Philadelphia. I went to Penn."

"So did I."

"Wow, this is weird. So, is one of your friends your wife or girlfriend?"

"Not exactly." Sensing that this chance meeting was about to get weird, Brian stood up and brushed the dirt from his shorts. "I have to find my friends. It was nice meeting you."

"I visit Pittsburgh often. I hear you have some great clubs, I'd love to go to a few."

Brian didn't want to be rude or have to explain himself but he couldn't help that his snarky self emerged. "If you visit Pittsburgh and find yourself on Liberty Avenue, ask for me."

"But I don't know your last name."

"You don't need to. Everyone on Liberty Avenue knows Brian and I do mean everyone." Brian quickly made his escape. Outside of business, most straight women got on his nerves. They always seemed to think that given the chance they could 'fix' him. Brian didn't need fixing, he needed Justin.

As Brian headed back to the church, he came across a small grotto. In the grotto was a grouping of stone figures. They weren't angels and he wasn't sure if they were supposed to be saints. The stone was very old and some were weathered by time. They just looked like a grouping of ordinary men discussing the day's events. But something struck a cord of familiarity with Brian.

The figures were life-sized. There was one figure of a man sitting on a boulder. Close to him, standing in front was another man. Their hands were stretched out toward each other almost touching but not quite.

"Holy fucking shit!" Brian ran to get Justin and the others.

A TALE OF FOUR QUEERS

Chapter Nine

Brian raced into the church shouting, "Justin!"

Justin emerged from the offices of the pastor with a worried look on his face. "What's wrong?"

"You have got to come see this," Brian said grabbing Justin's hand. "Everybody, come see this."

Brian led them back outside and over to the small grotto. He stood in front of it holding out his hand as if it was the most obvious thing in the world. They all looked at him bewildered.

Brian sighed. "Look, really look!" He gestured towards the sculpted figures once again.

Bobby was the first to gasp and he grabbed John's hand. Justin was strangely silent.

"Do you see it?" Brian asked.

Justin turned eyes filled with tears to look at Brian. "It's beautiful. This has to be Patrick's work." Brian nodded.

"It reminds me of the boulder at the stream on the farm," John said with a nostalgic look on his face.

"Exactly," Bobby said. "I think I recognized the boulder before I realized who the figures were."

"It's like that painting of Kinney and Patrick," Justin said softly, "only created in stone." "They must have been thinking of home. See how they're reaching out to each other, like they want to touch but they can't; the world doesn't allow it."

"It must have been hard for them to live so far away from their families and friends. They were gone for years," John said.

"It's hard to move to a new place and leave one life behind, but it isn't always a bad thing," Edna offered. She had done that many years ago when her husband had come to Central America as a missionary. And she had never looked back. Well, not too often after the first year or two.

"Hey, the guy on the rock looks like you two," Maria said sidling up to Brian and nodding towards Brian and John as she made the statement. "Are you guys brothers?"

John nodded and looked quizzically at the woman. Brian decided he better make some introductions.

"Everybody, this is Maria. I met her out here a few minutes ago. She has lived in Philadelphia." He then introduced his brother and everyone else. Maria shook hands and listened to the story of Kinney and Patrick retold once again. As she did she leaned close to Brian. She looked like she was ready to take hold of his hand at the first opportunity. None of this was lost on Justin.

Having examined the sculptures and taken pictures of their find, Edna suggested they have lunch. She invited Maria to join them. Maria suggested they go to the only hotel in town which happened to have quite a decent restaurant. That was where they had planned to go anyway, and since it wasn't far down the street they decided to walk.

Maria stepped in beside Brian, but Edna spoke to her asking about how she came to be back in Panama. Maria was forced to drop back and walk with the elderly woman in order to answer her question. Justin quickly took her place beside Brian.

"Where do you find them?" he asked.

"They find me," Brian smirked.

Justin snorted. "Did you tell her you're gay ... or that I'm your partner?"

"It ... um ... it never really came up."

"Well, something else better not come up tonight or Maria will have to take care of it for you."

"Justin..."

"Don't Justin me! She's after you."

"I know, but it's harmless."

"So why is she having lunch with us?"

"Edna asked her."

Justin glared at his partner but said no more as they arrived at the hotel. They decided to check in since they were there. Brian said he would get a table for them in the dining room while the others took care of their rooms. The next thing he knew Maria was standing with him waiting for the hostess to organize a table large enough for their group.

"Are you busy tonight?" she asked with a smile.

"I'm gay," Brian replied deciding to end the farce immediately.

"I figured."

"Then why are you coming on to me."

"Well, duh, you're gorgeous, and I've been with gay guys before. Never had any complaints either."

Brian studied her for a moment. "Are you serious?"

"Absolutely. We could have a good time. I haven't seen anything as luscious as you since I came back here."

"I'm sorry but I'm taken. Justin is my partner," Brian explained.

"What about a threesome? He's not too hard on the eyes either?"

"I don't think so," Brian said shaking his head.

"Oh, come on. I never thought you would be an uptight prude or in a monogamous relationship."

"Well, neither did I. But I guess I am."

"Too bad," Maria said with a frown. "I guess I'll skip lunch." With that she turned and left the hotel.

"Where did Maria go?" Justin asked seeing her exit the front door.

"I turned her down," Brian smirked.

"She asked?" Justin said his eyes getting very large.

"She suggested a fucking three way. And you were the third, by the way."

"No!!!"

"Oh yeah, she's a piece of work. Told me she had been with other gay guys and never had any complaints."

"Jesus."

"Might have been interesting," Brian observed sticking his tongue in his cheek.

"Over your dead body."

"Yes, dear," Brian said contritely.

"We have our room," Justin said holding up his key.

"Want to use it?" Brian said with a grin.

"I'm hungry."

"We could have a quickie."

"Did Maria get you all hot and bothered, sweetheart?" Justin teased.

"Shit, you just made my dick go soft."

"So, you will eat your lunch like a good little gay boy and then I'll take you up to our room and destroy all fucking thoughts of Maria while I fuck your brains out."

"Deal!" Brian smiled as they made their way to their table.

When John, Bobby, Edna and Miguel joined Brian and Justin, they were curious about the missing Maria.

"What happened to Maria?" asked Edna.

"She didn't like what was on the menu so she decided to skip lunch. I don't think we'll see her again," Brian explained and Justin nodded. John, still rather naive at times regarding certain aspects of Brian and Justin's life, required further explanation.

"I don't understand. We just got our menus, how did she find out that she wouldn't like anything?" John asked rather bewildered.

Before Brian could say anything, Bobby explained the situation. "It's more like the menu didn't like her." Both Brian and Justin nodded in agreement.

"I'm sorry, Baby, I'm not following you."

Edna spoke up. "John, apparently Maria made a play for Brian and got angry when he declined the offer. And do I assume correctly that the offer included Justin?" Brian and Justin nodded again. "Well in that case, good riddance. I'm sure she was sincere with her offer but I think you boys have more important things to do with your time here. Now shall we order our lunch? The Pastor of the church said there were some records saved before the storm hit. They may give you more insight to the statues."

"Unbelievable," John muttered to himself as he perused his menu. "How do you two get into these situations?"

Not looking up from his menu, Justin answered. "It's a gift."

Although Justin's offer of fucking Brian's brains out was most tempting, it was deferred for more research into the statues of the grotto. So after lunch, the group headed back to the church. The current Pastor had contacted the recently retired pastor and it was learned that many of the old Bibles had been saved and were now housed at the library for safe keeping. Anyone with permission from the church was welcome to look at them. With written permission in their hands, Justin and Bobby went to the library. Brian and John continued to explore the rest of the churchyard for any more evidence of Kinney and Patrick. Miguel escorted Edna back toward the shops and the hotel. The group met back at the hotel for dinner and to exchange what they learned.

"Were there any more statues?" Justin asked hopefully.

"No. John thinks there may have been but there was something with the stone they used. You explain it. You're the rock man." Brian quipped.

"I am not the rock man, I just know a little about building materials and what will erode faster. We found what looks like the bases of quite a few statues but the sculptures themselves have eroded away. It could be that Patrick was just learning his craft or the proper materials weren't available. We're lucky that he was able to get a hold of a few pieces of marble. That's the only reason why the grotto statues survived. What did you two learn at the library?"

"Apparently Kinney and Patrick stayed here for a long time. They almost settled here but a pair of sisters were attracted to them and asked their father to arrange an engagement. When the father came to talk with Kinney and Patrick..."

"Don't tell me he found them, uh, um..."

"No, Brian, he didn't. But he somehow realized that they weren't the marrying kind. Kinney and Patrick left the village and continued northward."

"Justin, that's so sad."

"I know, Edna. They never found some place safe for them to live. At least we have Liberty Avenue." Justin gazed at Brian and grew very quiet.

Brian knew that Justin was feeling the pain that Kinney and Patrick must have shared. They had had a long day. It was time to get Justin to bed.

"Justin? Do you have the key to our room? I'm feeling tired, I think I'll go up. Call it a night. We can figure out tomorrow's itinerary at breakfast."

"Brian, you're not sick, are you?"

"No, Justin, maybe too much sun."

"Then I'll go with you."

"You don't have to. Stay, finish dinner."

"I'm not that hungry. I'd rather go with you."

"If you insist."

"I do. Sometimes I don't know what you'd ever do without me. You don't know how to take care of yourself. Come on, big guy, time for your beauty sleep."

"My bossy bottom."

The rest of the table watched Justin lead his man through the restaurant.

"Brian is a remarkably perceptive man, isn't he?" Edna observed.

"Yes, he is. That's why those two are so suited for each other. Both so stubborn, too smart at times and so protective of each other, it's scary at times. Brian realized what Justin discovered today would sadden Justin. The only way to turn that tide was to get Justin to take care of him."

"John, you are an equally perceptive man. And I agree. I'm sure we won't hear the last of this. But I think I'll follow their example. It's time for bed."

John and Bobby signed the check and they all retired for the evening.

The boys spent the rest of their time in Colon staying with Edna and checking out neighboring churches. They found little to interest them. Anything that seemed promising turned out to have been destroyed by weather or fire or the attrition of age.

They spent some time at the beach in between their excursions. That always made for a fun day. They all enjoyed the hot weather and cool water. By the end of their stay they were tan and fit and ready to move on.

Finally they broached the subject of leaving with Edna. They knew she would not be pleased that they wanted to move on.

"I'm really going to miss you boys," Edna said sadly. "I knew this day would come, but I kept hoping it wouldn't be for a while yet. I've enjoyed having you here so much."

"And we've enjoyed being here, Miss Edna," John said gallantly.

"We sure have," Justin said with a smile. "And you helped us find out so much about Kinney and Patrick."

"Not as much as I would have liked to find," she said. "It's hard to believe how much has been lost over the years. But we have to remember in a tropical climate storms and nature claim back what is theirs. Very little stands the test of time."

"Some of Patrick's statues survived, and we've found Kinney's paintings in several churches. I think we've done pretty well so far," Bobby told them all.

"I would have liked to have found more," Justin admitted. "But I'm pretty happy with what we've accomplished."

"How about you, Brian?" Edna asked noting how silent the handsome man had been.

"Hm," Brian said.

"That's not much of an answer," Edna said with a laugh.

"Excuse me," Brian said standing and heading outside.

He looked at his watch deciding what the time would be in Pittsburgh. He pulled out his cell phone and punched in the number.

"Hello?"

"Lindsay, I'm glad I caught you home."

"Just got in from work and from picking up Gus."

"Is he there? I wanted to speak to him."

Lindsay smiled knowing that Gus would be so excited. "Gus, Daddy wants to talk to you."

"Daddy!" Gus yelled into the phone. "Are you coming home?"

"Hey, Sonny Boy," Brian replied his voice softening at the sound of his son's voice. "I'm not coming home just yet, but soon."

"Now!" Gus ordered.

"I'm taking lots of pictures so we can look at all the places I've been," Brian replied trying to diffuse a temper tantrum.

"Can we make a album?" Gus asked.

"Yes, we sure can. I love you, Sonny Boy, and I'll see you soon."

"Love you too, Daddy."

"Put mommy back on for a minute, Gus."

There was a pause and Lindsay came back on the line. "He misses you so much."

"I miss him too, but we're only about halfway through our trip. We've met some interesting people and found some more Kinneys."

"That's great, Brian. I'm glad you called."

"Tell the gang we're having a fabulous time!" Brian smirked. "I'll see you in a few weeks."

"Bye."

Brian shut his phone and turned to find Justin standing behind him. "How's Gus?" Justin asked.

"He's fine. So's Lindsay."

"That's good," Justin said wrapping himself into Brian. "Are you sick of this trip? Do you want to go home?"

Brian raised an eyebrow and studied his armful of blond.

A TALE OF FOUR QUEERS

Chapter Ten

Brian watched as each man said his goodbyes to Edna and Miguel and then walked through the security gates at the airport. Edna was truly a blessing and Miguel was always patient and kind. Not only did meeting them enhance their trip but by staying with them they were able to save on hotel and meal bills. John and Brian made a sizable donation to the late Mr. Galloway's church. On the other side of the gate, the boys were waiting for Brian.

Taking Edna's hand in his, Brian bowed slightly then kissed Edna's hand. "Miss Edna, my angel, I will miss you."

Blushing, Edna replied, "If I were a couple of decades younger." She smiled sweetly at Brian. Brian's eyes twinkled back with just a touch of mischief.

"And if I were only straight." Then Brian gave Edna a "Brian Kinney" kiss and sauntered through the security gate. He chuckled as Edna practically swooned into Miguel's waiting arms and laughed out loud as she began to fan herself.

"Miss Edna, you'll always have family in the States. Look us up if you ever visit!"

"I will. Have a good trip!" The boys waved as she and Miguel turned to leave.

"Brian Kinney, you are really an evil man. You purposely got Edna all hot and bothered but you turned down that Maria person. Why do you do those things?" Justin asked but he already knew the answer.

"Because, my dear young twink, I can. And if Edna Galloway had ever made me an offer I would have seriously considered it," Brian replied, meaning every word.

"You're not kidding, are you?"

"Nope. Justin, besides you, there are not many people I consider my equal. I don't mean to sound arrogant but most people annoy me or just plain piss me off. And you know, other than a select few, I have no use for women. But Edna Galloway is smart, perceptive, knows how to handle herself and knows how to get things done. She would definitely be my equal in all things. And that woman knows how to kiss."

"Brian she didn't, don't tell me she slipped you some tongue."

"A gentleman never kisses and tells."

"Slut!"

*****

The trip to Costa Rica was fairly quick and nothing marred their reservations. They landed on time at the Juan Santamaría International Airport and within the hour they were all checked in at the Travelers Lodge in Downtown San Jose. As primitive as some of the places were in Panama and Venezuela, Costa Rica was just the opposite.

This was a bustling country with a growing economy and tourists everywhere. Brian was impressed by the four star accommodations. Everything was clean, modern and enough people spoke English to put the boys at ease. Everyone was satisfied, everyone except Justin.

They checked in, settled into their large connecting suites and decided to walk around before lunch when they would plan out the itinerary. Justin was uncharacteristically quiet throughout the whole walk. When he started picking at his lunch instead of shoveling it into his mouth, Brian finally spoke up.

"Okay, what is it now? It can't be the hotel because this place is beautiful. That brief walk we took was fantastic; I can spend the next two weeks shopping. And you're not happy because..."

"Because of everything you said. This country is very modern, too modern. There's no way any of the churches Kinney and Patrick may have visited would still be standing. They were all probably torn down or paved over. This sucks."

Justin huffed and those lips that Brian loved to kiss and chew on were in full pout. If Justin wasn't so angry and if they weren't in a public restaurant, Brian would have taken Justin right then and there. Instead he swallowed the chuckle that threatened and tried to make Justin see reason.

"Justin, I stopped by the tourist office. There are many tours available most are into the rainforest, toward the volcanoes and to some of the smaller villages. We can take as many tours as you want and while we're walking around we can ask the guides and the locals if there are any of the missionary churches still standing. We were lucky in the other countries. I bet some survived here."

"Do you really think so? I hate to think we're wasting our time."

John spoke up this time. "Justin, from what little I've seen so far I can't imagine we'll be wasting our time here. I looked at the brochures Brian got; I'd really like to go on those tours. And if we don't find any churches, we just won't stay here as long as we planned. We'll just go to the next country on our list. Let's give it a try."

Justin nodded, the pout lessened and a few morsels of his lunch made it into Justin's mouth. "Jus, Brian and John have a good point. And I really want to see the waterfall gardens and the butterfly farm." Bobby said as he slid the brochures over to the blond. Justin shuffled through the pamphlets and his face softened. His artist's eyes began to see whole new possibilities.

"Oh, oh, I know that look. After lunch I better have a chat with the concierge. I need to find the nearest art supply store and fast." This time Brian didn't hold back his laugh nor did anyone else including Justin.

After lunch and before the expedition to the art store, the boys decided it was time for a siesta. They returned to their rooms for a little B&J and J&B lovin'.

"Brian?"

"Mmm?"

"Oh yeah, oh god, so gooo, GOOD! Shit! Why'd you make me cum so quick?"

"Because you have more on your mind than me sucking your cock. I figured I'd make you cum, then you'll tell me what's running around that little blond brain of yours and then I'd fuck you into the mattress."

"Oh. Bri, what if we don't find anything?"

"Then we'll leave. You'll have filled several sketch pads. I'll take enough pictures of everything. Bobby will have seen his butterflies and rainforests and I'll have seen my volcanoes. We're here to have fun, okay?"

"Okay. Bri?"

"Mmm?"

"Is this where you fuck me into the mattress?"

"Mmm hmm. Roll over, little boy."

"Mmm hmm!"

Over the next few days they took the tours to the volcanoes and the waterfalls. They visited the butterfly farm and toured San Jose. The highlight was the aerial tram ride through the rainforest. It was an interesting way to get up close and personal with some of the rainforest birds and animals. Brian took lots of pictures of the spectacular scenery.

In all their ventures they looked for churches that Patrick and Kinney had mentioned but all had vanished or been renovated into more modern buildings. Justin was getting depressed in spite of all the sketches he did of buildings and waterfalls and trees.

One afternoon as they were all beginning to think about leaving Costa Rica, Brian had a chat with a man he met in the bar. Everybody else was in their rooms taking a late afternoon nap. Brian was restless and had come down to the hotel bar for a drink, leaving Justin to get some well deserved rest. A man at the bar had struck up a conversation with Brian using the opportunity to improve his English and find out what brought Brian to Costa Rica. Having nothing better to do with his time Brian told the man of their adventures and his disappointment at what they had found or rather not found in Costa Rica so far.

The man made a suggestion that completely surprised Brian. He told Brian that San Jose was the modern capital of Costa Rica. Maybe the group would find better results if they went to the former capital Cartago. Brian had seen that city mentioned in some of the brochures they looked at, but it had not been mentioned by Kinney in his journals. He thanked his drinking companion and went to talk to the concierge.

The following morning Brian got them all up at the crack of dawn. They gathered their packs for the day and followed Brian down to the hotel restaurant for breakfast. He refused to tell them where they were going.

As they were finishing up breakfast a tall thin obviously gay man came swishing into the restaurant, and swishing was the only way to describe how he moved. He looked around the restaurant and headed for their table.

"Are you ze party of ze Kinneys?" he asked with a noticeable lisp. "I am ze chauffeur, Miguel." His eyes were obviously taking in the feast of lovely looking men that sat before him.

"Buenos dias, Miguel," Brian said standing and extending his hand. "I'm Brian Kinney."

"Ah, Senor Kinney, so fabuloso to meet you," Miguel said positively fawning over Brian's hand.

Brian pulled his hand away and introduced his partner, Justin, and his brother John and his partner Bobby. Miguel shook all their hands fawning over each and cooing about what a handsome lot they all were.

"I hired a car to take us to Cartago, the old capital of Costa Rica. We may find something interesting there," Brian explained.

"Shall we be started, senores?" Miguel asked slurring all his esses in what Justin was sure seemed to him a seductive manner.

"Who does he remind you of?" Justin asked as they followed Miguel out to the car.

"Emmett," John laughed.

"A little," Justin agreed, "but there's something else." He frowned trying to think of it.

"Agador in 'The Birdcage'," Brian smirked.

"That's it," Justin agreed. "He was so beyond gay!"

"And so's this guy," Brian chuckled.

"Senores," Miguel said holding the door open for them.

"He slurs his esses like he's from Barthelona," Brian observed using the Castilian pronunciation of the city's name.

"I doubt he's from Barcelona," Justin whispered.

"Then he must have seen 'The Birdcage'," Brian laughed.

The trip to Cartago was made without incident. Miguel regaled them with stories of other people he had driven around his country. He was quite the storyteller. Brian could only wonder what he would tell his next passengers about them.

When they arrived in Cartago Miguel drove them to the central square. He pointed out the park which now surrounded the ruins of the first church in the area. He said it was a beautiful place to enjoy for an afternoon. The Basilica of Our Lady of the Angels was three blocks to the west. It was a very important religious shrine.

They thanked Miguel who agreed to meet them at a certain time, and they all decided to go to the Basilica and see what it contained. At the church they saw the shrine to the image of the Virgin Mary that was presented to a young girl back in the 1600's. It was interesting but there was no indication that Kinney and Patrick had been there.

Somewhat dejectedly they set out to find a place for lunch. After an acceptable meal they checked out the park built around the ruins of the old church. It turned out not to be totally old as they read on the plaque at the entrance to the park. The church had been rebuilt many times and then damaged by earthquakes. What they saw remaining in the park left them no hope of finding anything about Kinney.

Justin loved the overgrown ruins and wanted to draw. The others left him in the park and went in search of shopping or other interesting buildings.

As Justin sketched to his heart's content, he felt that someone was watching him. He looked up and around the area where he sat. On a bench not far away sat a young girl dressed all in white. She had to be a nun. Justin smiled at her and she smiled back. That done Justin went back to sketching.

"Excuse me," a voice said.

Justin looked up. "Hello," he said recognizing the nun he had spotted earlier.

"May I speak with you?" she asked.

"Sure," Justin said moving some of his materials out of the way so she could sit down. "My name's Justin."

"Hello, Justin. I am Anna."

"Not Sister something?"

"Not yet, but soon."

"I see. Is there something I can help you with?" Justin asked wondering why she had asked to speak to him.

"This is going to sound very strange..."

"Okay," Justin replied raising his eyebrows. "So go ahead."

"I have been at the Basilica studying some old books from this church."

"Yes?" Justin said suddenly interested.

"I was reading about the mid eighteen hundreds and there was mention of a young blond man who would sit and draw all the time. You made me think of him," she said with a smile.

"Do you know if they mentioned his name?"

"I think it was Patrick something..." she frowned trying to remember.

"Taylor?"

"That sounds right."

"Did it mention anyone else with him?"

"Yes, I think it said there was an older man who traveled with this man. They both were artists and worked in some local churches."

"Do you know what churches?"

"I think they have all been destroyed, at least the ones they listed."

"Oh," Justin said disappointed.

"You know about these people?"

"They are ancestors of my partner."

"I see..." she said slowly looking at Justin with surprise.

"I'm gay and my partner is Brian Kinney. The older man was his great, great, great grandfather John Aidan Brian Kinney. We're following their path through Central America."

"That's exciting. You ... you seemed so like the description in the book when I saw you sitting here sketching. I hope you don't mind me interrupting you."

"Not at all," Justin said. "In fact I'm glad you did. My name is Justin Taylor ... and I may be distantly related to Patrick, at least I'd like to think so."

"Oh my! That's amazing. It's like you and your partner are reliving the past lives."

"Yeah," Justin said with a big smile. "It does seem like that." He suddenly felt an even stronger tie to the past. He couldn't wait for Brian to return so he could tell him this piece of news.

"Anna, do you think I can see the old books? I'd like to photograph them. You can be there to make sure nothing happens to them. We've been here almost a week and this is the first time we came close to finding any evidence of their stay here."

"I don't see why not but I would have to ask my Mother Superior and I'm afraid she may not be as tolerant of strangers as I am," Anna said the words and looked down at the ground.

"You mean, tolerant of homosexual strangers," Justin clarified.

"Yes. Forgive me. I have lived in the modern world and I believe that God loves all of us but still there is intolerance. I don't know how to resolve this conflict in me."

"Don't. Not now. Become what you must become. Learn everything you can to make you the best nun you can possibly be. Then when the time is right and no one has power over you, you tell them all to go fuck themselves. Sorry. Sometimes change starts with just one person."

"You are very wise, Justin Taylor. And I think I may have a solution. Before I came out here to commune with nature, I was going to our archives to study more of the old books and Bibles. Do you have one of those digital cameras, the small ones?"

"Yes, I do."

"Good. Then show me how to use it. I will go and photograph all the pages that have mentioned your Kinney and Patrick. I will meet you here in two hours."

Justin took out Brian's small camera. As he gave his lesson in digital camera 101 to Anna, he silently thanked Brian for making him carry it. Being a very smart woman, Anna quickly mastered how to focus, take the picture and delete it if it was not clear. The camera was small enough to fit in the palm of her hand and was easily hidden under her robes. Justin thanked her and watched the vision in white float away back toward the convent. He checked his watch, noting the time, then packed up his sketch book and hurried to find his group. Justin couldn't wait to tell them what happened.

"You fucking did what with my camera?!" Brian was practically screaming at Justin but since they were sitting at an outdoor café, Brian was trying not to draw too much attention. Not familiar with the wrath of Kinney, poor Miguel was quaking in his sandals.

"Brian, calm down. She's a nun or will be soon. It was the only way. I'll meet her in a couple of hours and I'll get your camera back. I promise." Brian was letting curses fly under his breath as Miguel crossed himself and said a silent prayer that Senor Taylor was right about the nun. John and Bobby buried their heads in their menus until the waiter came to take their orders. They ate a leisurely meal. John, Bobby and Justin were cracking up with laughter as Miguel regaled them about his conquests or lack of them.

The combination of Agador/Emmett was hysterical. Even Brian's anger was beginning to subside. Justin's watch began to beep and he got up.

"It's almost time. You guys stay here. In half an hour, order me some ice cream. I'll be back by then, I promise."

"Senor Taylor, would joo like for me to guide your way?" Miguel asked hopefully and unwittingly incurring a Brian Kinney death glare.

"No thank you Emm, I mean Miguel. It's better I go alone." Justin gave Brian a discreet peck to his cheek then scurried off back to the Basilica.

By the time Justin returned to the bench, Anna was there waiting for him.

"Were you waiting long?" Justin asked.

"No, I just arrived a few moments ago. I photographed everything I could; I think you'll be pleased."

"Anna, even if it was one sentence that mentioned them, I'd be happy."

"Then you'll be ecstatic when you see how many pages there were. And I have a surprise for you."

"A surprise?"

"Yes. But you'll need to go to the bank."

"The bank?"

"Yes, and take this letter with you. Show it to the bank manager, it will explain everything. Make sure you have proper ID with you."

"I don't understand."

"You will after you get to the bank. Now, I must leave you. Thank you for letting me share this with you and for your wise words. I will live by them always. Maybe one person can make a difference. Goodbye, Justin Taylor. I wish you well on your journey."

"Anna, wait. Here take one of Brian's business cards." Justin wrote his name and address and email addy on the back. "You must let me know when you become a full-fledged nun. Are you allowed to keep in touch? You're not going to be one of those nuns who can't talk, are you?" Anna laughed.

"No, heaven forbid. I'll keep in touch, I promise. Now go, hurry before the bank closes for the day, you have only an hour. Go."

"Thank you, Anna. Thank you so much!" Anna laughed again as Justin ran out towards the café.

A TALE OF FOUR QUEERS

Chapter Eleven

"Miguel? The bank, quick where is the bank?"

"Justin, what the fuck do you need the bank for and where's my camera, and your ice cream is melting."

"Not now. The bank, Miguel. NOW! Please it's almost closing time."

Brian, John and Bobby were baffled. Miguel pointed across the street. Across from the café was the First National Bank of Cartago.

"Come on," Justin begged then sprinted across the street. Brian threw a wad of cash at the waiter and told him to save the table for them. The waiter never turned down American money and gladly agreed. They followed the excited blond as he raced to the bank.

"The manager, please, I have to see the manager." Justin was almost crying as he was trying to get someone to understand him. Miguel quickly came up behind him and requested to see the manager. Within moments a smartly dressed man introduced himself in flawless English.

"I am Mr. Perez, how may I help you?"

"I was instructed to give you this letter by Anna from the convent. My name is Justin Taylor and this is my friend Brian Kinney. I don't know what the letter says."

Mr. Perez read the letter then showed everyone into his office. It was closing time and the last of the customers were being served then escorted to the locked doors.

"Mr. Taylor, Mr. Kinney, do you have some form of identification with you?"

Brian, now annoyed that an explanation was not forth coming, let his dismay be known.

"Excuse me, Mr. Perez. Justin, why the fuck do I need to show my ID and what the fuck is going on here?"

"Please Brian, just show your passport." Justin pleaded as he took his passport out of his messenger bag.

"I am satisfied that you are whom you claim. Gentlemen, follow me please. Quickly, before the timer on the vault closes the door."

The group followed Mr. Perez to the vault. The manager took out a special set of keys to open one of the compartments. He shuffled through a few papers and what looked like rolls of paper. He removed a packet of papers and a long tube. He rechecked the drawer, satisfied he had removed all the appropriate contents. He then locked the compartment and ushered everyone out. They all heard a loud click and watched the heavy door swing closed.

"Come, one more task before I show you out. Please let me copy your passports and notarize the copies for my records. I will give you a copy of the letter of introduction. I must keep the original along with the copy of your ID."

"Justin, I still don't understand what's going on."

"Me neither but have faith, okay."

"Mr. Kinney, your young friend is very wise. Please a few more moments to conclude our business then I will explain. Perhaps you will join me at the café across the street; this is cause for celebration."

"We have a table waiting," John answered.

"Good. There, we are finished." They watched as the manager clipped the original letter together with the copies of their ID. He gave a copy of the letter to Justin. And handed the packet and the tube to Brian.

"Come, the rest of the staff is waiting to go home. Let's go to the café." The bewildered group followed Mr. Perez back to the café.

"Okay, now will someone tell me what's going on?" Brian looked at Justin and then to Mr. Perez. They all sat at their table and coffees miraculously appeared.

Justin began. "When I went back to the Basilica, Anna was there waiting and she returned the camera. She said I'd be very happy because she photographed several pages that mentioned Kinney and Patrick. She said she had a surprise for me and then she handed me this letter and told me to go to the bank and fast because it was going to close soon. So I came running back here."

"Okay, so now the letter?" Bobby asked this time. Mr. Perez had the answer for that one.

"The letter was written by one of the missionaries that ran the old church a long time ago. It said the bearer of the letter was the owner of certain property that was left in his safe keeping. The letter was passed down from curate to curate. This bank is one of the oldest in the country. At some point one of the curates realized that the property would be safe here so the curate made arrangements for the property to be stored at the bank. I never looked in that box until today. I don't know what's in it."

"But the letter, how can we be the owner of something from that long ago?" Justin was so curious.

"The letter states that John Aidan Brian Kinney and Patrick Taylor are the rightful owners of what you now have in your possession and either they or their descendants have a right to the property. You are Brian Aidan Kinney and you Justin Taylor. I doubt if any other white men bearing similar names will visit here and make claim to the contents of that box. Please, will you share this with me? Who are you?"

John and Bobby started the much told story about JABK and Patrick. And about the places their journey has taken them and the people they've met. While John was explaining, Bobby reached into Justin's bag and pulled out the journal to show Perez and Miguel. They oohed and ahhed as John went through the tale. Justin opened the tube as Brian unwrapped the packet.

"Oh my god, Brian, look!" Carefully Justin unrolled a painting. It was a painting of Kinney and Patrick. It looked like it was based on a photograph. They were standing in front of a church. Brian gingerly went through the packet of papers. Most of it looked like pages from Kinney's journal and then a sepia photo slipped out from between the pages.

"Justin." Brian handed Justin the photo. "Oh Brian." Justin gazed at the photo and then at Brian. Tears started to well in eyes that reflected the sky.

"Mr. Perez, Justin, he needs..."

"I understand, Mr. Kinney, he needs to get out of this hot sun, perhaps a quiet room somewhere to collect himself. Miguel." Perez made his instructions to Miguel who immediately got up to get the car.

"Gentlemen, Miguel will take you to a very pleasant inn just outside the village. I assure you it will meet your standards and is amenable to your very special needs. It is owned and operated by a very close friend of mine. I will be at the bank in the morning at ten. If I may be of any service to you, Miguel will bring you." Perez winked at Miguel as he opened the doors for Brian and the rest of the party. Perez whispered a few words to Miguel who nodded and wore an ear to ear grin.

Each man shook Perez's hand and expressed his thanks. Brian was the last to shake the bank manager's hand. "Mr. Kinney, you are a very fortunate man to have a friend as beautiful as Mr. Taylor. We should all be that fortunate. Again, if you are in need of anything during your visit, contact me." Perez handed Brian his business card.

"Thank you for your help and I know I'm a very lucky man."

Miguel drove the weary travelers to the inn. The inn was deceivingly modern with all the amenities a tired traveler could want. They were checked into very comfortable rooms that had a connecting door. Miguel gave Brian one of his cards and assured them he would be back in the morning but not too early.

"Miguel? Where will you stay?" John didn't see Miguel check into the inn.

"Senor Perez has offered his home to me for the night. No fear, I will be in very good hands." They watched as Miguel swished his way down the hall.

Brian got Justin settled into their room. He wasn't sure but something wasn't quite right with the boy. He softly knock at the connecting door and entered John and Bobby's room.

"Brian, what is it?" Bobby looked up from his chair and saw the furrows in the man's brow.

"It's Justin. All this heat and excitement, sometimes it's too much for him. I don't think he has a fever but something's not right. We may need a doctor."

"Brian, let's cool him down with a shower. I'll help you. Bobby, can you go and ask the front desk, see if you can buy bottles of water and something like Gatorade."

"Okay. I'll be back soon and I'll ask if there's a doctor available, just in case."

Bobby left the room and John and Brian went to join Justin. He was curled up in a little ball in the middle of his bed still fully clothed and sweating profusely. He appeared to be asleep and was mumbling. Brian stared at him for a few moments. That helpless feeling he felt after the bashing when he watched the boy sleeping in the hospital crept up on him. He was about to panic. He wanted to pick the boy up and fly him out of there. Brian wanted to be able to call Debbie or Jennifer and ask for their help but he couldn't. He could feel it happening, what all his friends called his queen outs. But this time he couldn't afford to queen out because Justin wasn't able to soothe him. Brian forced the feeling away.

"John, can you start the shower? Make it warm. He hates cold showers and hot water hurts him. I'll get his clothes off. Will you help me get him in there?"

"Of course I will. What are brothers for?" John smiled at Brian, reassuring him that this was only the stress of everything happening so fast. Justin would be fine.

Brian began to strip off his own clothes first, then he adjusted the air conditioning so that the humidity would be removed but not overly cool. Then he began to remove Justin's clothes. The boy was still mumbling; Brian could make out Patrick's name. A naked John came out of the bathroom to help Brian get Justin into the shower. Brian raised an eyebrow.

"I know he isn't very heavy but he's dead weight. You won't be able to hold on to him and wash him at the same time. Some twinks are slippery when wet." John smirked and hoped his joke would lighten the tension. Brian nodded. John was a very practical man and he trusted his brother.

Brian easily lifted Justin but he soon found that John was very right. Justin began to thrash around and his mumbling grew louder. Between the two of them they managed to keep the slippery boy on his feet, and wash the sweat and dust from him without falling. It wasn't an easy job but someone had to do it. They dried Justin off as best as they could and got him into bed. The brothers then dried themselves. Brian remained clad in only his briefs. John got dressed and went to look for Bobby. He promised to bring Brian something cool to drink and some snacks. It was going to be a long night.

Morning did not come quick enough for Brian. Justin was still out of it but his skin was dry and cool to the touch. He was sleeping a more natural sleep that Brian could recognize and he was spooning up against Brian. Brian was exhausted so he remained in bed as long as possible.

"Brian," John whispered.

"Hmm?"

"How is he doing?"

"He's still sleeping and I feel like I'm a hundred years old."

"Well don't worry little bro, you're as gorgeous as ever."

Brian cracked open an eye and looked at his brother who was kneeling at the bed side. "I don't feel gorgeous. I feel like shit."

"We brought you some coffee and we're all checked out. All we have to do is get the two of you dressed and in the car. Miguel is waiting."

"John, does this place have a phone? I'd like to call the hotel, arrange for a doctor. I'd feel better if he was checked out."

"I'm not sure. I certainly didn't see one. Look, it's after ten; we can go back to the bank. I bet Perez would help us. You should see the look on Miguel's face. What's that expression you fags use, well fucked? That's him, well fucked."

John started to giggle and so did Brian, then John ruffled Brian's hair. "Come on, I'll stay with him while you get washed up and I'll start packing up your stuff. We'll be back in San Jose in no time." Brian stretched, got out of bed and headed for the bathroom. It was the start of another day.

Justin was up and walking where he was led but he was a zombie. More asleep than participating, he was consulted in everything and he managed to swallow some water without choking. He was fast asleep with his head in Brian's lap by the time they got to the bank.

John and Miguel went into the bank to speak with Mr. Perez. Perez called their hotel and a local doctor would be there when they returned. John and Perez exchanged business cards and shook hands. Perez winked at Miguel and Miguel assured Perez of his undying devotion. Perez bid them God's speed back to San Jose.

Miguel did make it back to San Jose in record time. Justin was still sleepy but easily roused. They got him into the room and the doctor was sent for. While they were waiting Brian's concern about the fragile journal pages and the painting grew. The photo seemed strong enough, printed on a hard card but after so long in storage in a cool vault the heat and humidity could cause damage. He sat watching Justin nap and started laughing to himself. Now he was starting to sound like Justin.

"What's so funny?" John noticed the smile on Brian's face and the soft laughter.

"Me, I was thinking like Justin. We need to get the painting and the journal pages in a safe place. What we need is a UPS store. Make a copy for Justin's journal then ship everything back to Sidney Bloom."

"You're right, you do sound like Justin. Bobby and I will take care of it. We don't all need to wait for the doctor. I'll ask at the front desk. I'm sure there won't be a problem. We can do some window shopping, buy a souvenir or two. We'll be back soon."

"Take your time. Enjoy the day."

"He'll be okay."

"I know; he's much better. I just..."

"I know how you feel. Later."

"Later."

By the time the doctor arrived Justin was alert and answering the doctor's questions. It was a case of heat exhaustion, a mild one but the doctor did recommend a few more days of rest and plenty of electrolyte fluids. After seeing how Brian fawned all over Justin, the doctor knew the boy was in good hands. Justin managed to eat some bits of fruit, had a glass of juice, then went back to sleep.

Brian took the time to read the journal. The next stop would be Guatemala, unless the new pages indicated someplace different. Brian flatly refused to consider Nicaragua or Honduras. Those countries were far too volatile for him. He continued to read the passages until a small cry from Justin drew Brian back to his side.

"John, don't go," Justin whimpered. "Please."

Brian's blood ran cold and his heart pounded in his chest. He got up off the bed and began to pace the room. An angry growl escaped his throat, his fists were clenched. He tried to calm himself. He trusted John and deep down he trusted Justin. He must have heard wrong or there was a simple explanation that he just couldn't see. This couldn't have anything to do with the Bobby incident; John Anderson was not a vengeful man, not like Brian Kinney. Brian would have to be patient, wait until Justin recovered and then he would ask Justin. Brian's mind was racing, he needed to get out, needed air, needed his dick sucked.

Through the connecting doors Brian heard John and Bobby coming in, laughing and joking; Brian went in.

"Hey."

"Hey, did the doctor show up?" Bobby enquired.

"Yeah, he's fine. A mild case of heat exhaustion. We did the right things. He'll need a couple of more days of rest and more sport drinks and he'll be fine. Did you find a UPS store?"

"Yup, all done. The Sidney Bloom gallery will have another Kinney painting to work on by ten AM tomorrow. I made copies of the journal pages for Justin and a copy of the photo," John boasted.

"That's good. Can I ask you guys a favor? Can you keep an eye on him for a bit? I need to get out for a while."

"Of course. I'm sorry Brian, we've been having a great afternoon and you've been cooped up here."

"Not a problem. I just need to stretch my legs a little."

"Go, Bobby and I will look after him. There's a coffee shop downstairs. We can get him lunch or dinner or anything he wants. Take your time."

"Thanks."

Brian returned to his room, shoved his wallet in his pocket and kissed the sleeping boy on the forehead. Satisfied he was truly asleep and cool to the touch Brian fuckin' Kinney walked out.

A TALE OF FOUR QUEERS

Chapter Twelve

Brian sauntered through the streets of San Jose. He was feeling like his old self, in charge and on the prowl. He could feel the looks he was getting from women as well as men; it invigorated him. The sun was setting, the air felt cooler, he felt tall, young and beautiful.  The thumpa thumpa noise from a small bar/club beckoned. Brian did a double take when he read the name on the awning. The Greek. That's all it said. Brian could not believe what he saw. It was blatantly un-pc but then again, this was not the States. Brian went in.

Brian's senses were immediately assaulted by the smell of men. His eyes swept the crowd, noting the dark hard Latino bodies; his cock hardened. He felt at home. Brian went to the bar, made himself comfortable and ordered a beer. He was free to smoke, he was free to drink and he was free to say no. After a few hours, Brian Kinney went back to the hotel.

"Hey."

"Hey, Sunshine, how do you feel?"

"Much better, thank you. You? You feel better?"

"I don't know what you mean?"

"I woke up a couple of hours ago, I thought it was you sitting in the chair but it was John. I got angry until he told me that this was the first time you left my side in two days. And only after the doctor said I was okay. I guess you needed a break."

"Something like that."

"So answer my question, are you feeling better?"

"Yes, and I'm glad you do too. You had me worried, little boy. You're not allowed to get sick, ever again. Is that clear?"

"As a crystal dick. Where were you?"

"I, I found a bar. Had a few beers. You can still smoke in bars here. I sucked down beer and smoked."

"Is that all that got sucked?"

"Justin."

"I know, don't ask, don't tell."

"No, that's not what I mean. Justin when you were out of it, you called out John's name"

"Kinney."

"What?"

"No, it was Kinney, not John. I remember dreaming, weird dreams about Patrick and Kinney. Kept seeing Kinney packing, leaving village after village and Patrick running after him. It was horrible, they never had a home." Justin started to sniffle. Brian took off his smoke permeated clothes and crawled in next to Justin.

"Shush, it's okay. It sucked that they never found a home but didn't you tell me how much things have changed. We have a home and some place we can go to feel safe. And yes, my beer was the only thing that got sucked. Now go to sleep. We have plans to make in the morning."

The lovers snuggled around each other. Brian kissed the top of the blond's head and gently caressed the boy's back, easing away the tension. Justin whispered, "I love you," and felt Brian tighten his hold on him. The lovers went to sleep.

In their room Bobby and John were also snuggled together in their bed.

"I guess all is right in the world again."

"Yeah. John, Brian thought that you and Justin..."

"We haven't and we won't."

"I know but he's very attractive and they're not monogamous."

"I agree, Justin is a very beautiful man and he gave me my first insight into being gay. But it doesn't mean we're going to sleep together. I am monogamous and I hope that I spend the rest of my life with you. Now go to sleep. Brian's right, we have a lot of plans to make in the morning."

"I love you."

"Love you too." Bobby and John went to sleep.

*****

Brian woke from a deep sleep. He felt something hard pressing against his ass.

"What?" he asked turning. Blue eyes stared into his. "You must be feeling better, but what do you think you're doing?"

Justin smiled. It was a lazy and seductive upturn of his mouth. He deliberately stuck out his tongue and dragged it languidly all the way around his full lips. Brian already had some morning wood but the sight of that tongue had his dick standing proud and tall. He groaned and tried to roll towards Justin.

"No," Justin said pushing Brian back onto his side so that he stayed facing away from him. "I want you."

"You can have my cock anytime, little boy."

"I'm not little and I'm not feeling like a boy. Roll onto your stomach."

Brian glanced over his shoulder and noted the look on Justin's face. "What's got into you?"

"Must be all that Gatorade you guys forced into me yesterday." Justin grinned mischievously.

"Who knew this was one of the side effects," Brian groaned as he rolled onto his stomach and felt Justin's fingers probe his hole. "Shit!" he reacted as a wave of pleasure swept through him. He knew Justin wanted this, and truth be told so did he.

Brian felt the covers pulled away and Justin straddled his legs. He leaned in and bit Brian's shoulder. "I'm feeling so much better today."

"No shit!" Brian gasped as Justin raised his ass and stuck a pillow underneath.

"Oh yeah!" Justin kissed behind Brian's ear and down his neck. His tongue licked down the bumpy spine while his hands massaged Brian's hips. Justin put one knee between Brian's legs forcing them apart and positioned himself between them. His tongue licked down the crack of Brian's ass eliciting a loud groan. Tongue action continued along the perineum and around the sac of balls. Everything was deliciously coated with saliva as he came back to the pink pucker.

Without warning he drove his tongue into the circle of muscle causing Brian to cry out and rise up off the bed.

"Quiet, or you'll wake our neighbors," Justin chuckled meaning John and Bobby.

"Why don't you invite them over? They might learn something."

"I don't think they need any instruction, but I guess I could give them a few pointers on topping," Justin said thoughtfully.

"You could, could you?" Brian snorted. "If you don't get on with this, I'm going to lose interest."

"No chance," Justin said confidently and proceeded to work over Brian's hole with his tongue.

"Still uninterested?" Justin asked with Brian panting beneath him. His question was answered with a loud growl.

Justin grabbed the lube and worked some into Brian's ass. He suited up his own cock and lubed it. With a grunt he breached the first ring of muscle. Brian groaned and grabbed the sheets. Justin pushed farther in leaning to kiss Brian's shoulder. One more thrust and he was imbedded. He stayed still for a moment relishing this place that he rarely got to be. He wondered if Brian ever felt content joined to him like this. It was a feeling of such closeness that he could weep if he thought about it too much.

"Did you doze off up there?" Brian asked with a chuckle.

"Just thinking."

"Do you suppose you could find another time to do your thinking? My cock and my ass are in need of serious attention."

"Yes, master," Justin giggled.

"Come on, Jeannie. Get with the program."

Justin drew back and drove home forcefully. Brian moaned loudly so Justin repeated that action. It was a slow and at times exquisite ride that Justin had. He enjoyed every moan and gasp that he forced from Brian. By the time they were nearing completion Brian was practically begging. Justin had not touched his cock and he refused to let Brian touch it either. Sweat poured down Justin's face as he kept up his steady pace of thrusts. He wanted to make Brian come without touching his dick.

"Oh, fuck, Justin!" Brian called out as Justin drove in rotating his hips and hitting every sweet spot known to man. He repeated that action several more times before he felt Brian go stiff and let out an almighty groan. His partner's spasming ass sent Justin over the edge into his own spectacular orgasm. They lay spent and panting on the bed.

"No more Gatorade for you," Brian groaned as he rolled them over.

"Fuck, that was ... awesome!"

"You should have invited John and Bobby. That was pretty ... masterful," Brian said giving a beaming Justin a kiss.

"We were taking notes," two voices called out from the adjoining room.

"Shit!" Brian reacted as Justin giggled. "I'll never hear the end of this."

At breakfast, Brian, John and Bobby sat back and watched the bottomless pit also know as Justin Taylor, inhale his breakfast. Fortunately for Brian, breakfast was a buffet. Unfortunately for the restaurant, breakfast was a buffet. Half way through the third round, Justin pulled out the copies of the new pages of Kinney's journal. It mentioned their time in Cartago and how they intended to go to Nicaragua and perhaps settle there.

"Brian?"

"No."

"How can you say no when you don't know the question?"

"I know you; I don't have to know the question. It's no. No Nicaragua, no Honduras. It's Guatemala then Mexico then home. Don't even try to bat those eyes at me or wiggle your ass in my direction. I won't budge on this one. It's too dangerous and I'm not that sure about Guatemala. I had time to watch CNN when you were ill. That country is having their own problems. Don't ask, Justin. Don't even think about it. It will never happen."

"All right."

"All right?"

"All right. I won't ask, I won't think about it. Make the reservations for Guatemala. The journal says something about the city of Flores. On the map, it's equidistant to Mexico and Belize. I think we should go to the capital of Guatemala City first. There are some churches in that vicinity that we might have some luck with."

"So, if we're all agreed, after breakfast I'll go to the tourist office and book us outta here." Brian looked around the table and everyone nodded in agreement.

The earliest flight Brian could get was in two days. The guys decided to take walks around the city of San Jose and lounge around the hotel's pool. Brian made sure Justin was never far from a bottle of water or the dreaded Gatorade. Justin was feeling better but Brian was not yet convinced of his full recovery. Justin feared that Brian would play the mother hen until they got back to Pittsburgh. And he was right. Justin didn't mind one bit. It was another affirmation of how much Brian cared for him.

On the day of their flight they were pleasantly surprised by Miguel and Mr. Perez. The newly formed couple decided to personally see our travelers off on the next leg of their journey. When they stepped out of their cab and saw Miguel and Mr. Perez standing at the curb waiting for them, they were all blown away.

"Senor Perez," Brian said stepping forward to shake the man's hand. "I didn't expect to see you here. And Miguel." Brian gave them a funny lopsided grin.

"We came to thank you for bringing us together," Mr. Perez replied. "And call me Juan."

"Oh jes," Miguel gushed. "We are so happy. Zank joo so much."

"No problem, Miguel," John said with a big smile. "I'm glad you two found each other."

"Miguel is the best thing that has happened to me in a long time," Juan told them. "And we owe it all to you."

"Oh jes, my Juan, he is so masterful. He makes me all gooey inside."

Juan had the good grace to blush at Miguel's statement but it was also evident that he was proud he made his man feel that way.

"Thanks for coming all the way out here to see us off," Justin said.

"We brought you zumzing for being so yummy," Miguel smiled holding out a gift bag.

"You didn't have to do that," Bobby said wondering what they had brought.

Brian took the bag and lifted out a magnum of champagne. It was Cristal and Brian knew it would have cost a small fortune.

"This is very generous of you," John said looking at the champagne.

"Have a toast to us when you get to the next country," Juan said hugging Miguel.

"We've already had our toast to ze fabuloso Americans who put us together," Miguel gushed.

"Thanks a lot," Justin smiled.

"We better be going," Juan said shaking everyone's hand. "Have a safe flight."

They all called out their goodbyes as they gathered their luggage. Miguel was giggling and waving as he swished his ass while walking away.

"He's some character," John said watching Miguel.

"He must be some bottom if he got us a magnum of Cristal," Brian observed.

"Briiaan," Justin said swatting Brian in the chest.

"But then you're worth three magnums, my little bottom boy," Brian said kissing Justin's cheek.

"And as a top?" Justin had to ask.

"Priceless!" Brian admitted as he dragged his partner into the terminal.

A TALE OF FOUR QUEERS

Chapter Thirteen

The flight to Guatemala City was uneventful which suited the travelers just fine. Upon landing they took a taxi to their hotel and settled in. They spent the day walking around the area of their hotel and trying to locate some of the churches where Kinney and Patrick might have left some artwork. Although their meanderings proved fruitless they did get a good idea of what the city was like and they met some local people who did their best to direct them or help them.

Upon reading some more of the journal and discussing options with their concierge they decided to take a side trip to the town of Chichicastenango which was about a three hour drive from Guatemala City. It was an old city with the 400 year old church of Santo Tomas. The following day was a Thursday and the market would be in full swing. Of course that appealed to Brian who loved to shop.

The next morning after breakfast a very somber man dressed in a suit and Panama hat arrived at the hotel to drive them to Chichicastenango. He held the door to the large old car for them, having told them in very formal English that he was their driver, Miguel.

"Miguel has a very large pickle up his ass," Brian whispered to Justin as they got in.

Justin giggled and swatted Brian. Miguel gave them a disapproving look, and then they were off on their adventure.

They drove mostly in silence with occasional jibes being bandied back and forth. As the time told them they were nearing Chichicastenango, John took the initiative.

"Miguel," he said, "could you take us to the Church of Santo Tomas?"

"Certainly, senor," Miguel replied. "Are you going to the market?"

"Is it near the church?"

Miguel snorted discreetly. Justin guessed that he was probably thinking they were more greedy Americans looking for bargains. "It is on the steps of the church."

"Really! That's strange."

"The church was built on an old Mayan platform and the local people claim it two days a week for their market."

"I see," John said.

"Do you know if the church has much artwork inside?" Justin asked.

"It does indeed," Miguel responded deciding that maybe there was more to these Americans than crass commercialism.

"Is it very old?"

"The majority of it would have been completed before the eighteen hundreds, but there are some modern pieces too."

"That sounds good," Justin said hopefully.

Miguel looked at Justin in the rearview mirror. His assessment of this party of men was changing.

Soon they arrived in the center of town. There was a riot of color as locals had their wares spread all over the steps and square in front of the church. The arrival of foreigners caused some commotion with the group being swarmed by people trying to sell them things. Miguel carefully escorted them into the church.

While Justin examined all the artwork, Brian decided to tell Miguel about their mission and see if he could help them. Miguel was impressed with the quest the men were on. He told Brian that he might know someone who could help them. He warned Brian about handling himself in the market. He was to make sure he bargained hard. Then Miguel took off to find his friend.

Justin was disappointed that nothing in the church was done by Kinney or Patrick. Having completed his investigations and getting no help from the priest who seemed totally disinterested, they decided to shop.

Brian led the way repeating what Miguel had told him. They soon realized that they could get some lovely gifts for family and friends and at reasonable prices even without bargaining the vendors down. They found colorful shawls and hats and bags that would be great for the women or Emmett. Beautifully painted wooden masks would make lovely decorations for Ted and Michael and Ben. Brian wanted to buy a broom for Melanie, calling her a witch, but Justin wouldn't let him. Anyway they had bought most of what they wanted when Miguel found them.

"If you gentlemen would like to have lunch with a friend of mine, he has invited you," Miguel said formally.

"Are you sure?" John asked. "I mean we'd love too, but we don't want to intrude."

"I told him your quest and he has something that you may be interested in. His family, Morales, have lived in this city as long as it has existed," Miguel added proudly.

Miguel drove them to a large but not ostentatious home on the outskirts of the city. At the door he introduced them to Pablo Morales and his wife Caterina. They were brought into the cool interior and seated at a large table in the dining room. Caterina had a lunch all laid out for them and they ate with gusto complimenting Caterina and her staff on the excellent food. They spent the time explaining where they had already traveled and what they were looking for. Pablo listened intently.

As they finished the meal with strong coffee, Pablo said he had a treasure to show them. They looked up in surprise.

"I brought you directly into the dining room to get a full understanding of who you are and what you are looking for. We did not go to the living room because that is where the treasure resides. Follow me, gentlemen."

Pablo rose and they followed him into the ornate living room. Around the walls were paintings of what had to be the ancestors of the Morales family. One painting immediately caught Justin's eye. He held his breath waiting to see if anybody else recognized what he saw.

"What are we looking at?" Brian asked. "Your ancestors?"

"Exactly," Pablo replied.

"Don't any of you see it?" Justin asked unable to contain himself any longer. He almost ran over to a portrait of a man and woman in their best attire with two small children playing at their feet. "This has to be a Kinney," he said looking for a signature. "Here it is!" he said triumphantly. "JAB Kinney."

They all took a good look and then could easily recognize the style so similar to the painting of Patrick and Kinney that hung in the loft.

"They were here," Brian said releasing a breath. "We're still following their trail."

They spent some more time with the Morales family talking about the painting and what Pablo knew about it and the artist. By late afternoon they decided they better make their way back to Guatemala City before dark.

With many thanks and good wishes they made their way to the car. Miguel held the door for them once again.

"Did you have a good day, Sunshine?" Brian asked as they drove along the road to their hotel.

"The best!" Justin said with a big smile. "How about you?"

"A painting, shopping and a new broom! What more could I ask for," Brian smirked. They all laughed and settled in for the rest of the ride. Even Miguel smiled into the rearview mirror.

The foursome decided to end their Guatemalan trip by going to Flores and to Tikal. Both areas were mentioned in the pages they found in Costa Rico, but unfortunately the trail ran cold. Either all the churches were destroyed or the jungle took back what was its own. So that the trip was not altogether a waste of time, our travelers decided to take a tour of the Tikal National Park and stay at one of the park's hotels. They were in no rush, so they allowed themselves four days to experience each of the different trails.

There were several trails from which to choose. Many ended at a temple or a ruin or a museum. Many of the trails ran through the jungle. On the third day, the boys were all ready for a walk through the jungle. They each wore protective clothing, had plenty of bottled water and Gatorade and each man was slathered in insect repellent. They had their maps, packs, sketch books and cameras. They were ready. And they were forewarned not to touch any animal or insect that might cross their path.

"Hey Sunshine, look!"

"Shhhh!

"What?"

"Keep your voice down."

"Why?"

"Becauuussse, you're frightening the birds."

"I'm frightening the birds? How the fuck am I frightening the birds?"

"You're too noisy."

"Moi, the one who would kill for a nice quiet weekend in the loft, I'm too noisy. This coming from the princess of babble."

"Brian, shut the fuck up and...oh my god! Brian!"

"What?"

"Don't move."

"What?"

"Shhh. Don't move."

"Stop shushing me and why shouldn't I mooo... Justin? Justin, is there a bug on me?"

"No."

"A snake?"

"No."

"Oh fuck, not a fro...."

"Yup. He's green and he has spots. Brian, don't move, he's poisonous. Just let him hop on by."

"Justin, what if he doesn't want to just hop on by."

"Um, we have plenty of water with us."

"That's not the problem, I'm not thirsty. But if froggie doesn't decide to move soon...."

"I get the picture. I'll get the guys. Don't go anywhere."

"Don't go anywhere? Where the fuck am I going to go? Hey, don't leave me here! Justin!  JUSTIN!"

******

"Brian, wake up. You were having a nightmare."

"Shit. You'd have a nightmare too if you were attacked by a killer frog."

"Stop exaggerating. You weren't attacked and you didn't pee in your pants. The frog hopped back into the jungle. No one got hurt."

"No one got hurt. Easy for you to say. You weren't standing there, crossing your legs for hours."

"Brian."

"Okay, an hour."

"Brian."

"A half an hour."

"Brian!"

"Okay, Mr. Cuckoo clock, how long then?"

"Ten minutes."

"Ten minutes? No. I could've sworn it was longer than that."

"Ten minutes."

"Fine. They were the longest ten minutes of my life. I literally could have been slimed to death."

"Brian?"

"What?"

"There's a lot I can do in ten minutes."

"Yeah?"

"Yeah."

"Only ten minutes?"

"Maybe a half an hour."

"Justin."

"Okay, an hour."

"Justin."

"On the other hand, you did suffer a trauma. You should be handled very carefully."

"Very carefully."

"This may take hours."

"Mmm, then I place myself in your capable hands. My hero."

******

Two days later, the conquerors of the jungle and of frogs were on a plane heading for Mexico.

"Tell me again why we're going to Cancun?" Justin asked as they sat in their first class seats.

Brian sighed. He had insisted on making the reservations for this flight and he knew exactly why he was doing it. He just wondered what the others would think and how much ribbing he would get as a result. He remained silent trying to think of how to answer Justin's question.

"There's no mention of Cancun in any of the journal pages that I've looked at," Justin griped.

"I have my reasons," Brian said stubbornly.

"Care to share those with the rest of us peons?" John asked from across the aisle. Brian had forked out the cost of first class for all of them.

"All right, all right," Brian conceded. "We've spent weeks in little backwater towns, in the jungle, in places where I wouldn't be caught dead under any circumstances. And you have rarely heard me complain."

"And we all greatly appreciate your tolerance and equanimity under adverse circumstances," Bobby said with a chuckle.

The other three men nodded and smiled trying not to smirk at the sarcasm of Bobby's statement. Brian curled his lips into his mouth and bit back an expletive.

"You're all very lucky that I have managed to maintain a sense of equanimity in the face of adversity," Brian stated with a little slightly malevolent grin. "If I hadn't we would have had one fucking miserable time."

The faces of the three men stopped smirking understanding the truth of Brian's words. They knew that Brian could have made the trip a real misery if he had wanted to.

"So why Cancun?" Justin asked again.

"I need a little luxury in my life once again," Brian said haughtily. "I have booked us into the Ritz Carlton Cancun. It's a six star hotel," Brian said sticking his tongue in his cheek.

"I didn't know there was such a thing as a six star hotel," Bobby replied.

"Well, there is, and you are going to get to experience what one has to offer. I intend to be pampered with a facial, a massage, a pedicure. I'm going to lie on the beach and drink tequila. I'm going to sleep as late as I want. I'm going to find the best gay club in Cancun and we're going to dance the night away, Sunshine."

Justin smiled at Brian especially since he had said dance, not fuck the night away. "That sounds pretty good," Justin admitted.

"I'm going to have the hotel launder all of my clothes at the same time. I'm going to eat the finest steak they have and order all the things I really enjoy eating. I'm going to sleep and fuck in the best bed on the finest sheets in the whole goddam country," Brian declared. "I have been deprived long enough, no, too long, of the luxuries that I have grown to expect and need in my life."

The other three burst out laughing at Brian's declaration. It was such a Brian thing to do, but they would all benefit from a little break in their schedule. The primitive conditions and ever changing foreign environments had begun to wear on all of them. And it was such a Brian thing to make sure they were all included in his lap of luxury.

"You have the best ideas sometimes," Justin said snuggling a little closer to his partner.

"Just sometimes?" Brian asked raising his eyebrow.

"Okay, all the time."

"Thank you, Sunshine. It's about time I was properly appreciated."

The next three days went by in a blur. It was like a whole other life that they had almost forgotten. At the end of the three days they were rested and ready to resume their quest.

A TALE OF FOUR QUEERS

Chapter Fourteen

Our band of pampered, feeling good travelers deplaned and were hit by 100 degrees of heat and humidity. It's Acapulco. It's summer. It's hot.

"Brian, is this another one of your brilliant ideas?" John asked, arching an eyebrow while they were all walking to the baggage claim carousel.

"Damn, it's hot." Bobby whined.

"Brian, why are we here? I thought the journal mentioned Taxco."

Brian came to an abrupt halt. Justin slammed into Brian's back causing Justin to drop his pack. As Justin bent over to pick up the pack, Bobby tripped over him and the two of them landed on their ample rumps. John and Brian both went for their partners at the same time and wound up butting heads. Seeing stars for a few seconds, the two slid to the floor. Taking a few moments to compose themselves, Brian attempted to explain this latest deviation from the route.

Rubbing his bruised forehead, "Justin, I know the journal said Taxco and I have arranged for an overnight trip to Taxco, which is about four hours away. And before you all start in on me, I planned to make Acapulco our base camp for awhile. I reserved two suites at the Casa Condesa, a gay resort."

"You're kidding?" Bobby blurted out.

"You did that for us?" Justin quipped.

"There are gay resorts?" John inquired, still rubbing his forehead.

Brian looked at the astonished faces and answered. "No, I'm not kidding, and who else would I do that for. And Jeez John, get with the program. Now, is someone going to help me off this filthy floor? We have bags to claim and a cab to catch. And when we get to the hotel, I am going to review the rules."

The twinks helped their partners up and they followed Brian to the baggage claim quietly asking each other about the aforementioned rules.

Casa Condesa was happily nestled within a tropical setting, a five minute walk from a private and gay beach. Each suite had a king sized bed, fit for a queen or two. Tanned and fit cabana boys were at their beck and call. The boys took some time to settle in then Brian called the meeting to order.

"Okay, here's the deal. First of all, for those of us who have het flashbacks, this is a gay resort. We can safely suck face wherever we damn please while we're here. We can go swimming buckass naked if we so choose and we can be as loud as we want while we're fucking. We can hold hands, cuddle, if you're into that sort of thing, and otherwise act like lesbians while we're on the resort. And I stress, while we're on the resort. Out of here, we act like four guys on a holiday, who just aren't interested in all the pussy that may be flaunted in our direction."

"Brian, that's gross," Justin complained.

"Yeah, well, shit happens. As for you two..." Brian glared at Justin and Bobby. "You two will stay at our sides at all times. You will not walk off this resort without me or John accompanying you. The two of you are just too damn pretty. Four of us came on this journey together and four of us are going home together. Do I make myself clear?"

"Brian?"

"Yes, Bobby?"

"Do you really think Justin and I might get into trouble?"

"Bobby, you sweet beautiful redhead, I have just one word for you."

"Oh? What's that?"

"Cabimas."

"Point taken."

"Good. Justin?"

"I can handle myself."

"Justin."

"But if it'll make you happy, I won't leave your side, your front, your back, your..."

"I get the picture. So are we all agreed?" Three heads nodded. "Good, now I suggest we change into something skimpy, go to the pool, order something cold in a pineapple or a coconut and go over our trip to Taxco." Three heads nodded and they were off.

******

Instead of hiring a car and driver, they arranged to join a tour going to Taxco, made reservations at a decent hotel and would join the tour returning to Acapulco the following day. That gave them time to explore Taxco, the neighboring villages and shop at the dozens of jewelry outlets that lined the streets of this ancient mining town. The town was a mixture of old and new. Modern structures were built adjacent to ancient ones. Flashy salesmen bartered next to old men and women in traditional garb. It was hot, noisy and dirty. The quality of the gold and silver was impeccable, yet many of the villagers went hungry. Poverty was rampant. While John, Bobby and Justin were checking out an old chapel, Brian's eye for fine silver and gold was put to the test.

Finding a reputable store that took plastic, Brian sat in a relatively clean and comfortable chair and for an hour and half he allowed the salesman to hawk his wares. Totally unimpressed, Brian reached for a jeweler's loop, cleaned it with the hem of his t-shirt then examined the dozens of bracelets, necklaces, chains and pendants that were shown him. Sweeping away all but six, Brian glared at the poor sap who called himself a silver expert.

An elder craftsman who was watching from within the shop came out to service Brian personally. In very clear English, the master jewelry maker addressed Brian. "Sir, I see you have an eye for quality. May I show you some of our more exclusive pieces?" Brian raised an eyebrow then nodded. Out came some hand-crafted 18 karat gold bracelets that were delicate but not effeminate. The links were durable, bold and yet laid flat against the wrist. Brian smiled in appreciation. He held the bracelet next to his skin and his smile grew broader. A couple of young women who were looking at rings, stopped to admire the bracelet and to admire Brian. Brian noticed a blond with pale skin.

"Excuse me, would you mind holding out your wrist for a moment?" Brian asked the blonde.

"Of course not," the woman purred back.

"Thank you." Brian held the bracelet next to her skin and murmured, "That will do very nicely. Thank you again."

"Mmm, you're going to make some girl very happy."

"Not exactly," Brian mumbled back. He concluded his purchases with enough pieces to bejewel all of Liberty Avenue then walked out to find Justin, John and Bobby.

Brian found his companions within the ruins of an old church. Not much of the original structure survived, but what did was magnificent. Brian could make out two adjacent walls. One wall was obviously the back of the church where the altar would have been. Perfectly aligned with what would have been the rising sun was a stained glass window picturing a seated figure of Christ as a shepherd tending his flock of worshippers.

Something about how the Christ figure was sitting on the rock, holding out his hand, struck a familiar chord with Brian. Brian looked at the figures who were listening to the sermon. There amongst the worshipers was one young man holding out his hand toward Christ.

"You see it too, don't you?" Justin had walked toward Brian.

"Yes, I do. This has to be their work. There's no mistaking that gesture."

"Or the rock."

"Or the rock."

"Brian, I want to go home."

"Are you sure? There are several more villages still to see before we get to Texas."

"I know but we accomplished what we set out to do. I've had a wonderful time and learned so much but I miss home. I miss my mom and our friends. I miss the loft and our bed."

Brian gazed into Justin's eyes and longed for the privacy of a room, someplace where he could take the boy into his arms and make everything better.

"Tonight at dinner we'll discuss it with the guys. Let John have this experience at Casa Condesa for a few days and I'll make the arrangements for Texas. Deal?"

"Deal. Let's find the guys."

"Did you take pictures of the window?"

"Plenty."

"Okay then, let's go."

Not quite touching but walking very close, Brian and Justin went to find John and Bobby.

The boys spent their time at Casa Condesa in homo heaven. They sat on the beach, held hands between their lounges, kissed whenever they felt like it and fucked their collective brains out every night.

They had all agreed that they were about ready to go home. They had found out more about Kinney and Patrick than they ever could have imagined. It was great to know that their ancestor had left a legacy of artwork across Central and South America, to say nothing of what they had already found in the U. S. None of them was overly religious although John had attended church most of his life. They had found many of the churches they visited beautiful, but they had all seen enough of them to last for the rest of their lives.

On their last night in Acapulco Brian and Justin lay in their bed snuggled against each other having just finished a particularly heated round of lovemaking.

"This has been a great trip," Justin said playing with one of Brian's nipples, "but I'll be glad to be back in the States."

"Me too."

"You enjoyed it, didn't you?" Justin asked sitting up a bit so he could look into Brian's eyes.

"Yes, I have. We met some great people. Edna and Juan and Miguel and Pablo."

"And some not so nice like that Maria."

"Yeah, and the guy that hit on Bobby in Cabimas."

"And that one priest."

"Yeah," Brian said thinking, "but overall most of our experiences were good."

"You know," Justin said thoughtfully, "I'd like to invite Edna to come visit us."

"You would?"

"Yeah, do you think she'd come?"

"I don't know. We did meet her on a plane, so she still travels. I'm not sure she would want to come back to the States. Her life is elsewhere now."

"Maybe she could bring Miguel with her," Justin chuckled.

"You still think they were getting it on, don't you?"

"Yeah, didn't you?"

"What the fuck do I know about hetero attraction?" Brian snorted.

"You seem to have gotten your fair share of it on this trip." Brian raised an eyebrow. "Remember Maria, and even Edna would have had you in bed if you had been a few years older.

"Nah," Brian scoffed. "She's much too young for me."

"You are silly, Brian Kinney."

"Maybe ... sometimes," Brian smiled kissing the top of Justin's head.

"Edna was so great to us. I'd like her to meet my mom and Debbie. I bet she'd love to see Gus."

"Then go ahead and ask her. We could put her up in style if she decides to come ... and Miguel too if he comes with her."

"I love you, Brian Kinney."

"I know."

Justin tilted his head up and pressed his lips against Brian's. Sometimes he wondered how he had been lucky enough to find Brian that first night he had gone to Liberty Avenue. He still shuddered to think what might have happened if he had gone with somebody else.

The kiss deepened and each of them moaned as they broke apart. Brian's lips found the delectable spot on Justin's neck, the one that drove the boy crazy.

"Ready for one more night of mad mariachi passion?" Brian smirked.

"Absolutely," Justin replied as he felt Brian slide between his legs.

A TALE OF FOUR QUEERS

Chapter Fifteen

On the last leg of their journey, it was John who took the lead. His senior class trip was to Texas, the Alamo the featured attraction. John knew where he wanted to go and where he wanted them all to stay. He booked them into the Holiday Inn Riverwalk Hotel. It was close to the Alamo and to Market Square. Brian appreciated the opulence with all the amenities and they all appreciated not having to deal with foreign currency. This was America, damn it! The boys were home.

It was a quiet ride from the airport to their hotel. Miguel, the cab driver traversed the busy San Antonio streets with ease. He helped the boys with all their bags and the extra suitcases they had purchased along the way to transport all the souvenirs they managed to accumulate. Miguel handed Brian his card stating if they needed a guide while they were visiting his city, Miguel was their man. Brian appreciated the gesture and planned to give Miguel a call. After a shower and a good old American meal, Brian wanted the group to sort out all their purchases and ship as much as possible to Kinnetik. Cynthia would then take everything to the loft. Over the next few days, the boys walked to the Market Square, shopped, had dinner on a riverboat and of course, went to the Alamo. John played tour guide.

Quietly they entered the mission, read the placards about the history of the events, the legends and about the hundreds of people who had fought for freedom and died for what they believed in. The rumors and controversy of how some of the dead were buried or not buried, piqued Justin's curiosity. They'd been following the Kinney/Patrick trail for weeks but Justin had no idea how or where they ended up. The journal abruptly ended at the point where Martha received the letter about the paintings and that they had to leave this part of the country. During Kinney and Patrick's time here, San Antonio was Mexican territory. The conflict took years to be resolved. Kinney and Patrick again, had no place to call home.

The day before weary travelers were to go home, Brian called Miguel. He asked Miguel to drive them to as many old chapels and churches as he could within a 50 mile radius around San Antonio. Miguel drove like the wind, taking the boys to chapels and churchyards that were all over a hundred years old. No paintings, sculptures or stained glass windows were to be found.

Brian leaned on the car having a smoke while Justin was checking out yet another chapel. Miguel questioned Brian trying to understand what they were searching for. Brian attempted an abridged version of the story. Half way through, Miguel asked to see the pictures of the portraits of Kinney and Patrick. Brian raised an eye brow then showed Miguel Justin's journal with the pictures. Miguel's face lit up with fascination and recognition.

"We have to go. My grandfather was educated by missionaries, as was his father and his father before him. I grew up hearing the old stories. The church that I'm thinking of is in the old part of the city. Not many go there but it still stands and the elders try to maintain it the best they can."

"Let's go."

Brian shouted for Justin, John and Bobby. He filled them in as he shoved them in the car. An hour later the group was slowly driving through a slum. It reminded Brian of the poor backward villages they had seen in South America, in all of the countries they visited. The travelers gazed at the poor conditions. They were sickened by it, embarrassed by it and angered by it. They were living in one of the world's richest countries and yet so many people starved. Brian worked hard for his money, he invested wisely, he was going to have a serious chat with Ted about charitable contributions when he got back to the Pitts.

Miguel drove slowly up the church drive. The chapel was visible at the end of the long drive. The churchyard was filled with headstones and monuments that dated back over two hundred years. The graves were all maintained. Many had flowers or small plants marking a loved one. The church too, was in surprisingly good repair. Miguel stopped the car and they all got out. An old gentleman came out of the church and Miguel ran up to greet him. They exchanged a few words then Miguel gestured for the boys to join them.

"This is my grandfather, Franco. It is his turn to close up the church tonight. I told him what you're looking for and he has something to show you."

The group followed Miguel and Franco into the church. Franco led them to the first station of the cross that was painted on a wall. Justin immediately recognized the brush strokes. He gasped then continued to follow along the wall of the church. There were seven stations on the wall in front of him and then another seven on the opposite wall. The paintings had been preserved. They looked as if Kinney and Patrick had painted them only a year ago instead of 100. Justin took out his camera but was unable to focus; the tears of joy had blurred his vision. Brian gently removed the camera from Justin's trembling hand. He asked Franco if it was okay to photograph the paintings. Getting a smile and a nod from the old man, Brian started to take the pictures.

While Brian continued to photograph the paintings, Bobby walked around the churchyard and photographed some of the more interesting grave markers. Most of the names on the markers were distinctly Hispanic, very few were Anglo. The ones that were had obviously married into the Hispanic family. Two markers stood out amongst the others. Not only were the markers a bit taller than the others, they were plain, not as ornate as some of the others. Bobby used the zoom feature to see if it was worth photographing the markers up close. They were at the far end of the cemetery. As he got one of the markers in his view finder he began to focus.

"Oh my god!" Bobby ran back into the church.

"Everybody, out here now!" Bobby shouted. Brian had finished the last station when he heard the redhead shouting.

"What? What happened?" Brian shouted back, thinking someone else was hitting on Bobby.

"They're here, they're here!"

Justin jumped off the bench he was sitting on and ran out of the church. Brian and John followed closely on his heels. They all followed the redhead who was still sprinting toward the tall grave markers.

"Look!" Bobby pointed at the monuments. Buried side by side were Kinney and Patrick.

Patrick Taylor                                    John Aidan Brian Kinney

  1807-1878                                    1802-1879

  MY SOUL                               He painted He loved

"Brian, he couldn't live without his Patrick." Justin sobbed.

"No, he couldn't." Brian couldn't stop the tear that slowly slid down his cheek. Pulling Justin close, Brian whispered into Justin's ear. "And neither can I."

A few days later the foursome sat on a plane as it descended into Pittsburgh. They felt good about their adventures and what they had found. Some of their friends were coming to meet them at the airport but they weren't sure exactly who would be there. They knew everybody expected a big party some time soon where they would all get their presents and a full accounting of the trip.

"Are you glad to be going home, Sunshine?" Brian asked.

Justin nodded. "I'll be so happy to see everybody, especially Mom and Molly. I've missed them so much. But this trip has been the best thing I've ever done. You liked it, didn't you, Brian?"

"Yes, Sunshine, I loved it," Brian smirked tongue in cheek. "And I need to get back to work so I can pay for this mega extravaganza sojourn."

"You're not going to be in debt, are you?" Justin asked with a frown. He knew how much of the trip Brian had paid for. He wished he could have contributed more.

"Don't sweat it. Besides, John and I have to get that trust set up for the church in San Antonio."

"That will be a fitting memorial to Patrick and Kinney."

"Who would have thought that I would actually want a fucking Kinney to be remembered?" Brian laughed.

"Yeah, but it is a side of your family that you never knew existed until recently," Justin observed.

"Jack would never believe it. He would have taken the money and gone on a celebratory drinking binge. That would have been his fitting tribute to his ancestor, if he chose to recognize him at all."

"What do you mean?"

"I've told you how Jack felt about fairies. It's pretty ironic that the most famous Kinney of us all was a fag."

"I think there will be another famous Kinney before you're through," Justin said leaning against Brian.

"I don't know about that. Advertising is hardly one of the fine arts."

"But you are an old master at it."

"Hey, watch the 'old' comments."

Justin giggled and leaned up to give Brian a quick kiss. "So we haven't broken the bank completely with this trip?"

"Not quite. Ted will have to work some of his magic to get everything straightened out though. I want that church endowment to come into effect as soon as possible."

"You're a good man, Brian Kinney."

"Sh, we don't want that getting around."

"Some day everyone will know the great guy that I know," Justin declared. Brian tried to glower at his partner but ended up smiling. Justin always had that effect on him. "You know it's only a matter of time till you win a Clio," Justin stated, "and after that the sky's the limit."

Brian beamed at his partner. "I think the Taylor side of this equation is going to be the one that gets all the recognition."

Justin's smile was radiant. He resolved to finish his schooling and make Brian very, very proud of him.

Brian and Justin glanced over at Bobby and John who were holding hands. All four smiled at each other content with their journey but happy to be returning home. As the plane touched down they all took deep breaths getting ready to reassume their old lives, lives they had almost forgotten in the weeks they had been gone.

When they emerged from collecting their bags, the first person Brian saw was Michael waving frantically and grinning like a fool. He rushed up to Brian.

"Hey," he said giving Brian a big hug. "I'm so glad you're home and you didn't get eaten by rabid frogs or anything."

Brian shook his head and gave Michael a kiss. He looked around to see who else was there, but he didn't see any of their friends. He raised an eyebrow and looked questioningly at Michael.

"Everybody's working," Michael explained as they began walking out to the parking garage. "Ben's got a class, Ma's at the diner, Jennifer's showing a house. I borrowed Teddy's car. He's involved with something at Kinnetik." Brian raised his other eyebrow. "I don't think it's anything serious," Michael said hastily. "Here we are," he added popping the trunk on Ted's car.

Luckily they had shipped all their purchases and so were able to get their luggage into the trunk. Bobby, John and Justin climbed in the back and Brian slid into the passenger seat.

"Mi casa, Miguel, por favor," Brian said with a chuckle.

"Huh?" Michael reacted. "What the fuck are you talking about?" He smiled fondly at Brian.

"Home, Miguel," Brian repeated.

"Who's Miguel?"

"You are. Miguel is Spanish for Michael."

"Hey," John said from the back seat. "Do you guys realize how many drivers we've had on this trip who were named Miguel, and now we even have one right here in Pittsburgh." They looked at each other chuckled.

"Yeah," Bobby said thoughtfully. "The first driver in Venezuela who took us to Santa Ana was Miguel."

"And Edna's driver was Miguel."

"And there was Miguel who directed us to Pablo and the great paintings in Pablo's house."

"And who could forget Agador/Miguel?" They all laughed at the memory of that one.

"And now we have Miguelito of Pittsburgh," Brian teased. "I think you missed your calling, Mikey. You should have been a chauffeur."

"Looks like that's exactly what I am today," Michael laughed.

"And following in a fine tradition, I might add," Brian observed.

It didn't take long to get them back to the loft. Michael dumped them out and said he had to get Teddy's car back to him. Brian told him to inform Ted that he would be in tomorrow and he was a dead man if everything wasn't running like clockwork.

"Are you trying to scare the shit out of him?" Michael asked.

"Of course! That's how I get the best out of all my staff," Brian smirked.

"Thanks for picking us up, Michael," Justin said. That was followed by thank yous from John and Bobby.

"Give me a call when you get settled in," Michael said opening the driver's door.

Brian pulled him into a hug. "Gracias, Miguel. I'll call you in a couple of days. I'm sure the gang will want to get together so they can collect their lovely gifts from this band of happy wanderers."

"You got us presents?" Michael asked with a feigned look of astonishment. "Sounds good," he called as he drove away.

They loaded their bags on the elevator and made their way up. Nothing had changed in the loft. The cleaning lady had everything spic and span for them.

John and Bobby were going to spend the night before heading back to the farm. They called Claire to tell her they were back. Jennifer called to say she had sold the house she was showing. She was glad to have her son back, but would see him the following day. Justin was just as glad to have some time to get back into the rhythm of life in Pittsburgh before he had to deal with family and friends. Brian called Gus and the Munchers to tell them he had arrived safely. Gus wanted to come over immediately to see his daddy, but Lindsay was able to convince him that he could spend the whole day with daddy and Justin if he would wait.

After all that was accomplished they ordered in dinner and had a good American Chinese meal. They all enjoyed it immensely. They discussed going out but nobody really wanted to. It was much better to be at home. They unpacked and all did laundry even though John and Bobby would be going to the farm the next day.

When all of that was finished it was still only midnight and they were working on Texas time. However, Justin noticed the look in Brian's eyes that unmistakably said that he wanted to fuck in their own bed.

"I think I'm ready to turn in," Justin said faking a huge yawn. "Must be jet lag."

"Us too," John said holding Bobby's hand. They spread out the futon cushions and started to undress. When they looked up Brian and Justin had disappeared. John smiled at Bobby and pulled him in for a long kiss.

"I hope they're not too noisy," Bobby said.

"Oh, I hope they're loud," John replied.

"You do? Why?"

"This is our last night to take notes. This trip has been quite an education in fucking."

"Yeah," Bobby laughed. "I'd like to try that thing they were doing in Acapulco."

"Need a demonstration," Brian called from the bedroom where he had already stripped Justin of all his clothes.

"No thanks," John chuckled. "I think I have it all figured out."

"I'm always happy to help my older brother broaden his horizons."

"Oh believe me, you already have."

"In that case, Justin and I are going to take a long shower."

"Sure," John said as he and Bobby settled onto the cushions.

"What do you suppose their water bill is like each month?" Bobby speculated.

"Astronomical!"

"What say we try out the Acapulco thing while they're in the shower? We can get advice if we need it when they come out."

"I knew I liked the way you think," John replied rolling on top of his partner and capturing his lips.

In the shower Brian had Justin in a kiss hotter than the water that was pouring over them. His hands skimmed the wet body sliding over skin so soft that his own body ached to rub against it. Brian's hand lingered on Justin's ass squeezing the globes and caressing the ample area.

"Want me to suck you off?" Justin asked as Brian released him from the kiss.

Brian shook his head. He wanted to possess his boy ... in their own shower ... in their own home ... completely. Brian picked up a condom from the ledge and handed it to Justin. Justin smiled as he ripped it open knowing that Brian couldn't wait till they were in their bed. He saw the raw need in his partner's eyes.

Justin rolled the condom along Brian's straining cock. Brian pulled him against his body for another burning kiss. This time when Brian released him Justin turned and leaned against the glass. He felt Brian position himself behind him and waited for that initial pinch of entry. Instead he felt Brian's arms come around him and draw him back against his body.

"Thanks for thinking of that trip, and for making me go with you. It was ... great."

Justin smiled up at Brian. "I didn't have to make you go, did I?"

"I guess not, but you always have been a persistent little shit."

"Only when I know it's for your own good."

"Yeah, like when you refused to go away every time I tried to push you off that cliff."

"It almost worked a couple of times."

"I know."

"But you don't have to do that ever again," Justin said confidently. "I'm never going anywhere."

"And I'm never going to let you."

"Then let's see some of the masterful cock work that has kept me coming back for more ever since that first night."

"Yes, my bossy little bottom."

Brian turned Justin and gently entered him leading them on that explosive ride that each of them loved so much. They would take a similar ride in their bed later, and then again, and then once again. John and Bobby smiled, listening, in their own cozy bed, and knowing that Brian and Justin were right where they were supposed to be ... together.

---------<-@   --------<--@   -------<-@   -------<--@ 

RUNAWAY LIFE

Chapter One

Brian and Justin had been back from their adventures in South America for a couple of weeks when a new problem reared its head. Sitting in his office trying to get caught up on all the clients he was behind with, Brian glanced at the clock. It was almost nine o'clock at night. He had been at this since seven in the morning. He rubbed his palms over his tired eyes and logged off the computer. It was time to go home.

As Brian gathered up the papers on his desk, he heard a noise from outside his office. A chill ran up his spine. No one should be in Kinnetik at this hour, no one but him.

"Who's there?" Brian called.

"Brian," a voice replied.

"Michael, what the fuck are you doing here?" Brian reacted feeling his heart rate start to slow. "You scared the shit out of me."

"Sorry," said Michael coming through the office door. "I need to talk to you."

"About what?"

"He's gone, Brian. He's gone."

"Gone? You mean Ben? Is he...?"

"Shit no! Ben's not dead."

"Christ, Michael, can you be a little fucking clearer."

"It's Hunter."

"Hunter? Has something happened to the littlest hustler?"

"Don't call him that," Michael said angrily.

"Okay, okay," Brian said raising his hand. He was startled by Michael's vehemence. It wasn't like he hadn't called Hunter the littlest hustler many times before. "So tell me what's going on."

"Hunter's been having a hard time at school," Michael began. Brian waited as Michael seemed to collect his thoughts before continuing. "Some people found out that he was HIV positive and he's been ostracized ever since."

"I see."

"You don't see, and frankly Ben and I never realized how bad it must have been."

"It's the summer holidays. School has barely started up again," Brian replied noting that school had been back in session for less than a week.

"We knew Hunter was dreading going back. He said as much ... but we kept telling him that everything would be all right."

"But it wasn't."

Michael shook his head. "We had no idea how bad it was. The first day back he was taunted by a group of jocks who called him all kinds of names and told him they didn't want him in their school."

"Did Hunter tell you this?"

"No, he never said anything. Cally, this girl he is friends with told Ben."

"So what happened?"

"Hunter went to school the next day, or so we thought."

"But in reality he didn't," Brian said.

"No, he must have come back to the house, packed a few things, and he left. We didn't realize he was gone until that night when he hadn't returned. When we got worried, we called Cally and she said he hadn't come to school. We found a note in his room saying that he couldn't take it any longer. He had to go somewhere else."

"Have you looked for him?"

"Of course we've fucking looked for him!"

"And...?"

"We tried his hustler friends, and they haven't seen him in a couple of weeks. Cally doesn't know anything about him leaving. He has no other friends." Michael sighed.

"Hm," Brian said. "A loving home, a warm bed, no friends, taunting high school jocks, priceless!"

"This is not a fucking joke, Brian."

"I know, but what do you want me to do about it?"

"I ... I don't know. I just wanted to talk to somebody."

"Shouldn't you be talking to Ben?"

"Ben isn't talking much these days. This has really thrown him."

"Have you called the cops?"

"We ... we don't want to get Hunter in more trouble. The police would inform Child Services and they would probably take him away from us, if he's ever found." Michael looked forlorn.

"What about Carl?"

"What about him?"

"Couldn't he put out some feelers or something without raising a great hue and cry?"

"I don't want to take that chance," Michael said rather lamely.

"Then what can be done?" Brian asked slightly exasperated by Michael's lack of action.

"I ... I don't know. I don't know what to do."

"I think you should contact the police if you really want him back."

"Of course I really want him back! How can you say that?"

"If you don't get the police involved, what's the likelihood of him ever coming back?"

Michael grimaced and Brian could see tears welling up in the dark eyes. "I'm hoping he'll come back of his own free will."

"And how likely is that?"

"I don't fucking know ... but it could happen."

"Michael..." Brian didn't know what else to say.

"I ... I should go," Michael said hastily wiping at his eyes.

"Come here," Brian said gently. Michael took a couple of steps around the desk and found himself in Brian's arms. Brian kissed him and held on tight.

"Thanks," Michael whispered as Brian let him go, and then he was gone.

On the outskirts of Pittsburgh Hunter held out his thumb as another batch of cars and trucks passed him by.

"Shit!" he griped.

He sat down beside his backpack and stared up the road. Nothing else was coming. He ran a hand through his hair wondering what he was going to do. He wanted to go home. He knew that Ben and Michael cared about him, more than anyone ever had. But they had such unrealistic expectations about his life. They thought they could fix everything, but so much of his life was unfixable.

They didn't understand what it was like to be ostracized, to have no one to talk to, to see people draw away in disgust when you walked by. They didn't know how many times he had been pushed and cursed at, now that everyone in the school knew his secrets. If he went home, they would expect him to go back, back to the Hell that he was running from, back to school. Sure, they'd find a new school for him, some place where no one knew about his past. But eventually they would find out; it seemed like they always did. And then he would be in the same position as he had been at his current school. It was impossible to escape from HIV and hustling. They were part of him. They went wherever he went.

Hunter saw lights up the road. He jumped up and stuck out his thumb. The car whizzed by not even slowing. Maybe the people inside the car knew what kind of a pariah he was. Maybe it was written all over his face. "Stay away from me! I'm infected and I'll infect you."

He dropped down dejectedly beside his pack and hugged his knees to his chest. He didn't know where he was going, wherever the car that picked him up would take him. He wished he could run from the infection inside him, but he couldn't. He thought about Ben and Michael. They had done their best, but they truly didn't understand. Ben did ... a bit. He had HIV too. They were blood, as he had said, but he was an adult. He didn't know what it was like to be a teenager, to have your whole life ahead of you, and yet have nothing at all.

More lights appeared out of the darkness. Wearily Hunter got up and cocked his thumb. It was a big rig. Hunter remembered blowing the driver of a big rig when he and Michael had been on the run. That had got them enough money to get home. Home, Hunter thought wistfully. The rig started to slow down and Hunter held his breath. The truck went past him but it was definitely slowing. He grabbed his pack and ran down the road after it. By the time he reached the truck, the driver had pushed open the door.

"Climb in," the man said.

Hunter hesitated for only a second and then climbed up. He set his pack between him and the driver and stared straight ahead.

"Where ya headed?" the driver asked.

"Same place you're going," Hunter replied.

The driver chuckled. "I'm hauling this load to Harrisburg."

"That'll do just fine," Hunter said, and then he knew where he was headed.

*****

"Lucy, I'm hooomme!" Bobby announced in his best Desi accent.

"Hey, baby. How was work today?" John countered.

"Where's Claire?"

"Out doing her church thing, and you're avoiding the question. Did something happen at the office today?"

"No, the office is fine. Got a couple of new clients."

"Congratulations. So why the long face?"

"I got a phone call from my mother."

"Oh?" John raised an eyebrow and Bobby sighed. "Is everything okay with your family?"

"Everything is fine."

"Bobby..."

"I know; I'm avoiding the question. They invited me for dinner, to celebrate my graduation and new job."

"Well, we were whisked away by a very excited little blond to Miami right after the ceremony."

"I'll say. I don't think the ink was dry on my diploma before we flew out."

"So, what's the problem? Please don't tell me your parents are like Joan or Craig."

"No, they're not. But they're certainly not like Debbie."

"Who is!"

"Nobody I know. And they're not like your mom or Jennifer. It's hard to explain."

"Bobby, they do know you're gay, don't they?"

"Of course they do. They kind of tolerate it like someone tolerates diabetes. They're not happy with it but they'll live with it the best they can. My mom is disappointed that I won't make her a grandmother some day."

"Bobby, you know I want to have children. When we're ready, we can look into adoption or maybe a surrogate. They know about me? I mean, I did meet them at your graduation."

"They do but I know that when I introduced you as my partner, well they heard me but they didn't listen. I guess they've always been in a weird sort of denial. Never cruel but they would never ask if I had a boyfriend and they'd intimate if I met the right woman. I guess they thought it was a phase. I don't fit the stereotype, not to them anyway."

"Bobby, I think you should call your mother and accept the dinner invitation. If I'm included, I promise to be on my best behavior. If I'm not, no big deal. They're your parents; you should go."

"I'll call them tomorrow. And I know you'll behave, you always do. Besides, you don't act gay."

"You know, Brian's nephew, John, said the same thing. How does one act gay? Up until a year ago, I thought I was straight. In many ways I don't know what gay is or how it feels."

"John, you sleep with a man, you make love to a man. You're gay."

"If you put it that way then yes, I'm gay. Bobby, when did you know?"

"I don't really know. I always thought girls made good buddies not girlfriends. I guess I really knew when I was about 14, maybe 15. Why?"

"Bobby, I never knew. I never really considered the possibility until Brian and Justin came along. And I would have never had the nerve to speak to you without them pushing me. I don't have gaydar. Unless you're someone like Emmett or Agador/Miguel, I'd never assume a man was gay. I know what to do with a woman and I'm still more comfortable flirting with women than men. "

"John, are you trying to tell me something?"

"No. I know it sounds nuts. Let me put it this way. After we met and became involved I knew you were the one for me, my soulmate if you have to put a name to it. I have no interest in any other man. I don't flirt with men; I feel uncomfortable doing that. I've never had a trick. Other men don't turn me on. The thought of being with someone other than you has no appeal for me. If we were to break up, I'd probably go back to a heterosexual lifestyle. It's what I know."

"Not even if you met someone like Justin?"

"Bobby, Justin is a very sweet, smart boy but he's exhausting. I have no idea how Brian puts up with him."

"Probably the same way Justin puts up with Brian but I see your point. So are you saying you're not gay?"

"I'm saying that I met a wonderful person named Bobby Morrison. I fell in love with that person, and it just so happens Bobby is a man. Don't wait, call your mother. I'll go with the flow."

"What did I ever do to deserve you?"

"You were my knight in shining armor, remember? Besides, I think I'm the lucky one."

"We're both lucky. I'll call."

"Good. I'll start dinner and I want you for dessert."

"You know, for a man who doesn't know how to act gay, you certainly know how to turn me on. How do you do that?"

"It's a gift."

RUNAWAY LIFE

Chapter Two

The truck pulled into a service station and the driver looked over at Hunter.

"I need to take a piss, and I'm going to grab a coffee," the man said.

"Okay," Hunter replied.

"Listen, I'm not leaving you in here by yourself. You have to get out."

"I won't touch anything," Hunter promised. He just wanted to stay put. Maybe he could doze off while the guy was gone. He wanted to ride to Harrisburg.

"I'm sure you're the most upstanding citizen on the face of the Earth, but I've learned the hard way. Get out."

Hunter looked at the driver and decided he better do as the man said. There was no point in antagonizing him. "Sure," Hunter said opening the door. "Can I wait for you to come out and ride the rest of the way?"

"Yeah, I guess," the driver said slowly as he locked his rig. "Go take a piss. I don't intend to stop anywhere else."

"Right," Hunter said as the man strode away.

Hunter looked around the lot seeing many other trucks and an occasional driver leaning against his rig having a smoke. Hunter sized them up with world weary eyes. One guy over to his left was definitely interested. Hunter debated earning himself a little extra money. He didn't have a whole lot with him. The man watched Hunter and then crushed his cigarette with the heel of his boot. He started towards the teenager.

Suddenly Hunter felt the weight of all those years he had spent as a hustler, a prostitute. He watched the burly driver approach. He knew the type all too well. The man gave every impression of being a macho redneck. He probably had a wife and five kids at home. But that didn't stop him from loving boy ass. Hunter trembled slightly. He didn't want to do this anymore.

"Hey, kid," the burly man said to him.

"What?" Hunter responded trying to sound confident and sure of himself, even though he felt so weak and vulnerable at the moment.

"I need to get my dick sucked. Know anyone who might be able to do that for me?" the man asked with a lewd grin. Just as Hunter knew this type of man, the guy obviously recognized Hunter for what he was too.

"No," Hunter replied. "No, I don't."

"I think I see just the boy for the job," the driver said placing a hand on each side of Hunter's head and pressing against the boy so that he was trapped against the side of the big rig.

"I ... I don't do that anymore," Hunter managed to get out. His heart was racing so fast he could hardly hear himself above the pounding of the blood in his ears.

"Not even for fifty bucks? Not even for me?" the man asked grinning in Hunter's face and pressing his hardness against Hunter's groin.

Hunter felt a sliver of fear creep up his spine. He thought he had left all this behind him, but now he was right back in it. Panic reared its ugly head and he tried to duck under the man's arms. He just wanted to escape. The driver grabbed his jacket and pressed him back against the rig.

"I want my dick sucked and I want it now. I'm prepared to pay. Don't make me take what I want." The threat was very clear and Hunter knew he had to get away.

Suddenly a smile played across Hunter's lips and the man looked at him strangely. "You can have it, buddy, if ... if you're not afraid of HIV," Hunter said enjoying the change of expression on the man's face. It went from lust to fear in a fraction of a second.

"What ... what are you saying?"

"I'm saying that I have HIV. Maybe you'd like to have it too."

The man was clearly unsure what to do after Hunter's declaration. Hunter felt the grip on his jacket relax and he yanked away freeing himself from the man's grasp. The guy glared at Hunter and then without warning a fist connected with Hunter's face. Hunter went down with a gasp and lay senseless on the ground.

"Fucking infected slut!" the driver screamed at him before he headed back to his rig. He peeled out of the lot moments later thankful that he would not be bringing HIV into his house when he got home to his wife. He'd screw her into the mattress and then maybe he would feel better. He couldn't believe that fucking little asshole hustler that he had almost hooked up with.

Hunter lay semi-conscious on the passenger side of the big rig. He was surrounded by other trucks and no one noticed him as some drivers came and went. Nobody paid any attention if they did notice. Finally the driver of the rig he had ridden in on returned, carrying the remnants of his coffee. He looked around wondering where his passenger had got to. He climbed into the cab and took another glance around. The teenage rider was nowhere to be seen. He started the truck and slowly pulled out of the yard. The kid would have to find another way to get where he was going.

Dust and gravel flew around Hunter as the truck pulled away. He groaned and rolled over opening his eyes slowly. He rubbed his jaw which hurt like hell. He hoped it wasn't broken, but he seemed to be able to open it and move it around. He bet he would have one hell of a bruise in a day or two. He sat up slowly realizing the truck he was hoping to ride in was no longer beside him.

"Fuck!" he said out loud.

With a lot of effort he managed to get to his feet. He needed to get something cold to put on his jaw. Staggering a little bit he made his way to the pop machine outside the truck stop. He put in the required change and got a can of Coke. He pressed it against his jaw and breathed a sigh of relief. It seemed to numb the pain. He leaned against the Coke machine wondering what he was going to do next.

*****

"Mmm, dinner was great. Thanks."

"You're welcome. You in the mood for some coffee or tea?"

"No. John, if you don't mind, I'm gonna head up to bed. I'm feeling a little tired."

"Baby, you're too young to be tired but go on. Take a warm shower. You'll feel better. I'm going to make a plate for my mother and clean up the kitchen. I'll be up soon."

"Sounds good."

*****

"Bobby, you asleep?"

"No, just resting. I love how quiet it is. You know, one of the new partners was looking for a roommate to share his apartment in Harrisburg. I considered it for two seconds. It would be so convenient. I'd be home in fifteen minutes instead of an hour. But then this farm has way too many advantages over a city apartment."

"Oh, yeah? Like what?"

"Our nice big bed in our nice quiet room. Your warm comfortable home."

"Our warm comfortable home."

"Our home and of course, you. I missed you during my last year at Penn. I wouldn't mind crashing at Charles' place once in a while, especially if we had an important case. But I couldn't stand five nights away from you. I love you, John."

"I love you too, baby. Did you call your mother?"

"Yeah."

"And?"

"This Thursday evening at about seven. That should give me time to get home, shower and change. My sister and her husband with their kids will be there too. And you're invited. Thursday's your home office day, isn't it?"

"Yes, it is. And I'll be happy to go with you. You're nervous, aren't you?"

"Yes. Don't get me wrong, I love my parents dearly. They're really good people. I just can't get over the feeling that I've disappointed them by not being normal."

"You mean straight."

"Yes."

"Bobby, have you given them a chance to know you? To understand what it's like to be gay?"

"What are you talking about? When I came out, I went to them first. John, we live in a small town, everybody knows everyone's business."

"That's not what I mean. When we met that night, not the night you rescued me, that first night with Brian and Justin, when I went home I had sort of an epiphany. Seeing those two dance together, hearing them fucking through the walls, I wanted you. I wasn't turned off by the idea of being with you, scared shitless, but by no means turned off. Who do you think I spoke with first thing the next morning?"

"Brian?"

"No, my mother. Her first thoughts were for my safety and then she hoped that I would find someone who would complete me like Brian and Justin complete each other. We had a wonderful talk. It made me appreciate just how lucky I really am. Bobby, try to talk with them. Give them a chance to know you, all of you. And as for them thinking you won't give them grandchildren, I'll wow them with pictures of Gus. Show them that in this day and age anything is possible. If Brian Kinney can become a real dad, so can we. I'll charm the pants off them. Bobby, listen to me, life has a way of running away from you. You can sit there and watch it run or you can chase it and take charge of it. I can't believe you'd back down from a challenge and I'll be right there with you."

"John..."

"Shush, go to sleep. Everything will look clearer in the morning. I promise."

"Love you."

"Love you too."

As John and Bobby were going to bed, Hunter was sitting at a picnic table off to one side of the truck stop. He had the can of Coke pressed against his face, but most of the cold had been absorbed into his aching jaw. He popped the pull tab on the can and took a drink of the slightly warm liquid.

His fucking life was for shit! He had decided to leave Pittsburgh knowing that Ben and Michael would be angry and hurt, but knowing that he could never live up to their expectations of him. Now he couldn't even get himself a couple of hundred miles away without getting beaten up. He rubbed his jaw gingerly. It did feel a little better. Maybe he should go into the restroom and take a look at it in the mirror. He drank the rest of his Coke and stood up.

With legs that felt stronger beneath him than they had a while ago, he made his way to the restroom. In the mirror he could make out the beginnings of what would become quite a nasty bruise. He threw some cold water on his face as he heard the door behind him open.

A middle aged man walked in and proceeded to piss at one of the urinals. Hunter eyed him warily. The guy looked harmless enough. When he finished peeing he came up beside Hunter and started washing his hands.

"You okay, son?" he asked frowning as he dried his hands.

"I'm not your son," Hunter retorted in an angry voice.

"Whoa," the man said raising his hands. "It was just a question."

"Sorry, but some asshole eighteen wheeler jock just punched me in the jaw."

"What for?" the man asked looking more closely at Hunter's bruise.

"He wanted my ass, but I wasn't prepared to sell it."

"Hm," the man replied studying the young fellow in front of him. "I have no designs on your ass, but you're welcome to ride with me if I'm going your way."

"Where are you headed?"

"Philadelphia."

"I ... um ... I wanted to go to Harrisburg," Hunter said trying to decide if he should accept the offer and just go anywhere to get away from here.

"I could let you off not too far from Harrisburg," the driver offered feeling sorry for the kid.

"Okay, sure, thanks," Hunter said feeling safe around this man.

A few minutes later they were ensconced in the cab of the big rig. Hunter placed his pack against the door and leaned wearily against it. The driver smiled.

"You look like you could use some sleep," he said.

"Yeah."

"Feel free to doze off. I'll let you know when we get near Harrisburg."

"Thanks," Hunter replied scrunching up against the door and leaning his head on his pack.

"Have you got someone waiting for you in Harrisburg?"

"Not exactly," Hunter said as he drifted off.

The driver was about to ask something else when Hunter's steady breathing told him that the boy was already asleep. "I wonder what your story is," the driver whispered as he picked up speed after entering the highway.

Hunter was in the kitchen of Ben and Michael's house. He was eating a huge bowl of Cap'n Crunch. It was warm and safe and nice. He could see Ben and Michael looking at him ... smiling. If only that was all there was to it.

Suddenly Hunter found himself in gym class at his high school. They were playing murder ball. Everyone had a ball except him. They all started winging their balls ... at him. He dodged the first one but the next one caught him in the back of the head. The school jocks encircled him, taunting him, calling him names. He heard them saying, "Faggot, hustler, bastard, fucking AIDS!" He covered his ears with his hands and tried not to hear. The balls kept coming at him, hitting him, hurting almost as much as the words. He kept turning, spinning away from the onslaught, but it was impossible. The words and the stinging balls came with desperate regularity.

Hunter moaned and whimpered in his sleep. He felt a hand reach out and shake him. He tried to back away but the hand shook him harder. He opened his eyes with a start.

"Hey, the exit for Harrisburg is coming up. If you want to go there, you'll have to get out."

"Um, yeah," Hunter said uncertainly. He rubbed his eyes and tried to clear his head. Why couldn't everybody just leave him alone?

"Here we are," the truck driver said pulling off to the side of the road.

"Thanks," Hunter called as he hopped down.

The driver waved and gunned the engine heading back onto the road. Hunter watched him go. He looked around. He might as well start walking until he found someplace safe to sleep for the rest of the night. He hoped he could sleep without those dreams. An involuntary shudder swept through him. He had no idea what he would say if he got to his destination. All he knew was that he had to give it a try. It was either that or go back to the streets and he didn't think he would survive that again.

RUNAWAY LIFE

Chapter Three

Hunter rolled over and groaned. His back hurt and he wasn't sure why. He tried to stretch only to find himself confined in a tight area. He opened his eyes and tried to remember where he was. For a fleeting second he thought he was in the foster home where they used to lock him in the closet when he wouldn't behave. That hadn't lasted long, because he had run away as soon as he could. Anything was better than that place, including the streets.

Sunlight flashed in Hunter's eyes as he turned again, and then it all came back to him. He had walked for a long time after he got out of the big rig. He had tried to hitch a ride, but late at night nobody was willing to take a chance on picking him up. Somewhere on what he hoped was the outskirts of Harrisburg, he had seen this house. It was back from the road and had a garage that wasn't attached to the house. He had thought maybe he could get in there and use it as a shelter to sleep. It had been unlocked and he had found an old wreck of a car inside. It was obvious no one had driven it in a long time. He had crawled into the back seat of the car and had fallen asleep almost immediately.

Hunter sat up slowly rubbing his back. He saw the sun shining in the window on the side door of the garage. It was morning and he decided he had better get out of there as soon as possible before somebody discovered him. He crawled out of the car and gave a big stretch hearing his back pop. Years of sleeping on the streets had not done his body any favors. He wondered if not taking his meds every day was maybe having an adverse affect on his body also.

He slung his pack over his shoulder and walked to the side door where he had come in. He looked out the window not seeing anyone around. Carefully he opened the door being as quiet as possible. He glanced at his watch realizing the sun was pretty high in the sky. It was almost ten o'clock. He had been really tired last night.

Hunter let his fingers run over the dial of the watch, remembering the day Ben had taken him into a jewelry store and bought it for him. He smiled sadly to himself as he slipped out the door and hustled down the driveway.

A little way up the road Hunter decided to try hitchhiking once again. Before long a car pulled up and he climbed in with a young man who said he was heading for downtown Harrisburg. Hunter watched the roads they crossed trying to remember things from when he had come here with Ben and Michael. Nothing looked familiar, but he had not been paying attention either.

"What are you doing in Harrisburg?" the driver of the car asked him.

"I'm probably just passing through," Hunter said being as non-committal as he could.

"Harrisburg is a funny place to end up for someone like you."

"Like me?" Hunter asked with a frown. He wasn't sure what the guy meant.

"Yeah, young and able to go anywhere you want."

"Oh, yeah," Hunter sighed relieved that the man wasn't referring to his being a hustler or HIV positive.

"Where do you want me to let you out?"

"Is there kind of a main intersection?"

"Yeah, we're almost to it."

"That would do fine."

"If you say so," the man replied as he pulled over.

"Thanks for the lift," Hunter said as he hopped out slamming the door behind him. The car pulled away and Hunter looked around not sure what he wanted to do. His stomach rumbled ominously reminding him that he hadn't eaten since the can of Coke at the truck stop. He walked along the street until he found a diner that didn't look like it would charge too much for a meal.

He walked in and slid into an empty booth. The place wasn't very busy but it wasn't noon yet. A waitress meandered over and laid a menu on the table in front of him.

"I don't need that," Hunter said. "Could I get a burger and fries and a large strawberry milkshake?"

"Sure thing," the woman replied and bustled away to start the order.

While he waited for her to return, Hunter wondered what he should do. He decided to ask the waitress when she returned. Before long she came back with his milkshake.

"Could I ask you something?" Hunter said.

"Yeah, but advice costs extra," she replied smacking her gum. In some crazy way she reminded him of Debbie and he felt a twinge of homesickness.

"I'm looking for a man who lives outside Harrisburg, but I think he has an office here in town."

"What's his name?"

"John Anderson."

The waitress shook her head. "Doesn't ring a bell. What does he do?"

"He's an architect."

"Well, that explains it," she snorted. "The number of architects we get in here I could count on the fingers of one fingerless hand."

Hunter snorted back. She was almost as weird as Debbie.

"Why don't you try the phone book? There's one over there by the pay phone."

"Thanks," Hunter said. He should have thought of that. He went to look up John's office while his burger was being made. He found the number of a John Anderson, architect. It had to be the John he wanted. As he was about to use the pay phone, the waitress yelled that his meal was up.

In less than ten minutes he had devoured everything set in front of him. He paid for his lunch and went back to the phone. He looked at the open book still at the page with John's number. He wondered what he could say to John. He wondered what the fuck he thought he was doing calling these people. He wondered if they'd tell him to fuck off. He was no relation to them. They had no reason to help him. And then he thought about Brian's nephews and how they had been helped by the people at the farm. Somewhere deep inside him he wondered if they could do the same for him.

Hunter picked up the receiver, dropped in a quarter and dialed the number.

A female voice answered. "John Anderson's office."

"Um, yeah, could I speak to Mr. Anderson?"

"I'm sorry but he's out of the office for the rest of the day."

"Shit," Hunter mumbled.

"Excuse me!"

"I ... I need to talk to him."

"He'll be in tomorrow morning."

"Is there any way I can get in touch with him?"

"May I ask who you are and what this is in reference to?"

Hunter didn't like the sound of that question. "Could you give me his home number?" he asked ignoring her question.

"I don't give out that information. If you will tell me your name, I'll tell Mr. Anderson that you called."

"Never mind," Hunter said hanging up the receiver. "Fuck!" Then another idea struck him. He looked for Claire Anderson in the listings. There was no one with that name. Claire didn't live in Harrisburg and Hunter wasn't sure what the name of the nearest town to the farm might be. He tried to remember Bobby's last name, but it wouldn't come to him. Bobby lived with John and Claire so he probably wouldn't be listed anyway.

He was about to slam the phone book closed when another thought struck him. He read the address of John's office and memorized it. He closed the phone book and set it on the shelf. Walking towards the front of the diner, he saw his waitress and stopped her.

"Do you know where Princeton Avenue is?"

She shook her head and bustled away. Hunter shrugged his pack over his shoulders and headed outside. He started stopping people asking for directions to Princeton Avenue. Finally a man told him it was across town to the west. Hunter decided to start walking. He didn't want to spend his money on a cab or bus in case this whole idea didn't pan out. Besides he had all day to get there and all night too as far as that went. He could sleep somewhere near John's office and catch the man in the morning. Surely John would remember him. He would have all night to think up what he wanted to say once he found John. He started walking west resolutely deciding that he would at least give this a try.

Hunter had been walking for a long time. He hoped he was going in the right direction. It was now late afternoon and he was starting to get hungry again. He looked around wondering if there was a store or diner where he might get something to eat. His eyes skimmed over the buildings and he realized that he was not in a very good part of town. There were a lot of empty buildings, most of them rundown. Up the street he saw a group of young men wearing bandannas.

"Shit!" Hunter said to himself beginning to understand what he had wandered into. He turned around and started back the way he had come.

"Hey!" a voice yelled from behind him.

Hunter refused to turn around. He just kept walking all the while wondering if he should run. He heard running footsteps behind him and decided it was now or never. He began running as fast as he could, his backpack slapping against his side as he clutched at it. It slowed him down and he debated tossing it aside.

"What's your hurry?" a voice said as a hand grabbed the back of his jean jacket and yanked him to a standstill.

Hunter turned to face the boy who had grabbed him. He was quickly surrounded by the gang of five boys. "I think I lost my way," Hunter said softly.

"I know you did," the boy who had grabbed him replied. "And that will cost you an admission fee."

"I ... I don't have any money," Hunter said.

"Oh, I bet you have some, and you're trespassing in our territory. It will cost you whatever you have."

Hunter shoved at the nearest boy and tried to break through the circle of gang members who had surrounded him. A fist drove hard into his gut and he went down hard all the air forced out of his lungs. The thought of the bruise he would have to go with the one on his jaw was the last thing he remembered as a boot connected with the side of his head. After that all was darkness.

*****

"Bobby, breathe!"

"I am breathing. Ugh, this is for shit. I'm 33 years old and scared of my parents."

"You are not scared of your parents. Nervous, anxious, a royal pain in my ass but not scared."

"John, I think you've been hanging out with Brian too much. You're beginning to sound like him."

"I don't know if that's a good thing or not. Now, let's go inside."

*****

"Mom, Dad!"

"Hi, honey, how are you?"

"Good, Mom. You remember my partner, John Anderson."

"Yes. Please come in, we've just sat down at the table. Robert, introduce Mr. Anderson to your sister."

"Please, call me John, only my clients call me mister and then only for the first five minutes. I believe we met at Bobby's graduation. It's Rachel, isn't it?"

"Yes, and it's good to see you again. And this is my husband, George. We didn't get to speak too much after the ceremony."

"I know; I'm sorry about that. We had a plane to catch."

"How were your adventures? It must have been so exciting."

"It was very exciting. I'd show you all the pictures but we're still organizing them. There must be hundreds of them. When we have the albums put together, you all must come for dinner."

"Maybe we can get Brian and Justin to come up for a visit."

"Bobby, that's an excellent idea."

"Who's Brian and Justin?"

"Brian is my half brother and Justin is his partner. They live in Pittsburgh. Justin was the one who discovered my ancestor, John Aidan Brian Kinney."

"Oh yes, I read all about that last year. All those paintings hidden in a root cellar for a hundred years. Your mother must be thrilled; the Farm is finally self-sufficient."

"Enough chatter, I suggest we all eat. Your mother went to a lot of trouble preparing this meal. I suggest we eat it while it's hot."

"Yes, Dad."

*****

"Mr. Anderson, you have an office in Harrisburg, I believe."

"Yes, sir, I do and please call me John. I have a small office there but I'm on the road a lot. I like to keep a close eye on the progress of the buildings I design. My clients have the option of using whatever construction company they choose but I've been doing this for a long time. Some construction crews need more looking after than others. Bobby tells me you're a doctor."

"Yes, I am. Practiced for many years in Harrisburg then decided that our own town needed another doctor, so here I am."

"I agree. I was offered several partnerships but I also wanted to stay close to home. Dr. Morrison, you must be very proud of your son; he graduated top of his class and was sought after by several well known law practices in the state and I also know of a few in New York that wanted him too. Bobby chose to stay here. He has a wonderful sense of community. It's one of his most attractive qualities."

"Mr. Anderson, John, I may want to renovate my office, will you join me in my study."

"Of course, sir."

*****

"John, what are you doing with my son?"

"I'm not quite sure what you mean."

"My son thinks he's a homosexual. I'm sure in time, when he meets the right girl..."

"Dr. Morrison, Bobby doesn't think he's a homosexual, he is a homosexual and has been since he was a boy. He doesn't dislike women; he just has no interest in them. Bobby is a wonderful man, so full of life and love. And he's passionate about the law and making sure the small businesses are well represented. His first client was the Farm. And other charitable organizations around the state are begging him to represent them because he's honest and compassionate. Dr. Morrison, don't let the fact that he's gay get in the way of loving your son. I've seen first hand what that can do to a gay man, or woman for that matter. My brother is a prime example. Brian is brilliant at what he does. He's strong, so smart, so good looking, won many awards for his ads. But for all his accomplishments, all he really wanted was for his father to love him. It nearly destroyed him. If it wasn't for his partner, I'm sure he'd be a bitter lonely man. Now he's a wonderful partner and a loving father."

"A father?"

"Yes, Brian has beautiful little boy named Gus. Here, look at his picture. That's Justin, Brian's partner and that's Lindsay, Gus' mother and one of Brian's best friends. Anything is possible, Dr. Morrison. Don't shut Bobby out, please. If you don't approve of us, me, that's fine. You never have to see me again but please, for your son's sake, show him that you are proud of him. A son should not be frightened of his father, of his parents. He wants to share so much with you. I know he's close to his sister; they talk several times a week. Before it's too late, talk to him."

"I know your mother. She and my wife are members of the same church. We've worked together on many church functions. She's a good woman and she's raised a good man. I won't say that I'm comfortable knowing my son is..."

"Gay."

"Gay. But if this is how he must live his life then he's lucky to a have a..."

"Partner."

"Partner, like you. You've given me a lot to think about. I love my children and I am very proud of both of them. I want them to be happy."

"Then ask him if he's happy. Ask him what makes him happy."

"I think I will."

"No time like the present. I'll send him in. I'm sure Mrs. Morrison needs some help in the kitchen. I'm a whiz with a coffee pot. And I'd be happy to design something for you, when you're ready."

*****

"Dad? John said you wanted to talk to me. Is everything all right?"

"Yes, yes. Everything is fine. I just thought we needed to talk. I just wanted to tell you that I am very proud of you and I regret not telling you that sooner. You worked very hard to get where you are and with little help from us."

"Dad..."

"Robert, don't interrupt. This is difficult for me. I grew up believing a man makes a career for himself, gets married and has a family. When someone said they were gay, it meant they were happy. You were a happy little boy. I could always spot you in a crowd, flaming red hair and bright smile. We've grown distant and I don't like it. I'd like to get to know Bobby."

"Yes Dad! Oh, yes!"

"Good. Now I think I smell coffee and your mother baked a cake. Let's get out there before your nieces eat it all up."

*****

"Dr. and Mrs. Morrison, thank you so much for inviting me. Dinner was wonderful. Rachel, George, it was good to see you again. After I speak to my mother, I'd love it if you'd come to dinner, real soon."

"Will we get to meet your brother?"

"I think that can be arranged. But I have to warn you, he and his partner are very opinionated. They don't hold back on anything."

"They sound like very interesting people."

"You don't know the half of it. Goodnight."

"Night Mom, Dad. Talk to you soon, Rach."

"Night!"

*****

"John?"

"Hmm?"

"Thank you."

"For what?"

"For tonight. Whatever you said to my father, it, well, I haven't felt this good about my relationship with him in a long time. I feel like I have a second chance, that he really wants to know me."

"And your mother?"

"She's happy if my dad is happy."

"Then we'll have to make sure that the Morrison men are happy."

"I love you, John."

"I love you, Bobby."

RUNAWAY LIFE

Chapter Four

Hunter slowly opened an eye. He groaned as he tried to shift his position. He tried to focus and realized that he was crammed in between two big metal things. He struggled to sit up. A sharp pain shot through his side. He tried to grab his side but found his arm couldn't reach it. He gasped trying to draw in some breath. That hurt too. He wondered if he had a broken rib.

Carefully Hunter tried to assess where he was. He began to realize that what was holding him captive was two dumpsters. He had been thrown in between them and was sort of wedged there. On his back he could look up and out between the dumpsters. It was daylight, but he had no idea how long he had been there. Something about the lack of brightness told him that it was probably starting to get dark. It had been afternoon when he ran into the gang that had put him here.

He struggled as much as he could, trying to force himself out from between the dumpsters. The more he struggled, the more it hurt. And he seemed to be accomplishing nothing. He wondered if he could turn onto his side. He would be thinner if he did and then maybe he could scoot forward and get out. He didn't want to die trapped by dumpsters.

Doing his best not to wrench his ribs, Hunter gradually started to turn himself onto his side. It was a slow, painful process, but he kept at it. By the time he had accomplished his goal and was lying on his side the sun had gone down and it was quite dark. Using the heels of his shoes against the edge of one dumpster, Hunter pulled himself a little way out of his prison. It hurt his ribs to do so but he could now wrap his knees on the edge of the dumpster and pull. He could feel himself moving forward. He prayed he would soon be free.

After a long and painful struggle Hunter sat up and the rest of his body came out of the trap in which they had been held for far too long. He let out a long breath wanting to shout for joy that he was finally released, but knowing how much that would fucking hurt. Carefully he got to his feet feeling somewhat woozy and very unsteady.

He looked around hoping to see his backpack. There was no sign of it anywhere. He wanted to look in the dumpsters but he knew his ribs would never stand it if he tried to lift the lids. He felt the pockets of his jeans and knew immediately that his wallet was gone. They had got the small amount of money that he had brought with him.

He glanced at his arm wondering what time it was. His watch was gone too. He felt tears forming in his eyes. That was the watch that Ben had bought for him. Now they had taken it too. He had nothing ... just like the rest of his fucking life ... nothing!

He wiped at his eyes with the back of his hand and took a few uneven steps. He found he could walk without too much pain from his ribs. He needed to get to John's office if he was going to find help.

Suddenly he remembered something. It gave him a feeling of euphoria, and he almost laughed out loud. He walked slowly out of the alley and found the street. Thank God there was no sign of the gang that had beat him up. They would be too busy enjoying all the stuff they had stolen from him.

Stepping carefully so as not to twist his ribs, Hunter made his way down the street to the nearest corner. Once he was there he leaned against a power pole and waited. He knew what he needed.

Suddenly a yellow vehicle turned the corner and Hunter stepped out waving at it. He hoped he didn't look too scary to the driver. The cab pulled over and Hunter opened the back door doing his best not to fall into the seat.

"Where to?" the cabbie asked looking at him in the rearview mirror with a frown. "Are you all right?"

"Yeah," Hunter replied holding his ribs as steady as he could. "I need to go to 538 Princeton Avenue."

"Are you sure you don't want to go to a hospital?"

"I'm sure! 538 Princeton Avenue," Hunter repeated.

The cabbie studied him in the mirror for a minute and then put the car in gear. The ride to John's office didn't take long. He was closer than he had thought, but Hunter also knew that in his condition he would never have been able to walk it. As the cab pulled up at John's office, Hunter pulled off one of his shoes. He silently thanked Michael for his donation that he didn't know he had made to Hunter's traveling fund. And he was glad he had remembered Michael telling him to put his money in his shoe for an emergency. Hunter paid the cabbie and still had ten dollars left.

As the cab drove off, Hunter looked at the dark building. He would have to wait until John arrived. He looked around. Across the street was a little park with some benches and a fountain. He could stretch out on one of the benches and wait for John to arrive at the office. Nobody would probably bother him there. He had nothing left that anybody would want.

*****

"John?"

"Mmm."

"Do you really think a dinner here with Brian and Justin is a good idea?"

"Yes, I do. I won't pretend and say it will all go like clockwork, not with those two involved. But you can't deny the love they have for each other and what lengths they'll go to protect one another. Your parents need to see that while it's not a marriage, no two people can possibly be more in love than Brian and Justin. Except for us."

"Except for us. John, remind me again how not gay you are."

"Mmm, my sweet beautiful baby."

John Anderson, architect, master builder, tall, ruggedly handsome. He can ride a horse like a cowboy, muck out a stall, make a phenomenal pot of coffee and stack of pancakes. John Anderson, a bottom to Bobby Morrison's, top. But sometimes a man has to do what a man has to do.

John swept Bobby off his feet, stripping him of his clothes and brought him into the shower. They stood beneath the spray, letting it wash away the day's tensions and worries. John took out his largest and fluffiest bath towel and gently dried Bobby's pale skin now pink from the warmth of the water. They then applied their favorite lotion to each other further massaging away any frets. Again John carried his lover back to their room, kicking the door shut as he deposited Bobby gently onto their bed. Letting his own towel drop to the floor, John set out a dozen tea candles safely nestled in their cups. Lighting them, their soft aroma filled the room with the scent of maple and cinnamon. A man with determination, John's mission was to show Bobby just how much he was loved.

John's body was still dark from their weeks in the burning sun of Central and South America and from time spent working hard outdoors on construction sites. His muscles well defined but not bulky. Brunet hair with one or two silver strands that added a look of confidence and maturity that Bobby found so appealing and incredibly sexy. Piercing hazel eyes filled with love and lust for only one man. John was hopelessly in love with Bobby.

Joining his lover in bed under the warm soft blankets, John gathered the younger man in his arms, kissing him deeply and thoroughly, leaving them both breathless and in need. John explored every inch of Bobby with his fingertips and his lips. Surveying the younger man's body, committing it to memory. John, fascinated by Bobby's body, the pale, flawless skin, except for a sprinkling of freckles on his shoulders. His eyes, a soft grey blue that in some light gave the impression of no color at all. Bobby's hair a deep red like the setting sun and baby fine. There were many times John had to resist the urge to caress Bobby's hair when they were out in public. John felt he could drown himself in flaming locks. Bobby's body was soft yet firm, so deceivingly young looking, a good five inches shorter than John's. John's first instincts were to protect Bobby as Brian tended to protect Justin. But Bobby needed no protection. He was a man wise of the world and quite capable of defending himself.

John lost himself in his lover's scent, inhaling the aroma of Bobby's musk. In the year they spent together and especially in the time they spent in the company of Brian and Justin, John learned how to please his man. While Justin's passions perfectly matched Brian's wild lust, Bobby craved the quiet gentle touch from John. Their lovemaking was slow, almost methodical.

John started his exploration with Bobby's lips, nibbling and licking his way down to Bobby's straining cock. Almost reverently John began his worship of Bobby's cock. Still a bit unsure of himself, John would gaze up at Bobby's face, seeking approval. Bobby's hooded eyes and soft panting spoke to John and reassured him of Bobby's satisfaction. John continued sucking on the darkening mushroom head of Bobby's penis, running his tongue through the slit. John suckled each ball, Bobby spreading his legs wider for his lover. John buried his tongue deep within Bobby's hole and gently nipped at Bobby's inner thighs. Bobby's cock was weeping precum freely.

"John, oh god, close!" Bobby cried out as he felt his balls draw up tight.

"Let it go, baby." John murmured as he continued sucking, licking, willing Bobby's orgasm.

Bobby came with a quiet moan, shuddering as he shot his cum into John's warm mouth. John gathered his spent lover in his arms, waiting until Bobby came down from his sex high. Bobby nestled his face into John's neck.

"What about you? You're hard as a rock," Bobby whispered.

"I can wait. Bobby, do I satisfy you?" John asked, still having doubts about pleasing his lover.

"You have to ask after that? Oh yes, John. For a man who doesn't know how to act gay, you're the most satisfying lover I've ever been with. John, this may sound silly but to look at you most gay men would assume you were a top. You could be your brother's twin and we know how notorious he is."

"Until Justin gets into one of his moods and Brian is flat on his back faster than you can say, 'jump froggie, jump'."

"You're evil, but you're right of course. What I'm trying to get at is, does it bother you that for the most part, I'm the top."

"No, it doesn't. Bobby, Brian and I may look alike but that's where the similarities end. I was nervous our first time together. You were so sweet, so gentle and compassionate. You introduced me to what it was like to be a top and a bottom. The minute I felt you inside me I never felt so completed, so whole, so joined with my lover. I knew right then that that's what I wanted. And on those occasions when our roles are reversed, I want to make sure you feel as loved and joined as I do."

"John, please, I want you inside me."

Reaching for their necessary supplies, John sheathed his cock, all along hoping for the day when a condom would no longer be needed. He prepared himself and Bobby, easing one finger then two into Bobby's tight pucker.

"Please John, now. I want you now."

"Yes, love." John pushed his way in past the first ring of tight muscle then slowly entered Bobby's warm tunnel. John waited until Bobby's face relaxed signaling he was ready. John made love to Bobby, rocking in and out of his lover. Bobby matching John thrust for thrust until they both exploded, John filling his condom, Bobby spraying his abdomen. John gently withdrew, cleaned them both, then snuggled close. Before drifting off to sleep, John and Bobby redeclared their love for one another. John whispered his hope into Bobby's ear.

"Bobby, in time, do you think we can make love without a condom?"

"Yes John, in time, I think we can. I love you."

"Love you so much."

John and Bobby fell asleep even more committed to one another.

RUNAWAY LIFE

Chapter Five

"Hey. Hey!"

Hunter rolled a bit to the side before giving a gasp of pain as his sore ribs rebelled at the motion. "What?" he asked looking up into the sun.

"This is the bench I sit on every morning," some old coot said glaring down at Hunter. "Don't you have a home to sleep in?"

"No, I fucking don't! Now leave me the fuck alone!" Hunter shouted before lying back in agony. Forcing that much air into his lungs had hurt like hell.

"Young people! Complete assholes!" the old man grumbled as he started to walk away. "I should call the cops on you," he said as an afterthought as he glanced back at Hunter.

"Go right ahead," Hunter retorted. At this point he didn't give a crap if they came and arrested him. Maybe they'd give him some drugs for the pain in his chest. That would make it all worthwhile.

He slowly released a breath as he looked up at the sun. It had to be late morning if the sun was so high. He must have missed the opening of the office across the road. He turned carefully so he could look over at it. Nothing seemed to be happening there. He couldn't tell if it was open or not.

He knew he should get up and go across the road and ask if John was there. He tried to sit up as another wave of pain gripped his chest. He slumped back down. Maybe he could just lie there and wait for John to come out. Then he could yell and the man would come over to him. Yeah, that's what he would do. He felt slightly nauseous and closed his eyes against the sun.

Some time later Hunter opened his eyes feeling even worse if that was possible. The sun was no longer in his eyes. It had moved way across the sky. It had to be late afternoon. He must have slept for hours, but he didn't feel any better for having done that. He made a futile attempt to sit up. His head swam and his ribs ached and he gave up the attempt as quickly as he had started it.

With great effort he turned his head to look at John's office. He couldn't tell if it was open or closed. He wondered if he had missed John once again. Some movement just down the street caught his eye. It was the same old man from the morning coming towards him with a cop.

"Shit!" Hunter breathed. He didn't want to be arrested.

"Young man," the cop said, "you have to vacate this bench. We don't allow loitering."

"He's been sleeping on that bench all day," the old man told the cop. "I bet he's homeless."

The policeman looked at the old man like he had three heads.

"They probably don't have homeless people in Harrisburg," Hunter thought to himself.

"Son, get up," the cop said giving Hunter a gentle poke with his nightstick.

"I don't think I can," Hunter gasped as he tried to sit and almost felt himself black out.

"I think I better call the paramedics," the cop said. "He doesn't look so good."

"No!" Hunter blurted out. "No, don't do that. I'm waiting for John Anderson to come out of his office."

"You know Mr. Anderson?" the cop asked.

"Yes, I do. I need to talk to him," Hunter said hoping that might calm the cop's worries and get him to go away.

"How are you going to talk to him when you can't get up off this bench?" the cop wanted to know.

"I'll figure something out," Hunter said with the last of his defiance. He struggled and got part way up. The cop grabbed his arm and attempted to raise the boy the rest of the way. The tug on his arm went straight to his broken ribs and he let out a high pitched yell, almost a scream of pain.

"Hey, what's going on over here?" a familiar voice asked.

"Bobby," Hunter gasped looking at the man who had just spoken. Hunter had managed to stay somewhat vertical after being pulled up.

Bobby stared at the kid on the bench not really recognizing the grubby and bruised face that sat in front of him. "Hunter," he said with disbelief as the light began to dawn, "is that really you?"

"It's me," Hunter managed to get out. "I wanted to talk to John."

"I just came to pick him up from his office," Bobby explained. "Do you want me to get him?"

"They're going to arrest me for loitering," Hunter replied with a grimace more from the idea of the arrest than from actual pain.

"If you know this kid, you should get him to a hospital," the cop interrupted apparently glad to turn Hunter over to Bobby and avoid all the paperwork an arrest would entail.

"Can you stand up?" Bobby asked.

"I'll try, if you'll help me."

"Thanks officer, I'll take Hunter from here," Bobby said standing protectively in front of Hunter.

"Just get him out of here," the cop said, "before I get another complaint." He turned and walked away.

The old man who had called the police looked at Hunter. "I want my bench back."

"I'll happily give it to you," Hunter retorted. "You should get your name carved into it," he added as Bobby helped him up.

"Vandals!" the old man yelled as Bobby and Hunter slowly made their way over to the Lincoln Navigator that sat in front of John's office. Bobby eased Hunter into the back seat.

"Buckle yourself in, and I'll go get John. Oh, did you have a knapsack or anything?" Bobby asked looking across the road to where the old man had taken his rightful place on his newly vacated bench.

"Not any more," Hunter said. "It's a long story," he added as Bobby gave him a funny look before heading into the office. Hunter carefully pulled the seatbelt around him and snapped it shut. He leaned his head back against the headrest. Maybe now he was safe. He closed his eyes.

"Hunter, we're taking you to the hospital," John said climbing into the driver's seat as Bobby got in the passenger side. "Bobby told me how he found you. You need medical attention by the sound of it."

"No, please John, can't I just go home with you for a couple of days?" Hunter begged.

"What the fuck are you doing here? What happened to you?"

"Some guys beat me up and stole my backpack and my money ... and my watch," Hunter said choking back the tears. He missed the watch more than anything else.

"Fuck!" John replied. "I'm taking you to the hospital to get you checked out."

"I think they broke a couple of ribs. That's all that's the matter with me. It hurts like hell when I move, but they don't do anything about broken ribs anymore. Please, I don't want to go to a hospital."

"I don't know," John said wanting to help Hunter and do what he wanted, but his better judgment told him that the hospital would be wise.

"If you'll let me stay with you for a couple of days, I'll tell you the whole story. I'll be fine," Hunter said as strongly as he could muster. "I haven't eaten or drank anything since yesterday. That's why I'm so fucking ... helpless," Hunter admitted as a tear ran down his face.

"All right," John said decisively. "This is what we're going to do. Bobby, call mother and ask her to see if old Doc Adams will come over and look at Hunter. If he says you need a hospital, we go. Okay?" Hunter nodded in the rearview mirror as John started the SUV and pulled away. "There's a bottle of water in the glove compartment. Drink it slowly," John ordered. Hunter nodded as Bobby handed it to him. "And I'm going to drive home missing as many bumps as I can."

"Thanks," Hunter said seeing John smile at him in the mirror. He opened the bottle of water and took a big drink.

"Drink that slowly or you'll make yourself sick," John advised. Hunter nodded and sipped at the water.

Bobby was already on the phone to Claire.

"It'll be all right, Hunter," John said. "You're safe with us."

Hunter closed his eyes as more tears ran down his face. Those were the best words he'd heard in weeks.

*****

"Claire, I thought the Farm was closed up for the season."

"It is, although I think Hunter may benefit from some time there. He's not one of the boys, Dr. Adams. He's the son of a family member. Will Hunter be okay?"

"In time. He has a few cracked ribs, some nasty bruises and cuts. He looks like he could do with some of your fine hearty meals. With rest, he'll be fine in a few weeks. The boy allowed me to examine him. He wasn't sexually assaulted but he may have been in the past. You said you know his family?"

"The boy's parents haven't abused him, if that's what you're thinking. Hunter has had a very hard life. His adoptive parents saved him from the streets. I don't understand what he was doing in Harrisburg. They live in Pittsburgh."

"He intimated that he ran away from home. He's over seventeen so I can't force him to go home nor can I call his parents without his permission. He needs time to sort things out. Claire, you must be careful, he did admit that he's..."

"HIV+, I know. I've read all the literature. You can't get it from casual contact."

"But the boy has open scrapes and bruises."

"I'll be careful. You said he needs rest, he'll get it."

"Bring him to my office in a week. I can x-ray his ribs, check the abrasions. He may take longer to heal. You call me if you need anything, understand me."

"I understand. Thank you, Dr. Adams."

"Claire, I've known you and John for a lot of years. I know how you are with strays and your pet projects like those two boys last year. You were lucky with those two; this one may be different. I know I'm just a country doctor but if this kid has spent time on the streets, you might not be able to work another miracle."

"I'm aware of that but I have to try. I'll show you out and I have a batch of cookies for you."

"Ms. Anderson, will you marry me?"

"I think Mrs. Adams may have an objection."

"That she would. Thank you for the cookies and good luck with the boy. Remember, call me anytime and be careful."

Claire took a deep breath as she gazed up the stairs. Hunter was safely ensconced in the guest room. John and Bobby had helped the boy to shower. Bobby gave Hunter a set of clean sweats to wear and Hunter had eaten two roast beef sandwiches and drank a quart of milk while they waited for the doctor to come. Hunter allowed Bobby to stay with him as the doctor did his examination and Bobby learned how to safely bind Hunter's ribs and dress his wounds. Before the doctor had left the room, Hunter was fast asleep with Bobby keeping vigil in the overstuffed chair just as Brian had done when the spawn were saved by Brian the previous year. Claire joined her son in the living room.

"What happens now?" John asked his mother, handing her a cup of tea.

"I'm not sure. I guess it's up to Hunter. I should call Ben and Michael. I'm sure they're sick with worry. Did Hunter say why he ran away or when?"

"No. He was so tired when we found him and he was about to be arrested for loitering. We just put him in the car and brought him home."

"Well, that was the best thing you could have done for him. We'll have to wait until he wakes up before we make any decisions. Jackie, I know it's not late but I'm exhausted. I'm going to bed. Wake me if there's a problem."

"I will. I'm going to lock up the house then go relieve Bobby. Bobby's been hovering around Hunter like a mother hen. You'd think Hunter was Bobby's son."

"Hmm. Goodnight, Jackie."

"Night, Mom." Mother and son shared a hug, Claire kissing her son's cheek then she retired for the night. John locked up and ascended the stairs.

"Bobby?" John whispered as he peered into the guest room.

"Mmm?"

"Come on, Baby, take a break. I'll stay with him while you get some sleep."

"I'm all right. I'll stay for a while."

"You sure?"

"Yes, I'm sure. Besides it's Friday night; we have no plans for this weekend."

"Okay. Try to get some sleep. You heard Doc Adams, Hunter will be okay."

"Yeah," Bobby whispered back as John shut the door. "I'm not so sure about that." Bobby mumbled to himself as he got up to tuck Hunter in then resettled himself into the chair. It was going to be a long night.

*****

Late the next morning Hunter woke with a start.

"Where am I?"

"You're safe, Hunter. You're at Claire's."

"Bobby?"

"It's me. Are you in pain? I can get you some Tylenol or Motrin."

"I'm okay; it only hurts when I breathe."

"Here, take these." Bobby handed the boy a couple of Motrin and a glass of water.

"Thanks. I guess I should get going. Where are my clothes?"

"They were filthy and covered in blood, so we threw them out. You are not going anywhere."

"You can't keep me here. That's kidnapping and I'm above the age of consent."

"I know that, I'm a lawyer, remember. In that case, you may want to rethink your travel plans. You're wearing my clothes so unless you want to run away again naked, I suggest you stay here and gratefully accept our hospitality."

"Fuck."

The two sat back staring at each other in silence for a while until Hunter spoke up.

"Aren't you going to ask me why I ran away?"

"Would you tell me the truth if I did?"

"Maybe," Hunter replied with a sigh, the tears were beginning to well up in his eyes.

"Do you have a dollar?"

"A what?"

"A dollar. You know ... money."

"I know what a dollar is, asshole. Why do I need a dollar?"

"You need it so you can retain my services."

"Why?"

"If I am on retainer, anything you tell me will be held in the strictest of confidence. I won't be allowed to tell anyone what you say unless you give me the okay."

"I can tell you anything?"

"Yes."

"And you won't say a word?"

"Nope, nothing unless you tell me it's okay."

"My sneakers."

"What?"

"In my sneakers, I should have a buck in my sneaker."

Bobby fished out a crumpled dollar bill and handed it to Hunter. Hunter stared at it for a moment then handed it back to Bobby. Bobby pulled a sheet of paper and a pen from the desk and began to write.

"Hunter, what's your last name?"

"Novotny-Bruckner."

"Here, now sign," Bobby said as he handed the paper to Hunter.

"What am I signing?" Hunter asked as he suspiciously eyed the paper.

"It says that Robert Morrison, attorney-at-law is Hunter Novotny-Bruckner's lawyer. Now sign it and we're officially client and lawyer."

"Done," Hunter said signing his name and returning the contract back to Bobby.

"Okay, now tell me what the fuck in going on and convince me why I shouldn't call your parents who are probably going out of their minds by now."

Hunter gazed into Bobby's trusting eyes. As he opened his mouth to speak, the tears that had threatened to fall began to rain down. Bobby sat beside the boy and held on as Hunter began his tale. Bobby let the frightened boy have his cry and listened to the not unfamiliar story of Hunter's life before, during and after becoming a part of the Liberty Avenue family. And a part of Michael and Ben's lives. At the end of it, Hunter was exhausted, hungry, had to pee real bad and had used up a box of tissues. Bobby continued to hang on to the boy until he was all cried out.

"As your lawyer, I can do some research into schools that take kids with special needs or I can explore what home schooling entails or set you up with online courses. You won't get far without a high school diploma. As your friend, I suggest you go to the bathroom then come downstairs with me. You need food to help your injuries heal. John and Claire will want some sort of explanation and as a guest in their home you owe them that much. I'll stay with you each step of the way."

"You will?"

"Yes, I will." Mindful of Hunter's ribs, Bobby gave him a gentle hug of assurance.

"Okay, let's go. I really need to pee."

RUNAWAY LIFE

Chapter Six

Bobby came down the stairs first, paving the way for the frightened and embarrassed boy. Breakfast had already come and gone but Claire fired up the stove to make a fresh batch of biscuits, scrambled eggs and ham. John started a new pot of coffee.

"Hunter will be down in a moment. Please don't bombard him with questions. He's hurting physically and he's emotionally distraught. And he's retained me as his lawyer so I will not tolerate him being harassed."

John and Claire gaped at Bobby in astonishment.

"Bobby, how could you?"

"John, it was the only way Hunter would feel safe enough to tell me what's going on.  Now give him a chance to explain on his own terms."

John glared at his lover. Claire, momentarily put off by the nerve that Bobby had, sighed, then patted Bobby's shoulders.

"Bobby, honey, we'll follow your lead but I'd feel better if I could call Michael or Brian to let them know Hunter is with us."

"I realize that and believe me I feel the same way. Just give Hunter some time."

Hunter cleared his throat and entered the kitchen.

"Hi."

"Good morning, Hunter. How do you feel? Did you get some sleep?"

"I'm feeling a little better, thank you, Ms. Anderson."

"John, thank you for bringing me here, I really appreciate it. I, if I had to stay on the street one more night, I'm not sure what I was going to do."

"Hunter, dear, you can stay here as long as you wish. Dr. Adams wants to see you again next week to check your progress. Is that all right with you?"

"Um, yeah, I guess so."

"Have you washed up?"

"Yes, ma'am."

"Good, breakfast will be ready in a few moments. Take a seat at the table."

"You didn't have to go to any trouble."

"No trouble but you can't expect to heal without eating right."

"Hunter, are you up to explaining why you ran away?"

"I'm not sure, John."

"Hunter, we have to call your parents."

"John, please..." Hunter stood up ready to bolt.

"Hunter, sit down. John, I'm asking you again, do not harass my client," Bobby spoke out in such an emphatic tone that John was taken aback.

"Bobby..." John growled.

"John, please let me do my job. After Hunter eats we will discuss this calmly."

Claire placed a heaping plate of eggs and ham in front of Hunter and a glass of orange juice. Bobby helped himself to a large mug of coffee then sat next to Hunter. He stared into his coffee mug unwilling to look at John just yet. Bobby was hungry but he wasn't ready to eat. Hunter, on the other hand, scarfed down his breakfast. When Hunter finally came up for air, Bobby was beginning to relax and buttered a biscuit.

"Some more eggs, Hunter?"

"No thank you, Ms. Anderson. That was really good."

"Just help yourself if you want more."

"Thank you, ma'am."

"Hunter, remember what we discussed. I think it's time you gave Claire and John your explanation," Bobby counseled Hunter.

Hunter took a sip of juice and closed his eyes for a moment. Placing the glass down, he placed one hand on the table and his other hand on Bobby's arm for support. Bobby put one hand over Hunter's and gave it a squeeze. Hunter recounted his feelings of dread, frustration and hopelessness.

"Can I go back to bed now, I'm feeling a little tired." Hunter's pain and his confession had exhausted him.

"Take some more Motrin and I'll take you back upstairs," Bobby offered.

"I can walk on my own," Hunter snapped back.

"I'm sure you can but going up stairs is a lot harder than coming down. Don't argue with your lawyer and let me help you. Why the hell did you retain me in the first place?" Bobby smiled taking the sting out of his admonishment.

"Okay, okay. Geesh, give a guy a dollar and he thinks he has the right to boss you around. Ugh." Hunter's flip remark was punctuated by his groan as he attempted to get up off the chair.

"Come on, kid. Back to bed and I want to take a look at your bandages. John?"

"I'll bring the first aid kit."

"Thank you, John." When Bobby finally looked at John, he saw John's soft smile and Bobby knew they were all right.

As Bobby settled Hunter in his room, Hunter gave his permission to call Michael.

"Bobby, can you call Michael for me? Tell him I'm sorry but I can't see them right now. And please, I don't want anyone to know where I am. I just can't do it anymore." Hunter started to whimper softly into his pillow.

"Shhh, it's okay. I'll take care of it and do my lawyer thing. Hunter, I promise, we'll work this out."

Bobby checked Hunter's bandages then tucked the boy in, brushing a stray lock of hair from Hunter's eyes. He waited until Hunter fell asleep then left to make the phone call.

Bobby left Hunter's room to make his call stopping first in the kitchen to pour himself a glass of juice. Due to the excitement of the past twenty-four hours Bobby hadn't been able to eat. He was beginning to feel the strain and his blood sugar was dipping dangerously low. Bobby found out during his days at Penn that if he didn't eat regularly he could easily pass out. If he could make it through the phone call he could relax and have a decent meal.

With a glass of juice in his hand Bobby passed the living room nodding to both John and Claire, indicating that he was going to John's study to make the call. Bobby could see the same wave of relief flash over each of their faces as Bobby passed them. Bobby entered the study and shut the door.

As Bobby flipped through their phone book he actually wished he was calling Brian instead of Michael. Somehow he knew Brian would keep a cooler head. He and Brian had connected during their time together on their trip. But as Hunter's lawyer, Bobby could only inform Michael and through him Ben, of Hunter's condition and whereabouts. It was Saturday so Bobby tried the comic book store first.

"Hello, comics."

"Michael? It's Bobby Morrison, John Anderson's partner."

"Bobby? I didn't think lawyers were into comics."

"This lawyer isn't but I have news about Hunter for you."

"Hunter?! Oh God, where is he? Is he okay? Can I come and get him?"

"Michael! Calm down. I need you to listen to me. Can you please sit down and listen for a minute?"

"Hold on, I was about to close up for lunch, let me lock the door."

Bobby heard Michael put the phone down and lock the comic book store door. He heard the noise of a chair scraping the floor and then Michael coming back to the phone.

"I'm back. Is Hunter okay?"

"He's fine, no not really. He was mugged. He's got a couple of cracked ribs and some scrapes but he'll be fine. We've had a doctor check him out but it's not his physical state I'm worried about, it's his emotional state I'm more concerned with."

"I can come and get him. I want to take him home."

"I know you do but you can't right now."

"I can't! What the fuck are you talking about? I'm his father; I can do what I want."

"No, Michael, you can't. I'm Hunter's lawyer, he's of the age of consent and I promised him the time to get his head together about this. Now if I have to I will file a restraining order against you but I won't if you promise me you'll give me the opportunity to get Hunter the help he needs to deal with everything."

"What the hell are you talking about? He needs to come home to where people love him and will take care of him, Ben and I miss him. We love him."

"I know you do and Hunter knows that too. But he's not ready to accept that love right now. Michael, let me do my job, I know how Hunter feels."

"Bobby, you're not..."

"No, I'm not; it's other things that I can't get into. Look I promise to call and give you progress reports. Just give Hunter some space. He's safe; he's not back on the streets."

"He didn't ... he wasn't turning tricks again?"

"No, but a couple of more days out there and he may not have had any choice. So you see that it's important that he feels safe here, that we won't betray him. Give him the time he needs."

"Fuck, this shits."

"I know. Please Michael, I promise, I'll call you tomorrow."

"Okay. Is it okay for me to tell Ben?"

"Yes, but no one else. Not yet. If anyone asks, just say you've heard from him and he's fine but that's all you know."

"Okay, thanks, bye Bobby. You'll call, right?"

"I will, I promise. Goodbye."

Bobby hung up the phone and began to slump in his chair. He was feeling dizzy. A gentle rap on the door brought him out of it for the moment.

"Yes?"

"Baby, it's me."

"Come in."

"Everything okay in here...fuck, you look like shit. Food, you need to eat and right now. No arguments, no stalling. I made you lunch. Now let me help you to the kitchen before you fall down."

"Bossy bottom," Bobby managed to say as his lover practically carried him out to the kitchen and hovered until Bobby ate a sandwich, salad, glass of milk and several of Claire's oatmeal cookies.

When Bobby finished his meal, John whisked him away to their room and put him to bed. They cuddled until John heard Bobby's even breathing and John knew his lover was asleep. John covered the sleeping younger man with a blanket then left the room to check on Hunter who remained sleeping in the guest room. John joined his mother downstairs.

"How are they doing?"

"They're both asleep. Mom, how do we get ourselves into these things?"

"I don't know. Patience and Aidan, they were so accepting of me. They loved us so much, I guess they taught us both how to love and accept love. Even when we were all so broke, we were rich with love. I guess it's in our nature."

"I guess so. I saw something today in Bobby that I never knew existed. I mean, I knew how passionate Bobby is about the law but the way he's so protective of Hunter. I don't understand."

"Jackie, you've only known Bobby for about a year; you're still learning about each other. I know his parents; they're good people but a little cold at times. Maybe it's something in Bobby's past. I'm sure when Bobby's ready he'll tell you all about it."

"I suppose you're right. I know it's early but I think we better plan dinner now and for the next several weeks. I have a feeling our food budget is about to skyrocket."

"I do believe you are correct. And did I hear something about a dinner with Brian and Justin and Bobby's parents?"

"Shit, yeah. I almost forgot about that. We may have to pass on that."

"No, we don't. It's important to Bobby and to his family. Jackie, we can't all run away from life. I'll plan something nice for next weekend; you arrange things with Brian and Bobby."

"Okay, I will. And thank you, Mom. Do you know how much I love you and I thank god every day that I have a mother like you."

"You're a good boy, Jackie; we'll get through this together."

"We always do, Mom, we always do."

RUNAWAY LIFE

Chapter Seven

"Brian, your brother is on line one," Cynthia told her boss.

"My brother?" Brian frowned still often taken by surprise that he had a brother. Then he had a small shudder of fear. It wasn't like John to call him at work. "Put him on," Brian said quickly. "John? What's wrong?"

"Nothing's wrong. Don't get your knickers in a knot," John laughed.

"I'll do whatever I fucking please with my knickers. Why are you calling me at work if nothing's the matter?"

John laughed again. "Easy, little bro', I have a favor to ask."

"How much is it going to cost me?"

"Cost you?" John asked puzzled at Brian's reaction.

"Sorry, but you are part of my family and when they want a favor from me it usually costs me ... dearly."

"I come from the other side of your family," John joked only too familiar with some of the things Brian had been hit up for by members of his family, at least according to what Justin had told him. "I don't want or need your money."

"Right," Brian said with a chuckle. "I must have mistaken you for a Kinney. You're an Anderson, right?"

"You got it. Now shut up and listen for a minute," John demanded.

"Yes, big brother," Brian said with his best imitation of contrite.

"Bobby's going through a rough patch with his family."

"Oh, I'm sorry to hear that," Brian replied wondering what could be going on between them.

"They seem to think he'll get over being gay if he eats the right food or something. They think he's throwing his life away ... especially being with me."

"Then they don't know fuck all! You and Bobby are perfect together. Can't they see he's happy?"

"They don't want to see that. I went to dinner with them the other night. It's the first time we've done that."

"How did it go?" Brian asked. He had a meeting with a client in fifteen minutes. Why did family shit always take so long? He wished John would get to the point.

"They made an effort and I made an effort, and all in all it wasn't too bad. I used you as an example of how Bobby could still have a family. I showed them that picture of you and Justin and Gus."

"You did?"

"Yeah, I hope that was all right."

"I ... guess so. Shit, I never thought of myself as the poster boy for anything, let alone for gay families. Poster boy for fucking maybe..."

"Anyway," John said drawing Brian back into the conversation since his mind seemed to have wandered. "We'd like you and Justin to meet the Morrisons. Could you come for dinner Saturday night ... here at the farm?"

"I'm not a great one for dinner parties," Brian admitted.

"I've seen you at the family gatherings. You'll be fine. I want them to see a committed couple who have a good life and a family."

"I don't know, John. I'm liable to shoot my mouth off and make matters worse."

"I have faith in you, and Justin will be there to keep you in line."

"Of course," Brian chuckled. People always thought Justin could keep him in line, but that only worked when Brian wanted it to.

"Let me talk to the blond brat and I'll get back to you."

"Okay, but I'd really appreciate this, Brian."

"I'll let you know."

Brian hung up the receiver. He hated formal dinner parties. He always managed to piss somebody off, especially after he got sick of making small talk. John didn't know what he was asking, or what he might be getting himself into.

Looking at his watch, Brian decided he could make a quick call to Justin. He was about to dial when another thought struck him. He dialed a different number. All this talk about family must have affected his brain.

"Comics," the familiar voice answered.

"Hey, Mikey."

"Brian," Michael smiled at the sound of his friend's voice. "What's up?"

"I just wondered if you had heard anything from Hunter."

"I ... um ... no."

"You were always a pathetic liar. What's going on?"

"I ... I have heard from him. He's okay."

"That's good. Where is he?"

"He wouldn't say," Michael lied. "He's not ready to come home yet, but he's all right."

"Well, that's something, I guess."

"Yeah, at least he's safe."

Brian frowned. He wondered how Michael could call a runaway out on the streets safe. He glanced at his watch. "I have to go, Mikey. Glad you heard from him."

"Yeah, me too," Michael said and hung up.

*****

"Hunter," Claire said as the boy came down the stairs. "You look better today. More color in your face."

"You mean to go with the black and blue already there," Hunter replied.

"The bruises are fading. You'll be good as new before long."

"Yeah, right," Hunter said sarcastically. "I'll never be good as new."

Claire frowned. She was trying to cheer him up but she had no frame of reference about how to do that with someone who had HIV. Hunter had been there for a few days now and he was getting stronger physically, but his emotional state didn't seem to be improving.

"I was just going to make a batch of cookies. Do you want to help me?"

Hunter stared at her and decided to lay on the test. "Aren't you afraid I'll infect them and you'll all get AIDS?"

"If I was afraid of that, I'd never have asked you to help in the first place," Claire replied annoyed at the boy's tone. "Go outside and play with Beau if you don't want to help me." She turned back to arranging her cookie supplies on the counter.

"I ... I'm sorry," Hunter said realizing how rude he was being to this woman who had been feeding him the best meals he'd ever had. "What can I do?"

Claire smiled to herself. She had always found a little blunt honesty opened people's eyes. It had worked once again. "Reach that big bowl on the top shelf for me. And be careful, it's heavy. I think we'll make a double batch." She smiled at Hunter who couldn't help but smile back.

Hunter set the bowl on the counter as Claire turned the oven on. "What else can I do?" Hunter asked.

"Put that softened butter in the bowl and measure out two cups of sugar." Hunter did as he was told. "Are you ready for your first lesson in creaming?"

Hunter almost choked on his own spit at that comment. "What ... what do you mean?"

"We're going to cream the sugar and butter together. What did you think I meant?"

"Um ... nothing. I'm ready."

An hour later the two sat at the kitchen table eating cookies warm from the oven. Hunter thought they were just about the best thing he had ever tasted in his whole life, and he now had a whole new understanding of the concept of creaming.

*****

"Brian? Do I look okay?"

"More than okay, good enough to eat," Brian said with a licentious grin.

"Stop that. I mean, do I look nice enough to meet Bobby's family?"

"Yes, Justin, you look very nice. With not a blatantly homoerotic hair out of place. What about me?"

"Gorgeous as ever."

"Good. Maybe I can charm Mrs. Morrison."

"Not a good idea. Brian, I wonder why we're staying here at the cottage and not the main house."

"Claire's probably fed up with all the noise you make when we're fucking. John and Bobby fuck quietly."

"Asshole. Get it all out of your system now. I want you on your best behavior when we meet Bobby's parents."

"Yes, dear. John said Bobby's sister is going to be there. Maybe I can work the old charm on her. Justin, why are you laughing?"

"Cause you said old."

"Justin, can it! You're not too old to spank."

"Never happen."

"Oh yeah? Why?"

"Because I may like it too much then we'll never leave this cottage, then John and Bobby will get angry at us for ruining their dinner, then I'll get angry cause I won't get any of Claire's cookies that I know she baked and then you won't get laid."

"Shit!"

"So let's go and if you behave yourself, my ass will be yours later tonight and you can have it any way you want."

"I'm behaving, I'm behaving!"

Instead of walking through the woods, Brian and Justin took the Cherokee for the short drive to the main house. They both were dressed casually yet with that touch of elegance that never eluded Brian or Justin when Brian picked out Justin's clothes. Brian looked like the successful man he was but without airs. Justin had grown up with the country club set and knew how to conduct himself. They both wanted John, Bobby and Claire to be proud of them.

"Ready, Sunshine?" Justin smiled and nodded. Only a few minutes fashionably late, they knocked on the door then let themselves in.

"There you are!" Claire exclaimed as Brian and Justin walked into the living room. John snuck a peek at his watch and winked at his brother in appreciation. Bobby let out the breath he was holding when he saw what Brian and Justin were wearing, fearing that they would either look too gay or too snobby. Rachel gasped at the sight of the two deliciously gorgeous men and Mrs. Morrison smiled. Only Dr. Morrison remained reserved, preferring to pass judgment later.

"Come in and meet everyone. We have some time before dinner." Claire ushered them in and John stuck a beer in Brian's hand but not before giving Brian a look of pleading.

"Only one," Brian whispered and John nodded. Introductions were made all around and Brian made it a point to give Dr. Morrison one of his best ad exec firm handshakes. Brian had no intention of fostering any homophobic stereotypes.

John and George were talking sports while Mrs. Morrison insisted on helping Claire in the kitchen. Before Justin could offer his assistance, Rachel, her brother's closest ally in her family, asked Justin to show her the albums that Justin had put together chronicling their recent journey. Justin beamed one of his best as Brian rolled his eyes.

"Don't get him started, Rachel, we may never eat," Brian quipped. Justin gently smacked Brian's arm then plopped down beside Rachel on the couch and started explaining about the hundreds of pictures they had taken and about their trip. Justin's genuine enthusiasm was contagious. Even Dr. Morrison couldn't help but smile when they came to the part about their walk through the jungle and Brian's battle with the dreaded dart frog. Brian maintained his composure and dignity and was duly rewarded by John with another beer. John knew Brian could handle it.

Dinner was scrumptious and the conversation ran the gambit between local politics,  Bobby's law firm and Justin's artwork. It was all going wonderfully well until dessert. Brian was passing the cream to Justin, when Justin's hand went into spasm. A shock of pain ran up Justin's arm and he dropped the creamer, spilling its contents onto Claire's tablecloth.

"I'm sorry," Justin cried out. Without thinking Brian immediately grabbed Justin's hand and began to massage away the cramp as he did so many times in the past. He drew the boy closer, protecting him from unseen curious eyes and softly cooed words of comfort into Justin's ear.

"It's bad, Brian," Justin whimpered softly.

"I know, you've been working too hard. It's okay, it's almost over. Do you want to take something?"

"No."

Claire and John cleaned up the spill. Mrs. Morrison remained silent, slightly embarrassed about the obvious loving touch Brian had. Dr. Morrison couldn't help but inquire.

"A muscle spasm?" the doctor asked. Justin nodded. "Do you get them often?"

"Only when I overuse my hand. I've been working on an important project. I guess I overdid it today."

"You're very young to experience such spasms. Is this the result of a previous injury?" Justin nodded again and buried his head into Brian's shoulder.

"Dad, maybe you should drop it," Bobby stated, unsure of how Brian's protective nature would react to his father's questions.

"It's okay, Bobby," Brian spoke up, then whispered something into Justin's ear and Justin nodded. Brian encircled Justin in his arms and continued to massage Justin's hand.

"Claire, I think we made need some more of your coffee and I wouldn't mind a cookie or two," Brian requested.

"Of course, dear."

As Claire refilled every one's cup, Brian gave the Morrison's a lesson in growing up gay in the big city. Without bias or cursing, Brian told them of how a brave young man fought his way back from a coma to become a politically active, productive citizen and art student in one of Pittsburgh's finest art schools. He spoke of how the love that Justin had in his heart helped Brian to become a better father to Gus and how Justin's tenacity led the way to finding the Andersons. And in turn the paintings. Brian told them about Rage, about the Vic Grassi home, about Stockwell and about Jason Kemp. He spoke about the prom, about the night that Justin could never remember and Brian could never forget. He spoke about Joan and how she tried to destroy their family and how Craig disowned his son. And he spoke about the love and respect he had for the little blond in his arms and that no one would ever hurt Justin again as long as Brian Kinney lived and breathed.

Justin looked up into Brian's eyes and gently thumbed away the lone tear that was slipping down Brian's face. Justin's smile lit up the room and Brian sighed one of his queenly best. Brian swept the hair back from Justin's forehead revealing the scars that Justin proudly bore. He looked up to see Dr. Morrison nod.

"Justin, may I examine your hand?" Justin held out his hand for Dr. Morrison.

"The spasm seems to have abated. Must be all the care your partner has rendered. I suggest you give your hand a rest this weekend. I'll even write you a note for your professors if you need it for Monday." Bobby's father smiled at Brian and Justin, then ruffled the blond's hair.

"Claire, your dinner was wonderful and if you don't mind I'd love another cup of your coffee, perhaps decaf this time if you have it, and I'd love to see more of your album, Justin. Tell me more about those frogs."

RUNAWAY LIFE

Chapter Eight

"Goodnight! We must do this again."

"Bobby, I have a conference in Harrisburg later this week, maybe we can meet for lunch."

"I'd love that, Dad."

"Goodnight."

Claire shut the door and breathed a sigh of relief. Aside from Justin's mishap, the dinner went surprisingly well. Brian's honesty coupled with his fierce love and protectiveness turned the tide between father and son. Claire felt for sure that Bobby and his family would become close. Now, if they could only figure out what to do about their young guest who'd been hiding in the guest room all night.

"Claire, would you like some help cleaning up?" Justin asked.

"Yes, I would but not from you, young man. You heard Dr. Morrison, rest your hand. Besides do you really think Brian would let you lift a finger?"

"Fat chance, little boy. Now sit and that's an order. I can help Claire."

Justin stuck his tongue out at Brian but sat on the couch as told. He was secretly beaming on the inside. He knew he was loved by the big oaf. With everyone helping, Claire's home was put in order very quickly. John could see a change in Bobby. He felt vindicated in inviting Brian and Justin to dinner. The love and respect they had for one another was so obvious that anyone could see it and could not help but to respond favorably to it. It was a very good evening.

"Sunshine, after I take a wicked whiz, me and your ass have things to do," Brian shouted out without any shame as he ascended the stairs. He chuckled as he heard John, Bobby and Justin yell out with a "TMI, Brian."

On his way out of the bathroom Brian thought he heard some noise emanating from the guest room.

"Hello?" Brian called out as he opened the guest room door.

"Shit!" Hunter cried out.

"What the fuck are you doing here?"

"I, uh."

"Shut up and come with me." Brian grabbed Hunter by the collar and dragged the helpless boy down the stairs.

"Now look who I found lurking upstairs. Someone care to explain?" Brian spat out as he pushed Hunter into a chair.

"Ow, watch it, asshole."

"You little shit. Do you know that Michael and Ben are out of their minds right now? Not to mention, Debbie has been combing all the hustler bars looking for you."

"Fuck."

"You can say that again. Now I want to know why you're here and why nobody told me." Brian stood with hands on hips scanning John and Claire's faces.

"Brian."

"What?" Brian practically shouted at Bobby.

"Brian, if you calm down and if I have permission from my client, I will tell what's happened."

"Calm down, permission, client! What the fuck are you talking about?" Brian's voice arced about an octave higher with his frustration.

"Brian, give Bobby a chance to explain," Justin said calmly. Justin held out his hand. Brian could see it was still shaking either from a residual spasm or nervousness. Brian took Justin's hand and sat next to Justin, rubbing the hand to make the spasm go away and in effect calming himself too. Bobby took a chair and placed it in front of the partners. He sat and then asked Hunter for permission to answer Brian's questions. Hunter nodded.

"Brian, about a week ago we found Hunter in Harrisburg. He was beaten, hungry and dehydrated. He has cracked ribs and several bruises which thankfully are healing. Doc Adams, the same doctor who treated your nephews last year treated Hunter and we're going back to him for follow up care. I've been in touch with Michael; he knows Hunter is safe but that's all he knows. Hunter is over seventeen; he doesn't have to tell them anything."

"But he's just a kid." Brian gazed at the miserably sad looking boy.

"Brian, I was seventeen when we met."

"Justin that was different, you're different."

"Yeah, you're right and Hunter was on the streets long before I knew what that meant. Now listen to what Bobby has to say." Brian huffed but turned back to listen to Bobby.

"Hunter has retained me as his attorney. I've advised him to seek professional counseling when he's physically strong enough. Which by all accounts is fairly soon. I've spoken with Bill and he will be paying Hunter a visit in a day or two."

"What makes you think he'll still be here in a day or two?"

"Hunter has assured me that he'll stay. Brian, Hunter wants this. He's tired of feeling lonely and scared. He feels like no one understands and he's been having trouble at school." Brian nodded, Michael had told him.

"But Ben..."

"That's Ben, and he has his own ways of coping. Hunter is only a boy. He needs to be here, where there's no outside pressure, no other expectations other than being polite and cleaning up after himself. So far he's been doing that."

"And you've been in touch with Michael."

"Yes."

"And it's okay with him. I know ... that has nothing to do with it. If it's not breaching client lawyer confidentiality, I'd like to be kept informed as well. Maybe visit if I may."

"Sure, but you know the rules of the Farm. No interference unless approved by Bill."

"Yeah, I remember. Come here, you little shit." Hunter eased himself out of the chair; he was still healing. His ribs were hurting less and less each day. Hunter sat next to Brian. Brian drew the boy into a gentle hug.

"Listen to me, I'll keep an eye on Mikey and the professor for you and try to keep Debbie out of the hustler bars before Carl has her arrested. You do what Bill tells you. He did a lot for us; he's a very wise man. Okay?" Brian felt Hunter nod in his arms and sniffle.

"No snotting on my designer shirt." Brian kissed Hunter's forehead. Then smacked him on the cheek like Debbie. "Behave yourself or I'll kick your ass."

"Only if you can catch me."

"Try me, kid. I caught Justin, didn't I?"

"That's because blondie wanted to get caught."

"Teenagers," Justin grumbled.

"Come on, Sunshine. I need my beauty sleep." Brian and Justin said their goodnights. Just before they left, Claire had another invitation.

"Brian, I know how you like to sleep in on Sunday so why don't you two come for brunch tomorrow, at let's say, eleven. That's not too early." Brian smiled and nodded to Claire. Brian and Justin left the farmhouse.

"Brian, oh Brian," a soft seductive voice cooed into the blackness.

"Huh," Brian said turning onto his back and refusing to open his eyes. He had enjoyed his sleep and he didn't want it to be over.

"Brian," Justin whispered against his ear. Brian refused to respond. He just wanted a few more minutes. He snuggled down as he felt something take hold of his morning wood and slide up and down ... up and down.

Brian groaned loudly. "That's not fair," Brian mumbled. "Just a few more minutes."

"It's ten o'clock. We need to get up if we're going to brunch at eleven."

"I'm already up, thanks to you," Brian said opening one eye and peering out at his partner.

"Didn't you get enough last night?" Brian raised an eyebrow. "I know, I know," Justin conceded.

"We didn't stop until ..."

"It was after four, but that still means you've had six hours of sleep..." Justin let his voice trail off. "Maybe you can't keep up with me anymore. Maybe you're getting too old."

Brian opened both eyes and glared at Justin. With one fluid motion he flipped his partner over and had his stiff dick pressing against the well used pucker from the night before. Justin grunted at this rough treatment but then he grabbed Brian around the neck pulling his lover down for a heated kiss.

"You up for another one?" Brian asked when the kiss ended.

"Always."

"Insatiable little twat," Brian grumbled as he sheathed his dick.

"You know you're the luckiest man on the face of the Earth to have me," Justin smirked as Brian pressed in. He scrunched up his face until he could take all of Brian. When he felt Brian fully inside he grabbed Brian for another kiss wanting them to stay joined and quiet for a minute or two.

"Luckiest, huh?" Brian said when he ended the kiss.

"Yup."

"What makes you so sure of that?"

"Who else would put up with all your idiosyncrasies and still fuck the shit out of you at every opportunity?"

"Well," Brian said thoughtfully, "I think it's you who is the luckiest man alive, because I fuck you into oblivion every night, and I don't even mention your idiosyncrasies."

"What do you mean?" Justin asked. "I don't have any idiosyncrasies."

Brian snorted as he began to thrust, not able to put it off any longer. He felt Justin respond in kind and he knew he truly was the luckiest man alive, lucky that he had found his beautiful lover, lucky that the kid put up with everything that he had laid on him, lucky that Justin was still alive.

"What idiosyncrasies?" Justin gasped as Brian pounded into him.

"Can we talk about this later?" Brian said as he felt the first tinglings of orgasm.

"I won't forget," Justin warned looking into the hazel eyes.

"I know. That's one of your idiosyncrasies."

Justin opened his mouth to make a reply, but Brian captured it with his lips and began thrusting in earnest. As their bodies responded to the sensations coursing through them, there was no more talking. Brian leaned on his elbows as Justin wrapped his legs around Brian's torso. The thrust and counter-thrust finally swept them away to a star-filled orgasm that left them both spent and gasping.

Finally Brian rolled away and disposed of the condom. He thought about getting up to retrieve a towel to clean them up, but they could do that in the shower in a minute or two. He lay staring at the ceiling, his fingers still interlaced with Justin's.

"So, what idiosyncrasies?" Justin asked.

Brian groaned. "See, that is a very annoying habit."

"I just want to know," Justin countered.

"Okay," Brian said. "You're messy."

"Messy! This from the master of anal retentiveness."

"I thought you liked my retention of your anus."

"I do," Justin giggled leaning over and kissing Brian's cheek. "What else?"

"Nothing else, you're puuurrrrfect!"

"About time you realized it."

"Shit, we need to get a move on or Claire will skin us alive," Brian said hopping up.

"Let's shower together. It will be faster."

"Not if you swish that ass at me, it won't," Brian said as Justin made his way to the bathroom.

"I'll try to keep my swishing to a minimum," Justin replied giving Brian a very suggestive glance over his shoulder.

"Too late!" Brian yelled as he ran to join Justin in the shower.

When they finally appeared at the farmhouse for brunch they were over half an hour late. They both had well fucked looks on their faces and everyone present couldn't help but notice.

"Nice of you to join us, little bro'," John said with a grin.

"They just got finished fucking," Hunter said knowingly.

"So what?" Brian retorted. "You're all just jealous."

"Brian, please contain yourself," Claire said as she set everything out on the table.

"Did you wait for us?" Justin asked with a blush.

"Not exactly," Claire replied as she went to the kitchen to bring in the coffee pot.

"We've learned from experience to give you two at least a half hour after the appointed time," Bobby said.

"People could starve to death while you two fucked," Hunter felt compelled to add.

"What took you so long?" John asked thinking there was probably more to the story than just fucking.

"We were discussing idiosyncrasies," Brian said by way of explanation.

"Whose?" Hunter asked.

"Hey, I don't have idiosyncrasies," Justin retorted. He didn't believe any of what Brian had listed really fell into that category.

It was Hunter's turn to snort derisively.

"I don't, do I?"

"No, you're perfect," Hunter replied sarcastically.

"That's what Brian told me earlier," Justin said with a big grin.

"Yeah, and that's what makes you even more annoying," Hunter said gnawing on a strip of bacon.

Justin stuck his tongue out at the boy as Brian pulled him into the chair next to him.

"Let Hunter eat. He's still recovering," Brian said gently taking Justin's bad hand into his. "How does it feel this morning?"

"Better, but still a little weak," Justin said as the rest of them evaporated into the ether as he looked into Brian's eyes.

Brian nodded. "If you want to drive home, I'll massage it while you drive," Brian said gently.

"In spite of my idiosyncrasies?" Justin asked with a full heart and eyes that were starting to fill with tears.

"It's because of all your little idiosyncrasies that I love so much."

"Awwww," the adults around the table said looking at the lovers and the tenderness that passed between them.

"I think I'm going to puke," Hunter said throwing his bacon back onto the plate.

RUNAWAY LIFE

Chapter Nine

Hunter, how did your session with Bill go today?"

"Okay, I guess."

"Would you like some lunch?"

"No, thank you. They fed me over at the Farm."

"Well, we have hours before dinner, so help yourself to anything you want."

"Thank you, Ms. Anderson. I think I'll go upstairs to my room. I'm a little tired."

"You do that, Hunter. I'll call you when dinner's ready. Both John and Bobby should be home around six."

Hunter turned to go up the stairs then turned back to give Claire a peck on the cheek. Silently he went up to his room.

*****

"Bobby Morrison."

"Bobby, it's Claire."

"Everything okay?"

"I think so. Hunter just came back from his counseling. I don't think it went very well. He went right up to his room. Bobby, do you think you'll be home on time?"

"I just finished with my last appointment for today. I can leave early."

"Bobby, you just started, don't jeopardize your position."

"Claire, I put in a lot of extra hours each week. One early day won't kill me. I'll be home within the hour."

"If you're sure."

"I'm sure. See you soon."

*****

"He still upstairs?"

"Yes. I haven't heard a peep from him all afternoon. Bobby, I realize John hasn't been a teenager for quite some time but I do remember the noise. Loud music, loud TV, just plain loud. Hunter is the most quiet boy I've ever met. That can't be a good sign."

"No, Claire, it's not. I'll talk to him."

*****

Bobby grabbed a couple of apples from the kitchen counter then went to his room. Changing into some sweats, he then brought the apples to the guest room, gently rapping on the door.

"Come in."

"Hi, Hunter."

"Hi."

"How'd it go today with Bill?"

"Okay."

"Just okay?"

"You're still my lawyer, right?"

"Yes. I can't repeat anything you tell me."

"Bobby, I don't think this is working. I mean Bill is really nice and I know he wants to help but I don't feel any different."

"Hunter, it's been only two days. Here, have an apple."

"Why does everyone want to feed me?"

"First of all you're still recovering and you know as well as I do that you need regular meals to stay healthy."

"What difference will it make? I'm going to die from AIDS anyway."

"The difference is that there are medical breakthroughs every day. You don't know what you'll die from. You're young; you'll live a long time."

"What do you care? You're perfect. You're beautiful, smart, you've got a great partner. I have nothing. You know nothing."

"Hunter, our contract, it works both ways."

"What the fuck do you mean?"

"If I tell you something, a secret, you can't tell anyone either."

"What kind of secret could you possibly have?"

"The kind that almost got me killed."

"Huh?"

"Do you think you cornered the market on stupidity? You know how the Farm got started, right?"

"Yeah, I heard."

"And Steve's son, you know about him?"

"I heard something about it."

"I knew Steve's son. We were friends in high school although he was two years older than me. He let me hang around 'cause I could play baseball. I was too small for football but I could pitch. He was a jock and he also liked to take risks. I wasn't out and I was scared of the feelings I had when I was with some of the other guys. You know what that's like?"

"Tell me about it."

"So, I figured if I hung out with the jocks and bullies I'd get tough too. But my parents were really strict. I had a curfew and there'd be hell to pay if I didn't get home on time. Steve's son, his name was Jimmy, he knew about the curfew. I thought he'd make fun of me but he didn't. He kind of treated me like a younger brother. One night, Jimmy picked me up in Steve's old pickup truck. There was a bunch of us stuffed in the truck. I knew something was up but the guys didn't say anything to me. At ten Jimmy dropped me off at home. I had a bad feeling but I didn't know what to do about it. I was only fourteen, what did I know. That was the last time I saw him. I couldn't even go to his funeral."

"Funeral?"

"Yeah. I didn't know it but Jimmy took his father's shotgun. They drove onto the interstate for a while then pulled off at a truck stop. They intended to rob the place except they found a truck stop that was run by a retired state trooper. The minute Jimmy pulled out the shotgun, the owner fired his service revolver. Jimmy was dead by the time he hit the floor. The other kids ran. I heard that it was the first time the ex-cop ever had to fire his weapon. Twenty years on the job, he never had to pull out his gun. He apologized to Steve during the investigation. Hunter, it could have been me. I don't think Steve knows I was with Jimmy that night. It still haunts me. I can still see Jimmy's face when he dropped me off that night. Laughing, telling me he'd see me on the ball field."

"What did you do? You must have gotten over it."

"Eventually, but I became depressed, no one knew why. The school brought in counselors especially for the baseball team. I met Bill; he was one of the counselors. He saved my life. I remember one night going into my father's office. He had a supply of sample pills. I had a whole bunch of stuff in my hand; I was ready to die."

"What stopped you?"

"A picture on the wall of me and my sister. We were on vacation and my mom took a picture of us. My dad had it framed and hung it up. I put the pills back and the next day spoke with Bill. He's the only one who knows the truth."

"Not even John?"

"No, no one except for you and Bill."

"Fuck."

"Yeah. It won't happen over night. It took weeks before I could feel anything; I was numb for a long time. The point is, Hunter, that you have to try. I love my family. I couldn't do that to them. You love Michael and Ben and the rest of the family. For your sake and theirs, give it a try. I can speak with Bill; maybe go with you to some sessions. I still go to him on occasion."

"I'll try."

"Good. Now let's eat these apples then get some air. It won't be dark for some time yet. I think I still remember how to throw a ball. That is, if you think I'm not too old to hang out with you."

"Old? Shit, you look younger than Justin."

"Thanks, I think. Come on; let's get out of this room."

Hunter walked into Bill's office the next day. The thoughts of what Bobby had told him had rattled around in his brain all night. He still didn't feel much better but somehow his attitude had changed. Maybe it was the knowledge that not everybody else had a perfect life either. It was good to know that people had come through hardships and still had been able to make something of themselves. It gave him a glimmer, just a faint glimmer of hope.

"Hey, Hunter, have a seat," Bill said,

"Um ... would you mind if we walked down by the stream and sat on the big rock, instead of talking in here? It's a perfect day."

"Perfect, huh?"

"Well, pretty close," Hunter chuckled.

Bill looked at the boy. He had never made a request for anything, and he most definitely had not paid any attention to the weather. He wondered what had changed. "Sure, let's go."

They walked through the mostly deserted farm. Steve and another guy still worked there after all the kids went back to school. There were crops to bring in and animals to tend to. They proceeded through the trees to the edge of the stream. They crossed over the narrow part and sat down on the big rock. They both stared into the slow moving water as it drifted past.

Bill raised his face to the sun. "You were right. This is a perfect day."

"Could I ask you something?" Hunter said.

"Of course."

"And you'll answer me truthfully?"

"I'll do my best," Bill replied wondering what kind of earth shattering question Hunter was about to ask.

"Did you ever think about killing yourself?"

"Killing myself? Wow, why don't you start with a big question?"

"You said you'd answer."

"The answer is yes, but I don't think I ever seriously meant to do it. However, I have certainly contemplated it from time to time. I think most people have when things are tough for them." Bill watched Hunter's reaction and waited for him to say something. When he didn't say a word just stared into the water, Bill asked, "Is that what you're thinking?"

"I ... I was yesterday."

"But not today?"

"No, not so much. I felt yesterday like we were not getting anywhere. That all this talking was a fucking waste of time."

"And today it's not?" Bill asked with a smile.

"The jury's still out on that one."

"What happened in between then and now?"

"I had a talk with Bobby last night. We threw a ball around and ... it was nice. Normal." Hunter looked at Bill waiting for some kind of validation.

"Is that what you want ... a normal life?"

Hunter nodded, tears welling up. "But I can never fucking have it! Not with HIV. Nobody wants to be around me, nobody will ever love me, and I'll die alone."

Bill could feel the sadness and despair that emanated from the boy. "Hunter," Bill said and waited until Hunter looked at him. "I'm not going to tell you those things won't happen. I can't predict the future. But I do know that if you give up then that's probably what the future will hold. If you choose to fight and try and accomplish, then who knows where that will take you?" Bill waited to see if Hunter said anything in reply. When nothing was forthcoming, Bill decided to take a different tack. "Have you ever skipped stones?"

"Skipped stones? You mean like jumping from one to another?" Hunter asked with a frown. He didn't know what the hell Bill was talking about.

"No, nothing like that." Bill looked around and reached to down to find a pebble beside the big rock. "Watch." With a sideways thrust of his arm the stone went skimming through the water popping out four times before it disappeared for good.

"Neat," Hunter said suddenly interested.

"Want me to teach you how to do that?"

"It looks easy enough," Hunter observed as Bill handed him a stone. He tried to throw it just like Bill had but it disappeared below the water never to be seen again. "Hey, you gave me a bum stone," Hunter protested.

Bill laughed. "Yeah, I was out here last night till midnight finding the one that wouldn't work."

"So what did I do wrong?" Hunter asked.

"Hold the stone in your fingers like this," Bill said showing the boy and then positioning Hunter's fingers. "You want to keep the throw low, almost parallel to the water surface." Bill demonstrated once again getting three skips out of this stone. "Give it a try."

Hunter threw his stone which again hit the water and disappeared. "I can't do it," Hunter said with a tone that said he was ready to give up.

"Sure you can," Bill replied. "Don't throw it so hard."

Hunter reluctantly tried again with the same result. "I can't fucking do it!"

"Yes, you can. Do you think I did it on the first try?"

"Didn't you?"

Bill shook his head. "Many, many tries later, I finally got it."

Hunter picked up a handful of stones and started throwing them into the water as Bill adjusted his arm position or how he was holding the stone. Hunter was on his second handful of pebbles and about ready to quit when the stone bounced across the water three times. "I did it!" Hunter yelled in triumph.

"That you did. Now do you remember how you did it?"

Hunter frowned. "Fuck no!"

Bill laughed. "You were about ready to give up so you probably relaxed enough to get it to work. Try again."

Hunter threw a couple more which immediately sank. Then one hopped over the surface of the water. Hunter yelled triumphantly and immediately threw another one which did the same. He kept throwing them until he had a rhythm where every stone would skip.

"I did it!"

"You certainly did. Want to come back tomorrow and practise some more?"

"Sure," Hunter smiled.

"Let's go get some lunch."

"Is it that time already?" Hunter asked looking up at the sun which was overhead. "How long have we been out here?"

"A couple of hours."

"Shit! It just seemed like a few minutes."

"When you are learning something and developing a skill, time flies."

"Yeah," Hunter had to admit. "But it's a pretty fucking useless skill."

"A skill nonetheless," Bill averred. "See what persistence and practice can accomplish."

"I guess."

"Let's go eat," Bill said. "All this training made me hungry."

"Me too," Hunter had to admit. As they walked back to the farm, Hunter had something new to think about. Maybe he had been looking at his life in the wrong way.

RUNAWAY LIFE

Chapter  Ten

"Sorry I'm late, Dad. Last minute client."

"I understand. Don't worry, I have a long break before our next topic and the presenter won't mind if we're delayed."

"Oh? Who's the presenter?"

"Me." Father and son shared a laugh as they perused their menus and ordered their lunch.

"Thank you for suggesting this, Dad. We should do this more often."

"Yes, we should. But I suspect as your career takes off you won't have the time."

"Dad, I plan on making the time. I already decided that a long time ago and made that a stipulation of my employment."

"That took a lot of nerve. And your firm went for it?"

"Well, it helped to come into the firm with two great accounts."

"Two? I know you had the Farm, what's the second?"

"Kinnetik, the advertising agency owned by Brian Kinney. He's rather a vocal task master and certainly a force to be reckoned with. He also carries a lot of political and economic weight in his part of Pittsburgh. There are some other businesses my firm is interested in. Brian has an influence that can't be ignored."

"He sounds like a formidable man. But are you sure his influences are safe and legal?"

"What do you mean?"

"That young man he has as a partner. He looks like a mere child."

"Dad, looks can be deceiving. John is always telling me that I look twelve." Dr. Morrison chuckled at Bobby's admission.

"In this I am in agreement, Robert, you do look like you're twelve."

"Gee, thanks, Dad." There was a lull in the conversation as the waiter brought their salads and the Morrison men began their meal.

"Robert... Bobby, can I ask you something?"

"Sure."

"What are you doing with John Anderson? He's a good man, I'll grant you that. He has a wonderful reputation, he's polite and loyal to his mother but he's so much older than you not too mention how tall he is. I'm afraid you'll get hurt."

"Dad, what are you talking about? First off, John is only seven years older than me. You are ten years older than Mom. And Grandma was fifteen years older than Grandpa. That didn't stop them from having six children. As for him being taller than me, what does that have to do with anything? You're taller than Mom and Rachel's taller than me. Come to think about it, practically everyone's taller than me. Justin and I are about the same height. Brian and John are the same height. Believe me Dad, when I tell you height has nothing to do with anything."

"I'm just concerned with your well-being."

"I know you are but...wait a minute. You think that John is, that I'm a... Dad, what do you know about gay sex?"

"Bobby, I'm a doctor. I understand the mechanics."

"Mechanics is one thing, personal preference is another. Do you understand the terms 'top' and 'bottom' when it relates to gay sex?"

"Yes."

"In Brian and Justin's relationship, 99% of the time Brian is the top. Although Justin has a way of changing that percentage. In my relationship with John, I'm the top."

"You?"

"Yes. That surprises you?"

"Yes, it does."

"That's because you're letting your eyes make assumptions for your brain. It's not always obvious. When John and I met he had never had a homosexual experience, not even an experiment as a boy. I was his first and hopefully I will be his last. When John was learning what it's like to be with a man, I gave him a choice. I'm a top but I'm a versatile man. John chose to be the bottom. We complete each other, Dad. We love each other. He wants to marry me one day and have kids."

"Kids? A few weeks ago I would have never thought it possible but John showed me a picture of Gus. He's a beautiful little boy."

"Yes, he is. We built a treehouse for him. He's a sweet little boy and lucky too. He has two Moms and two Dads and a whole lot of people who love him."

"And I imagine with Brian Kinney as a father, he's a bit spoiled."

"Surprisingly enough, he's not spoiled and Justin is a good influence. On both of them."

"Bobby, the story Brian told about the bashing, I remembered reading about it in the newspaper; that was awful. What that poor boy went through and his family. If that had been you..."

"Dad, it won't happen."

"Bobby, in high school, something did happen. We never talked about it."

"And we won't, not now. But I promise, we will. Dad, you may not have to rush to go back but my boss is not as understanding. This has been great, Dad. I'd like to do this again or dinner. Dad, I'd like to be a real family again, you know?"

"Yes Bobby, I do know and I'd like that too. We've grown too distant lately and I suppose I'm largely responsible for that."

"Dad, I let it happen too but I've learned a lot this last year about family and how important it is. We can change things." Father and son shared a hug before parting.

"Bobby, if I never said it before, I'm saying it now. I'm very proud of you, both your mother and I are very proud of you and we love you."

"I love you too, Dad. We'll do this again soon. I promise and this lawyer keeps his word."

"I'll hold you to that contract, son."

Father and son went back to work.

*****

Hunter came through the door of the farmhouse as Claire was making some biscuits for dinner.

"You're late," she said but smiled at Hunter.

The boy went to the fridge and pulled out a bottle of soda. He opened it and took a long drink. Claire nodded at the cookie jar and Hunter smiled slightly as he pulled out three large cookies. Claire was glad to see that Hunter's appetite seemed to be returning and his bruises and scrapes had almost disappeared. All that remained to be healed was his spirit. That she wasn't so sure about. He was still far too quiet.

"What kept you at the farm?" she asked.

"Bill let me work with Steve after our session. We moved some hay bales to get the barn ready for the new batch they'll be bringing in."

"Do you like working at the farm?" Claire asked. Often unhappy boys found that work on the farm was peaceful and satisfying. You could see what you had accomplished at the end of the day.

"It's ... okay."

"Just okay?"

Hunter munched on his cookie as he sat at the big kitchen table and watched Claire work. He did like working at the farm. "We got the barn all organized. It felt ... good."

Claire smiled to herself. That was what she had wanted to hear. "I bet you'll have a good appetite for dinner. We're having roast beef."

"Is that what I smell? You're a good cook."

"Thanks. I take pride in my cooking."

"I..." Hunter hesitated.

"What? What were you going to say?"

"I ... I just wish ... that I had something to take pride in." Hunter's face reflected an innate sadness.

"You do."

"Oh yeah, like what?" Hunter wanted to know. He was sick of all the bullshit adults fed him about being strong and proud and accomplishing stuff. It was all a crock of shit.

"Aren't you proud of how the barn looks after working to get everything in order?" Claire asked.

"I guess so," Hunter replied slowly.

"A good day's work or a fine meal or making a positive difference in someone's life, all of those are things to be proud of."

"There's only one way that I can make a 'positive' difference in someone's life," Hunter replied with a rueful look on his face.

"Hunter, don't do that," Claire chastised.

"Do what?"

"Put yourself down. I'm sure you made a positive difference helping Bill today. He would get the barn finished that much sooner with your help."

"Big deal!"

"It is a big deal. Changes usually come in small increments. Be patient."

"That's not how my life works," Hunter declared.

"What do you mean?"

"My mother and father never really wanted me. They used me, especially my mother."

"You're not responsible for what your mother does. She doesn't sound like a very nice lady."

Hunter snorted. "She's no lady!" He studied Claire's back as she cut out the biscuits to put in the oven. "What would you do if John came home and told you he was HIV positive?"

"Heaven forbid," Claire said before she could stop herself. She turned quickly to apologize and saw the involuntary wince that Hunter had at her words. "I wouldn't wish that on anyone, you included. But ... if John became positive, I would hold him a little tighter when I hugged him and ... probably cry myself to sleep at night."

"Nobody cries for me," Hunter said staring at the floor.

"I bet Ben and Michael do."

"I doubt it."

"I don't think you do. It was their high expectations and hopes for you that scared you away from them. They want you to have a normal life."

"And that's the fucking problem. I'm not normal. I can never have a normal life."

Claire sighed feeling sadness for this lost soul. "I saw a sun catcher in a store the other day. It said, 'Normal around here is just a setting on the dryer.' I thought there was a lot of truth in that."

Hunter snorted again. "You have the most normal home I've ever seen."

"You think so?" Claire laughed. "I had John out of wedlock when that was a huge sin in the eyes of society. I raised him with his grandparents. He's gay and we all live here with his homosexual partner. Does that sound normal to you?"

"But you're all successful and happy and ... content."

"Most of the time, but we have our moments."

"How do you do it?"

"I haven't a clue. We just do the best we can, and that's all that should be expected of anyone, including you." Claire stepped over beside Hunter and squeezed his shoulder affectionately.

"Thanks."

"You're welcome. Now go have a shower. You smell like the barn. John and Bobby should be home in half an hour and we have roast beef for dinner."

"Life is good?" Hunter asked making it a question.

"Very good," Claire said with a smile as she watched Hunter head upstairs.

RUNAWAY LIFE

Chapter Eleven

"Hello."

"Hi, Bill, it's Bobby."

"Hi Bobby. What can I do for you?"

"Are you free tonight for dinner? I, um, I could use some advise."

"Bobby, are you okay?"

"Yeah, I think so but I need to talk a little. It's pasta night at the Honey Bear."

"Pasta night, huh. Well in that case, what time should we meet?"

"About seven?"

"Sounds good to me. See you then."

*****

"Hey kid, I ordered you a beer."

"Thanks. I'm liking this Indian summer but it was hot today and I'm so too old to be a kid."

"I worked up a sweat at the Farm and you haven't changed since we first met. You'll always be a kid to me. Bobby, what's wrong? Is this thing with Hunter getting to you?"

"How'd you guess?"

"Something he said a few days ago. Said he had a talk with you and he was able to get a few things off his chest. Hunter got a lesson in skipping stones and I think we made a little progress."

"I remember the day you taught me how to skip stones. I thought it was the most useless thing I ever learned until I realized that I had learned something and I didn't hurt quite as much as I did early that day. Bill, I never told Steve that I was there that night. I never told anyone but you. I wasn't allowed to go to the funeral. I never even went to Jimmy's grave. I still feel guilty about that night."

"Bobby, you were a kid, only fourteen. What makes you think you could have made any difference?"

"But I should have told someone."

"Maybe. But what would you have said? A guy you knew was going driving with a bunch of kids. Yeah, so what? Bobby, it was Jimmy's choice. He was planning that for a long time. I spoke to some of the other kids back then. They had a dare going on. It was stupid, reckless and fatal."

"But Steve, he didn't deserve that. He's a good man."

"And Hunter didn't deserve a mother who pimped him out as a child. And you don't deserve to feel guilty about something you had no control over. Bobby, I promise you Hunter will get through this. It won't be easy and it will take time but with you to support him and guide him, Hunter will be okay. Bobby, do you want to meet with me on a weekly basis? We can have dinner and talk about old times. How does that sound?"

"I think I'd like that, Bill. Maybe for a few weeks, you know? I need to take control. I feel like I lost it somewhere along the way."

"Good boy, and besides, I've always liked pasta night."

"How is Gary?"

"Good. We've just celebrated our fifteenth anniversary."

"Wow. That's longer than some het couples I know. Bill, I want the same for me and John. He wants to marry me and we've been talking about kids."

"Bobby, I can't think of two better parents than you and John. We'll get through this, kid. I promise."

"Yeah, we will. And I'm not a kid."

"Sure, kid. I know."

*****

"Bobby?"

"It's me. Did I wake you?"

"No, I was waiting up for you. Are you all right?"

"Yeah, but could we go outside to the barn? I need to talk to you."

"And you can't talk here? In our room?"

"Please John, I need this."

"Okay, let's go."

John and Bobby left the house and walked to the barn. Bobby indicated to John that he wanted to go up to the loft space. John climbed up the ladder as Bobby opened the storage closet and took out the sleeping bags that Brian had purchased for the treehouse. Bobby tossed them up to John before he climbed up. In silence they spread one out over the soft straw. The other lay close by. John laid down and Bobby snuggled up next to him.

"John, I have to tell you something but I need you not to say a word until I'm done. I'm afraid if you ask me anything I'll chicken out."

"Okay, but you have to answer a question for me first then I promise not to say anything."

"Go ahead, ask."

"Are you leaving me?"

"Leaving you? Oh god, no John! NO!..I love you so much, you're my life."

"Shit. I've been so scared. I thought things were better after the dinner with your parents but..."

"I know, that's what I want to talk to you about."

The lovers snuggled close and Bobby told John about the night Jimmy died. He told him about the pent up guilt he felt all those years and how ashamed he felt for not telling Steve he was with Jimmy just before he was killed. Bobby told him that he wasn't allowed to go to the funeral, how he never got to say goodbye. Bobby began to sob into John's chest; all his guilt and sorrow came pouring out. John tightened his grip on his lover and as promised stayed quiet except for whispering his words of love into Bobby's hair. After a while Bobby became calm.

"John, I need you...I need to take...I..."

"Baby, whatever you need, whatever you want. I'm here."

Bobby quickly stripped off his clothes and John's. He rolled John onto his belly then prepared John. Quickly, almost roughly Bobby entered John, hesitating at John's gasp.

"Bobby, I'm tough. Do it baby, take what you need."

Bobby began thrusting into John's heat. Tears of sadness and joy began to flow down Bobby's face. After some time, Bobby withdrew then rolled John onto his back. Lifting John's legs over his shoulders, Bobby began thrusting again into his lover. John met Bobby thrust for thrust. They held each other's gaze.

Holding tight onto John's thighs Bobby began to scream out his love. John fisted his own cock and the lovers came together. Bobby collapsed onto John's chest, their sweat mingling with John's cum. Neither spoke for a long time.

"You okay?"

"Yes, you? I didn't hurt you, did I?"

"No, baby, you didn't. I swear."

"I'm sorry."

"For what?"

"For being so rough."

"Bobby, remember that evening when I thought you and Brian fucked in the churchyard?"

"Yeah."

"I was kind of rough on you. I thought I had to take back what I thought was mine. That wasn't very nice of me. Sometimes we need to take back control."

"But at what cost?"

"I would pay anything, do anything to keep you from hurting, to keep you with me and happy. A little rough sex now and then is a very small price to pay."

"John Anderson, will you marry me?"

"Yes, Bobby Morrison, I will marry you. Now that that's settled, are we sleeping here tonight? If we are, I'll set the alarm on my watch. I have a client to see in the morning."

"John, I don't think I can move. Besides, I think we're glued together." The lovers chuckled as John set his watch. Then he reached for the other sleeping bag and settled it over the two of them.

"I love you Bobby," John whispered.

"Love you," Bobby answered as he drifted off to sleep, secure in John's arms.

*****

Hunter mucked out the last stall and wiped the sweat from his brow. He never in his wildest dreams thought he would be cleaning up horse crap ... and enjoying it. Making the barn fresh and clean was somehow therapeutic, almost like cleaning up his own fucked up life. He threw the shovel on the heap of manure and wheeled it out to the pile behind the barn. He tipped the wheelbarrow emptying the contents against the stinking mass, then used the shovel to scrape the rest out of the barrow.

"You done?" Steve asked coming up behind him.

"Yeah," Hunter answered. "Just finished."

"Good. Bill's rustling us up some lunch. Should be ready in a few minutes."

"Steve, can I ask you something? Am I doing a good job around here?"

"Yeah, you make a fine farmhand." Steve smiled and lit a cigarette. He motioned for Hunter to join him on a bale of hay away from the stinking manure.

"Thanks. I ... I kinda like how I feel when I complete a job," Hunter admitted.

"That's what happens to a lot of kids who come here. They finally find out that they can be good at something, no matter how shitty and disgusting that something may be." Steve chuckled as he indicated the manure pile.

"I can see why the farm is a success with a lot of those kids."

"Kids just like you?"

"Have you had other positive kids here?"

"No actually, you're the first."

Hunter grimaced. "I guess at the age of the kids who come here not many are sexually active."

"You might be surprised at that."

"Really? I guess I always feel like I'm the only one who has to face these things, like I'm the fucking most unlucky shit on the face of the Earth."

"You've had some rough deals in your life, but lots of other people do too."

"Like your son?" Hunter asked. He had wanted to talk to Steve ever since Bobby had told him about Steve's son.

"You know about my son?"

"A bit. Bobby told me that Jimmy was a friend of his."

"Jimmy ... he was ... he was a wild kid. I wish I had known then what I know now. I might have been able to help him, to save him." Steve stared at the ground as he took a puff of his cigarette. He shook his head.

"But look what you have learned from it, how many kids you've helped. Maybe that was how things were supposed to turn out."

"When did you become the fucking counselor?" Steve asked but there was no anger in his voice, just a touch of amusement.

"I'm thinking of getting my degree next week," Hunter joked.

"You might be good at it, you know."

"You think?" Hunter chuckled. He frowned thinking and then he had to say it. "Do you know what my full name is?"

"You're name's Hunter, isn't it?"

"My full name is James Hunter Montgomery. I was always Jimmy until I hit the streets and changed it to Hunter. It sounded more grown up, more dangerous."

"Jimmy ... like my son," Steve said staring off into space.

"Yeah, I guess that's part of why I feel a connection to this place, to you ... and Bill."

"It is an interesting coincidence."

"I think it's more than that. I think I was meant to come here. I'm not entirely sure why, but everything since I left Pittsburgh seemed to be steering me here. It has to be more than just a coincidence."

"Maybe so."

"Wasn't your son about my age when he died?"

"Pretty close."

"I ... I'm pretty well healed. My ribs don't hurt anymore. I can work hard. Do you think I could work here for a while?"

"That's Bill's decision."

"But you could put a good word in for me, couldn't you?"

"The Andersons aren't about to kick you out. You can work here as much as you want."

"I know ... I mean ... I guess I understand that. But ... I'd really like it to be a job, to be something that I earned, something that I had accomplished."

"I'll make that recommendation right after lunch," Steve grinned standing and wrapping an arm around Hunter's shoulder. They started walking towards the office.

"Thanks, I hope Bill will agree."

"I can't see why he wouldn't," Steve replied pulling Hunter a little closer. Maybe this was a second chance for them all.

RUNAWAY LIFE

Chapter Twelve

September had come and gone. October started off with warm days and cooling nights. The Anderson household plus one ex-hustler runaway had fallen into a quiet routine. Each day John and Bobby went to work. Hunter went to the farm for his sessions with Bill and for his regularly assigned chores. The Farm was officially shut down for the season but it still required farmhands to tend to the animals throughout the winter and there was the last harvest of the year to send off to market. It was becoming abundantly clear that Hunter wasn't going to return to Pittsburgh anytime soon.

Bobby kept up his weekly reports to Ben and Michael. It was difficult to keep them from driving up but they understood how important it was to Hunter to keep their distance for a little while longer. Brian did as he promised, distracting Michael and keeping Debbie from getting arrested. Hunter's bruises and ribs had healed and along with Claire's good cooking, Hunter was looking like any other teenage boy. He was beginning to feel like it too, if the increased noise level was any indication. Even Bobby was feeling like his old self, although John wasn't thoroughly convinced that Bobby was as okay as he claimed to be. There was still something Bobby had to do, to face up to the demons that had plagued him for so long. But Bobby wasn't quite ready yet. He still met with Bill but it was more like a meeting with an old friend rather than a counseling session.

Bill assisted Bobby with his research into home schooling and online courses so that Hunter could finish high school. Hunter was seriously considering a career in counseling but for now he had a career in farming and was doing a very good job of it. So good that Steve and Bill put Hunter on the payroll. Hunter decided that with a regular paycheck coming in, he'd save up for a laptop so he could finish school. And he wanted to pay Claire rent. In lieu of rent, Hunter helped out Claire around the house, keeping the yard and barn spick and span and with any other job Claire had for him. Hunter felt better about himself especially when he accomplished something. And then there was taking the time to walk through the woods, watch the leaves change color and skipping stones. Hunter was getting very good at skipping stones.

Before it became too cool for an outdoor barbecue, Claire suggested a family get together with the Liberty Avenue contingent along with the Morrisons. Bill agreed with Claire that it might be easier on Hunter to reintegrate into the family as a whole rather than one on one. The Andersons and Bobby would run interference if necessary.

The plan was relatively simple. Brian and Justin would drive up Friday night. Brian had already made arrangements with the local market to have the extra food delivered so that Claire wouldn't have to cart all of it home. The clan would converge early Saturday afternoon while it was still sunny and warm. They'd spend a nice afternoon getting to know one another then leave the following morning. Lindsay had an important opening so she and Gus would not attend. As much as Brian wanted Gus there, it was better he stayed home for this one. Come Thanksgiving Gus would be there. Carl and Debbie would bring Ben and Michael. Jennifer would travel with Ted and Emmett. Again, the Andersons were creative with the sleeping arrangements. Hunter would give up his room to Debbie and Carl. He, Ben and Michael would spend the night at the cottage; to be alone as a family if only for the night. John, Bobby, Brian and Justin would bunk up in the barn loft. They had plenty of sleeping bags and it wasn't that cold at night yet. That left John and Bobby's room for Jennifer. Temmett would camp out in the living room.

John had a special surprise for Hunter. In all the talks that Bobby and Hunter had, Bobby found out what kind of watch Hunter had lost. It still bothered Hunter that his watch was stolen. It wasn't very expensive but it was a gift from Ben and it meant a lot to Hunter. It also had an inscription which made it easy to identify. John had a theory that the watch was of little use to the kids that mugged Hunter except for maybe some quick cash if pawned. John checked out all the pawn shops within a ten block radius from where Hunter was attacked. Sure enough, John found the watch and bought it back. John had it cleaned and serviced and planned to give it to Hunter at the barbecue.

Bobby was a little apprehensive about his parents meeting the Liberty Avenue part of the family. Carl, Jennifer, as well as Ted, Ben and Michael were all tame compared with Emmett and Debbie. He wasn't sure that Emmett's flame and Debbie's exuberance wouldn't scare the life out of his mother and father. Bobby knew that Rachel could handle it but he asked if her kids could stay home for this party. Rachel agreed. She laughed loudly at Bobby's description of Debbie and Emmett and thought no one could be that out and proud. Bobby assured her that his description was nothing compared to the real thing. Rachel said she'd be there to make sure their mother didn't faint into the coleslaw.

Everything was well thought out, or so it seemed.

Brian and Justin left Pittsburgh about one in the afternoon to miss the traffic and get to the Anderson's early enough just in case there was any last minute shopping or cleaning Claire had to do. It was going on four when they hit the interstate turn off and they drove leisurely through the town.

"Justin, pull over."

"What?"

"Pull over." Justin slowed and pulled the Cherokee to the side of the road.

"Isn't that Bobby's car?"

"Where?"

"Over there, near the gate for the cemetery. I wonder why he's going to the cemetery."

"Brian, are you sure that's Bobby's car?"

"Looks like it. Wait. Yup, can't miss that red hair. Stay here. I want to make sure he's okay."

"Brian."

"Justin, trust me. John's been worried about his redhead. I just want to make sure everything's all right." Justin gazed into Brian's eyes. He knew that Brian had no designs on Bobby. He and Bobby had become good friends.

"Okay. I'll be here if you need me." Justin smiled for Brian.

"I always need you. I won't be long. Besides, now you can play that awful CD you just bought and as loud as you want." Brian gave Justin a kiss. Justin shooed Brian out of the car.

It wasn't too difficult for Brian to find Bobby. The sun was waning but it's light reflected off of Bobby's red hair like a beacon. Brian found Bobby kneeling at a grave. In between sobs, Brian could hear Bobby saying he was sorry.

"Bobby?"

"Shit! Brian. What the hell are you doing here?"

"I could ask you the same."

"I...I had to come..." Bobby couldn't finish. He sat down on the grass and continued to cry. Brian sat and drew the redhead close, cradling him between his long legs.

"What's wrong? Whose grave is this?" Brian asked softly.

"Jimmy. Steve's son."

"Shit."

"You know the story?"

"A little. He was caught trying to rob a convenience store and killed."

"Yeah. But what you don't know, what Steve doesn't know is that I was with Jimmy. Earlier, that night. We were just a bunch of kids goofing off. Jimmy dropped me home then they drove off looking for some place to rob. I could have been there. I never saw Jimmy again. This is the first time I've visited his grave."

Bobby sniffled a little more then sighed. Brian tightened his hug.

"And you still have dreams about Jimmy?" Brian was an expert on haunting dreams.

"I didn't for a long time. I thought I got over it."

"But Hunter's little problem awakened them again."

"Yeah. How'd you guess?"

"It happens to me sometimes. Just when I think I've gotten over the bashing, something happens and I have nightmares. I've never told Justin. He doesn't need that shit from me."

"So when he has the bad dreams, you cuddle with him and chase away his nightmares."

"I guess so."

"And who chases away yours?" Brian shrugged then wiped away a stray tear from Bobby's cheek.

"Hard to imagine a big bad top like Brian Kinney cuddling with a little blond twink," Bobby smirked.

"Brian Kinney does not cuddle. And Justin Taylor is no twink, but don't tell him I said that," Brian chuckled.

"My lips are sealed."

"Bobby, you need to talk to Steve. Tell him how you feel. He's a good man. He'll understand."

"I want to Brian but I'm scared and ashamed."

"You have nothing to be ashamed of. You were just a kid. And I can't believe that Bobby Morrison, defender of homosexual straight men, dart frog warrior, asshole priest fighter, and attorney to wayward ex-hustlers, is afraid of anything." Brian thought a minute then continued. "Bobby, was Jimmy all that bad?"

"No. He was real wild at times but he could sure play baseball. That's how I knew him."

"Then that's what you tell Steve. Tell Steve you knew the good Jimmy and that he made sure you got home before he decided to rob that store. Give Steve that much."

"Damn."

"What?"

"Now I know why that blond of yours is so hung up on you. You're a good man, Brian Kinney."

"We won't let that secret get around, now will we? Can't ruin my asshole rep."

Brian and Bobby shared a laugh then helped each other up.

"Come on, old man. I bet Justin's wondering what's going on. You know, you, me, a cemetery."

"Watch it with the old shit. We're about the same age. You okay to drive home?"

"Yeah, I am, thanks. And thank you for listening and the cuddling."

"I don't do..."

"Tell it walking, old man. Your secret's safe with me."

"Come on, Red. I think I can smell Claire's cookies baking. Justin will be hungry."

"When is he ever not hungry?" Bobby gave Brian a kiss on his cheek and the two friends walked back to their cars.

As Brian got back into the Cherokee Justin turned down the music.

"Everything okay?"

"Yeah." Brian pulled Justin as close as he could and gave him a deep kiss.

"What was that for? Not that I'm complaining."

"I don't know. Something I needed to do. Drive. I bet there's cookies at that thar farm." Justin laughed then gave Brian his full Sunshine smile. They drove to the farm with Bobby close behind.

*****

It didn't take long to get settled into the farm. They had cookies with Claire, Hunter and Bobby. John came in while they were still eating them. No mention was made of the cemetery scene from earlier. Once the cookies were eaten, Brian said he wanted to go down to the stream for a smoke. Justin decided to stay behind and see what he could do to help Claire get ready for the massive onslaught the next day.

Beau met Brian at the door wagging his tail for all he was worth. He followed Brian as they made their way down to the stream. Brian dropped down onto the big rock and lit a cigarette. He heard a little rustle behind him but ignored it wanting to be alone. He needed to think about what had happened with Bobby in the cemetery.

Someone cleared their throat and Brian turned slightly to see who it was. Hunter obviously didn't understand Brian's need to be alone.

"So, what is it, littlest hustler?"

"Why do you call me that?" Hunter asked.

"Force of habit."

"Brian, I need to talk to somebody."

"You have Bobby and John and Claire and Bill and..."

"I get the picture, okay! But what I need to know I can't ask them."

"I thought you'd be past wanting advice about sex at this point," Brian retorted.

"I could probably teach you a thing or two," Hunter shot back.

Brian raised an eyebrow and then chuckled. "So what do you want to ask?"

"It's about Michael and Ben."

"Aah."

"What do you think they would say if I told them I wanted to work here ... and live here?"

Brian studied Hunter's face as the boy joined him on the rock. "Is that what you want to do?" he asked.

"Yeah, I think so."

"Then do it."

"But what about Ben and Michael?"

"They'll be upset. Hell, Michael flies off at the slightest thing. He's the son of a fag hag and a drag queen. What would you expect?"

"I ... I don't want to hurt them. They've been great to me."

"But sometimes you have to do what's best for you," Brian said pointedly.

"Is that what you did?"

"Yeah, my family life sucked almost as much as yours," Brian said honestly. "I decided I was getting away from them if it was the last thing I ever did."

"How did you do it?"

"Education."

Hunter snorted. "I can't go back to that high school. They all hate me and shun me or call me names. What's the point anyway? I have HIV."

"Ah, the HIV card."

"What ... what the fuck is that supposed to mean?"

"You should do what the fuck you want to do. The only person you can really rely on is yourself, not Mikey or Ben or Bobby or your fucking mother. Stand on your own two feet."

"It's hard to do that," Hunter said trying not to cry.

"I didn't say it was easy. Doing what you know is right for you is never easy, especially if it doesn't go along with what your family wants."

"What did your family want for you?" Hunter asked changing the topic until he got control of himself.

Brian snorted. "You mean other than for me to rot in Hell?"

"They ... they didn't say that, did they?"

"I think those were my mother's exact words a few weeks ago."

"Fuck! And I thought my mother was a bitch! But what about when you were my age? What did they want back then?" Hunter stood up and started skipping stones.

"You mean way back in the Iron Age?" Brian joked. "Let's see; my father expected me to join the union just like he had." Brian watched Hunter skip some more stones. "You're pretty good at that."

Hunter grinned. "Bill taught me one day and I've been practicing ever since. There's a real skill to it."

Brian noted the words Hunter used and smiled slightly. "So what are you going to do with your skills if you stay here?"

"I've been working at the farm. It feels good to see what I accomplish each day. Bill says I make a good farmhand."

"Farmhand! Hmm. Not your ordinary career choice these days. Ben and Michael will be pleased," Brian said sarcastically. He knew Hunter was a bright boy, but farm work was hardly challenging.

"See, I knew they'd be mad at me."

"What they think is irrelevant. Do what you have to do."

"What I want to do is stay here, work on the farm, and take correspondence courses. Eventually I'd like to become a counselor here. If I live that long."

"Of course, you will," Brian said quickly. He hated to hear Hunter talk about dying. "That sounds like a plan."

"Do you think they'll let me do it?"

"Ben and Michael? Why wouldn't they let you do it?"

"Michael wants me to be a doctor or some fucking high brow thing like that."

"If you want something different, go for it. It's your life."

"I was thinking about talking to them about it this weekend."

"Sounds good to me. And stick to your guns," Brian added knowing how Michael could make a person feel guilty. "Can you show me how to do that?" Brian asked picking up a stone.

"Sure," Hunter smiled showing Brian how to position his feet and hand.

After several tries Brian got one to skip across the water. "You're a good teacher. Patient and helpful. I could see you making a decent counselor."

Hunter smiled as Brian skipped another stone. "You're a good student. And a good listener."

"Who'd a thunk?" Brian laughed.

"I think dinner's probably ready. We should go back."

"Yeah," Brian agreed. He laid an arm across Hunter's shoulders as they headed back to the house.

Brian and Hunter were approaching the house when Hunter noticed Brian's week's worth of a beard and mustache. Hunter found it very attractive but then again Brian could go around naked or dressed in a potato sack and Hunter would find Brian attractive. Shaking the myriad of Brian visions from his head, Hunter ventured a comment.

"Brian?"

"Yes." Brian heard the sarcastic tone in Hunter's voice and braced himself for one of Hunter's come ons.

"What's with the fuzz on your face? Blondie have a thing for bears?" Brian's death glare was Hunter's answer for the last comment. But Hunter was never ever really frightened of Brian, no matter how many death glares were shot in his direction. Hunter was uncharacteristically patient when it came to Brian. Finally his patience was rewarded.

"Woke up late one morning and didn't have time to shave. By late that night I had some real heavy growth going on. I was too tired to shave that night and the next day was Saturday, so I kept it."

"And what does blondie think about it, not that his opinion matters." Hunter smirked, he felt, not saw the glare. But Brian was an expert on keeping little blond teenagers on their toes. With his best cruising for tricks, take no prisoner smile on his face, Brian let Hunter know just how appreciated his beard was.

"Justin's become very creative in preventing beard burn." Brian laughed, Hunter scowled.

As Justin greeted them at the door, Brian started stroking his beard still with that smile on his face. Confirming Justin's appreciation for the fuzz on Brian's face and to further increase Hunter's scowl, Justin sidled up to Brian and pulled Brian down by his nape for an intense kiss.

Hunter huffed passed them and grumbled, "Get a room! Shit, a whole fucking weekend with them fucking. I'm going to be traumatized for life." Hunter pulled the lovers, who were still sucking face in the doorway, into the house and slammed the door.

RUNAWAY LIFE

Chapter Thirteen

Hunter awoke the next morning with the sun streaming into his room. He stretched, got out of bed and crossed to the window, throwing it open to feel the sun on his face. The air was cool and crisp but with the promise of a warm afternoon. Hunter listened to the sounds of the countryside. He loved the quiet of the farm. If he could spend the rest of his life here, on the farm, Hunter would. He leaned a little out the window. If he concentrated, he could hear the rustle of the breeze through the trees, the water flowing over the rocks at the stream, an occasional sleepy bullfrog, and "Justin, fuck me!" Hunter shut the window. Try as he might to be angry and jealous, knowing that blondie was fucking the life out of Brian in the barn, Hunter couldn't. He knew that in this life, in this universe, the sun was Justin, and Brian his only moon allowed to orbit. Brian's orbit may wax and wane on occasion but Brian remained the only satellite.

Shaking his head, Hunter got dressed, straightened up his room and changed the sheets. Secretly he hoped that it wouldn't be Carl and Debbie sleeping in his room that night. The thought of hetero sex taking place on his bed horrified him, especially sex between Carl and Debbie. He shuddered at the visual then went to place the dirty linen in the hamper and get washed up. He packed a small bag so that he could spend the night at the cottage with Michael and Ben. Hunter wanted to get downstairs to help with breakfast and the preparations for the day.

Next door in Bobby and John's room, they were doing the same, changing the sheets and airing out the room. John blushed as Bobby opened the windows to get the smell of sex out of the air. Bobby returned the blush and shook his head. Even after a year, the honeymoon wasn't over. The lover's hugged and laughed in each other's arms. Bobby affectionately patted John's well-ridden rump as they too went to place their sheets in the hamper. Hunter met the lovers in the hall and recognized the signs of afterglow. Bobby winked at Hunter, who rolled his eyes and chuckled. The Kinney-Anderson men had had some night with their blue-eyed, pale skinned lovers.

Again Hunter was amazed at the feelings he was having. Two months ago he would have been green with envy and angry that he would never have someone to love, let alone have sex with. Now, he had more important things to do, like finishing his education, getting a computer, doing a good job at the farm. Hunter wanted the Andersons to be proud of him, especially Bobby. He had taken a lot of little steps and all in the right direction. He could have sworn he was going to wake up anxious, wanting to hide in his room all day. Although he was a little nervous about seeing Michael and Ben, he knew he'd get through it. Meeting Debbie after all this time was going to be another matter but Hunter had a funny feeling Brian would help him out. The trio joined Claire in the kitchen and began the task of getting breakfast on the table.

Brian and Justin skidded to a halt as they sprinted into Claire's kitchen. Brian wore the same well-fucked expression that John had. Bobby and Justin looked as if they grew a few inches taller overnight. Claire had long decided that if she was to survive as the country's version of Debbie, she'd better get over the looks, language and innuendoes really fast. As Claire began to dish up breakfast, Hunter decided he was going to stay a kid for as long as he could and not deal with insatiable partners any time in the near future.

Brian ate his usual light breakfast, having finally found a comfortable position on the cushion Justin brought in from the screen porch for him to sit on. After several cups of coffee and a slice of toast, he was ready to face the day. The amount of food that was going to be cooked and consumed later that afternoon could have fed a small country. Brian knew that with so many mother figures around to plague him, it would behoove him to be hungry later. John stuck with ham and eggs, requiring the extra protein to replenish what he had lost last night. Claire smiled at the healthy appetite Hunter and Justin displayed and noted that even Bobby snuck a second muffin. Claire was also aware of the changes Bobby had gone through over the past month and was pleased that he seemed like his old self again. Breakfast was pleasant, filled with happy chatter and reviewing the day's agenda.

After breakfast, Brian and Justin remained in the kitchen with Claire to prepare the vegetables and season the meat. John, Bobby and Hunter went to the barn to get the table and chairs and to prepare the yard and grill. The Liberty Avenue part of the family would be arriving around noon, Bobby's family was expected at about the same time. Steve, Bill and Bill's long time partner, Gary, were also invited. Both Hunter and Bobby wanted them there.

It was just going on twelve when the first car pulled up the drive; it was Debbie, Carl, Ben and Michael. The minute the car was in park, Debbie and Michael were out and yelling for Hunter. Hunter took a deep breath and pushed open the screen door, closely followed by Brian and Bobby.

"Hunter, oh god, Hunter, you look like you grew a couple of inches." Michael gushed out gibberish and drew the boy into his arms. "Oh, your ribs. Am I hurting you?"

"No, Michael. I'm all better."

"Come here, you little shit. You had us all worried." Debbie sucked Hunter into one of her back breaking, turning blue in the face bear hugs. Hunter found himself smothered by a pair of huge breasts.

"Jesus, Debbie. Will you let the kid go, he can't breathe!" Brian began prying off the red painted fingers.

"And you!" Debbie screamed at Brian. "You asshole, you knew where he was all the time and you didn't tell me. Some fucking best friend you are. Michael and Ben were going crazy."

"Debbie," it was Bobby's turn to explain before Brian had the chance. "Debbie, Brian had no choice. He was instructed not to tell anyone Hunter's location. Brian was only allowed to say that Hunter was well looked after and safe."

Debbie, not quite able to engage her brain before putting her mouth in gear began to tell Bobby where he could get off.

"Why you little red-headed shit, who the fuck do you think you are?" Brian shook his head and stood back, waiting for John's caveman alter ego to attack.

"Debbie..." John growled, stretching to his full height. Bobby quickly put himself between Debbie and John and calmly explained to the un-naturally red headed woman, just exactly who Bobby Morrison was.

"Debbie, I'm Hunter's lawyer. As such, I have the right to protect my client. Hunter was in no way physically or emotionally ready to speak to anyone when we found him. He required medical attention, which we saw to and when he was able, he started counseling sessions with Bill. Now, will you all stop yelling and give the boy the chance to say hello. If you don't behave, I'll recommend to my client that he return to his room and I'll ask you all to leave. So, what will it be?"

Debbie stared at the petite red head with the biggest balls in the state of Pennsylvania. She looked at Hunter, who was wearing rather a smug expression but Debbie's glare wiped the look off his face. Debbie faced the asshole, uh, Brian, who merely shrugged and held up his hands indicating just how big Bobby's balls were. Debbie took a double take at John who went from a murderous look in his eye to beaming with pride at Bobby's boldness. Debbie knew she was beat.

"Okay," was all Debbie could muster. She kissed Hunter then cuffed him on the back of his head. "You just behave yourself." Then she went in the house to assist Claire. Both Hunter and Bobby breathed a sigh of relief.

Michael and Ben gave Hunter proper hello hugs and kisses then looked him over for signs of physical flaws. They were satisfied that life in the country did seem to be the best thing for Hunter and it was beginning to be obvious that he was not going to go back to Pittsburgh with them the next day. Carl gave the boy a handshake then a hug. "I better go soothe someone's ruffled feathers," Carl stated then went in the house to console Debbie.

Temmett's car was pulling in the drive. Jennifer got out, gave Justin a hug and a kiss as well as a kiss to Brian's cheek. She greeted everyone and Justin brought her in the house to show her the albums of their trip to South America. Ted smiled weakly, stretched the kinks of the long drive out then also went in the house to lend a hand. Emmett was his bouncy self, dressed in a sweater of red, yellow, orange and brown with bright orange leather pants. He looked as if he should be raked up with the other leaves. Brian, John and Bobby couldn't help but stare at the man's outfit.

"What? It's Fall. I'm wearing Fall colors."

"Somehow I don't think Mother Nature had you in mind when she created the Autumn season," Bobby said coolly.

"I think you'd look fabulous in this sweater, especially with all that red hair."

"NO!" John, Bobby and Brian shouted back.

"Wimps," Emmett said over his shoulder as he sashayed into the house. John, Bobby, and Brian shook their heads and followed Emmett but not too closely fearing the flames that were burning very brightly.

Everyone pitched in getting the hors d'oeuvres on the table, salads, iced tea and rolls. Claire had vegetables grilling as well as the corn. All that was left to do was put on the meat, greet Steve, Bill and Gary and meet the Morrisons.

Steve, Bill and Gary arrived together and were welcomed by all and sundry. They each grabbed a beer and brought out their folding lawn chairs and made themselves to home. Gary was a big, gentle man. Everyone could see why Bill was so fond of him. After another half hour had passed, everyone was becoming concerned that Bobby's parents hadn't arrived yet. Bobby was sure he had told them the right time, and they had already been to the Anderson house. They couldn't be lost.

"They're not coming," Bobby said in a hushed voice.

"I heard that," John said wrapping his arms around Bobby's waist. "Don't jump to conclusions."

"They would already be here if they were coming."

"We'll give them another fifteen minutes and see if they show."

"They're probably scared out of their fucking wits by everything I told them about the Liberty Avenue gang. Why didn't I keep my mouth shut?"

"Forewarned is forearmed," Brian said walking up to the two. "They seemed like nice people when Justin and I met them. I'm sure they'll be here."

"I wish I could be half as sure as you are," Bobby grumbled. His own fucking parents were going to let him down.

"Hey, I'm usually the pessimist. Cheer up," Brian said. "There's a car coming up the driveway right now."

Bobby's face cleared as he recognized the car. "They came," he said in an outbreath. "They fucking came."

Bobby rushed over to the car as it pulled to a stop. Everyone watched as Bobby's parents emerged and gave their son a hug. Mrs. Morrison opened the back door of the car and pulled out a large cake. Carrying the cake for his mother Bobby led them over to the big group of people. He made the introductions as each person welcomed his parents to the gathering.

"It's nice to meet all of you," Dr. Morrison said. "I'm sure we won't remember everyone's name, but we'll do our best."

"Don't give it a fucking second thought," Debbie piped up. "We answer to anything."

Amid laughter Brian said, "Speak for yourself, Deb."

"I am, you little shit!"

Everyone laughed and Mrs. Morrison looked slightly taken aback at the exchange between Brian and this loud woman. "I should take the cake inside," she said hesitantly.

"I'm sorry we're late but I wanted to get the icing just right and it wouldn't cooperate."

"This bunch'll eat any fucking thing," Debbie offered.

"I'll have you know I have a very discriminating palate," Emmett said in his very best queeny voice.

"That's the only fucking thing you're discriminating about," Debbie laughed. Others joined in.

Claire and Jennifer stepped forward to rescue Mrs. Morrison from any more of Debbie's barbs. They ushered her and her cake into the screen porch. Dr. Morrison stood by his son wondering what to do.

"Come have a seat over here," Carl called holding up a beer to the bewildered man.

Dr. Morrison went over to Carl, accepted the beer and flopped down in the chair next to him. He wiped his brow where it was evident he had been sweating.

"Don't worry," Carl told him. "I'm straight and the rest of them are pretty harmless when you get right down to it."

"That's a relief," Dr. Morrison said taking a good swig of the beer. "I'm Dan."

"Carl."

"What about that loud woman?"

"She's my fiancée."

"Oh ... oh, I'm sorry," Dan said getting all flustered again.

Carl laughed. "She takes a little getting used to, but she's a helluva woman when you do."

"I'll take your word for it."

"Looks are often deceiving," Carl said philosophically.

Dan frowned thinking about that. "What about the one that looks like an overgrown autumn leaf?" He watched the man swish around the table checking that everyone had cutlery and napkins.

"That's Emmett. He lives with Debbie and me. He's the salt of the earth, one of the most loyal friends you could ever have,"

"Really?"

"Absolutely. He can queen out with the best of them, but he always comes through in the end. Pardon the pun."

Dr. Morrison looked at Carl wondering what pun he was supposed to pardon. "You actually share a house with those two? How ... how do you do it?"

"Life is never dull," Carl laughed.

"What do you do ... as a job?"

"I'm a police detective."

"Well, I'll be!"

Carl laughed again. "I told you not to judge a book by its cover."

"And you're okay with all this gay stuff?"

"Yeah. I mean, I wasn't at first, but I learned. They're just people who have problems and good times like everyone else. I've come to like and respect every one of them."

"I see." Dan Morrison sat back watching the bantering and jokes being cracked all around them.

In the kitchen Claire set the cake on the counter. She turned to Emily Morrison and smiled gently. She wanted this woman to like her for her son's sake ... and for Bobby.

"That looks like a delicious cake," she said.

"It's chocolate, an old family recipe. The icing is a concoction of my own. I didn't think I was going to get it right in time to bring it."

"It was lovely of you to go to all that trouble," Jennifer said. "I'm Justin's mother, Jennifer Taylor, in case you don't remember."

"I had dinner with your son and his ... partner a few weeks ago. He's a lovely young man."

Jennifer laughed. "Yes, he is, but he also has his moments."

"Don't they all," Claire added.

"All what?" Debbie asked coming through the door.

"We were just talking about our sons," Jennifer said. "Michael, the one with dark hair, is Debbie's son."

"Unless I kill him first," Debbie said.

"What did Michael do?"

"He's been getting reports about Hunter all this time and he never said a word to me. I should ream his ass but good."

Claire looked at Emily whose eyes had gotten very big once again. "Hunter's been staying with us until he sorts himself out."

"Is Hunter gay too?"

"The jury's still out on that one," Debbie snapped. "What needs doing in here?" she asked Claire.

"The meat went on the barbecue just as you pulled up so I think we should be able to set everything else out on the tables. We're lucky it's such a lovely fall day and we can eat outside."

They all grabbed bowls and started carrying them out to the table. Before long they were all seated around the tables having loaded their plates and dug into the delicious fare. There was lots of talk and jokes and kibitzing. Emily and Dan Morrison watched with interest as these new friends of their son revealed more and more about themselves as the afternoon wore on.

When they finally finished eating everyone helped clear the tables and bring out the desserts. Most people were too full to eat and just lounged around while they waited for the coffee to brew.

Brian got up and went over to the old tree that held Gus' treehouse. He sat on the lowest step and lit a cigarette.

"Those'll kill ya," a voice said.

"So I've been told," Brian replied as he smiled at Dan Morrison.

"Is this the treehouse you told me about at dinner the other night?"

"Yeah, want the grand tour?"

"I'd love it."

Brian stood and crushed out his cigarette before leading Dan up the steps. They stopped at the first level and looked out at the group of people lounging around the tables. Some people waved at them. Brian saw Justin's sunshine smile and had to smile back. They climbed the rest of the way to the house and Brian opened the door.

"This is unbelievable," Dan said looking around. "A fireplace?"

"Yeah," Brian laughed. "Nothing but the best for my Sonny Boy. It runs on gel."

"I love this painting of you and Gus playing chess."

"Thank you," Justin said having decided to join his lover.

"Did you paint it, Justin?"

"I did."

"As I said, nothing but the best for us Kinney men." Brian leaned in and kissed Justin lightly on the lips.

Dan watched them. It seemed such a natural thing, so right for a loving partner to do. He wondered why he was so worried about Bobby's future life, especially if his son could have something like this.

"Your son is very lucky, Brian," Dan said.

"Thanks. I guess we should go down and join in eating the million and one calories that have so lovingly been provided for us."

"You can eat off my plate," Justin volunteered.

"My girlish figure is indebted to you," Brian laughed giving Justin another kiss.  Dan Morrison smiled as he followed them out of the treehouse.

While Claire and Debbie were making sure everyone had a piece of cake or slab of pie, Rachel, Bobby's sister pulled up. Bobby got up to greet his flustered sister.

"You're late," Bobby scolded.

"Tell me about it. Cindy had another soccer meet. I couldn't get out of car pool duty."

"Better late than never. Come and meet everyone. Hope you're hungry, we have tons of food."

"I'm starving. Hi everyone!" Rachel greeted the family en masse.

"This is my sister, Rachel," Bobby explained.

The whole gang shouted back, "Hi Rachel!"

"Oooo, she's lovely! Come and sit by me, honey. I want to hear all the dish on your hot little brother." Emmett got a chair for Rachel and she joined him at the table.

Bobby moaned out loud and mumbled, "I'll never live this down."

John chuckled softly and drew the younger man onto his lap. "You'll survive, baby. I promise." Bobby smiled at the soft hazel eyes that so comforted him and nuzzled John's ear. "Awww!" The family said collectively as Bobby's face turned a similar shade of red as his hair.

Even Bobby's mother smiled at the genuine affection John showed for her son. Emily couldn't help but notice how similar John and Brian were both physically and in their love for their partners. And how open everyone was in showing their affection for one another. Debbie may have been Michael's mother but it was obvious how much she loved Brian and all her boys. Emily discovered that under that bright red wig was the true Earth Mother of Liberty Avenue. She wondered how Carl was able to put up with it all then realized that Carl was Debbie's anchor. Debbie gave Carl the freedom to let loose as Carl grounded Debbie to earth.

Ted and Emmett were the singles of the group but somehow they didn't seem to mind and apparently being single didn't mean you were alone, at least if Emmett's tales of his sexploits were to be believed. And Emily wasn't sure if she believed him, although the family had no doubts. Ted appeared to be just what he looked like, a quiet accountant. And while he appeared mild and meek, Brian trusted him with his money and so did Steve. Ben and Michael were married and acted like they were still on their honeymoon and like any teenager, embarrassing Hunter with their open displays of affection. Emily suspected it was an act on Hunter's part and definitely no act on Ben and Michael's part.  Emily was almost envious as Rachel joined in the fun, so accepting of the diversity that was sitting at the table.

Jennifer caught the wave of perplexity that flashed across Emily's face. She sat next to Emily and took the woman's hands in hers. "You've raised two beautiful children; you have a lot to be proud of." Emily smiled, she didn't quite grasp the whole of Jennifer's statement but she was proud of her children. Emily nodded in agreement.

Dessert was a quiet affair. Afterwards everyone helped to set up a table in the screened porch so that anyone who wanted to pick on the leftovers could at their leisure. The family broke up into smaller groups taking strolls to the stream, Emily and Rachel were given the treehouse tour and John gave Hunter back his watch.

John wanted to present the watch during the meal but Bobby convinced John to slip the watch to Hunter quietly. Ben and Michael didn't have to know that Hunter was robbed not unless Hunter told them himself and Bobby was sure he would later that night when they were alone. The overjoyed Hunter gave John a fierce hug.

Before the sun started to set Bobby and Brian wandered off to the stream. Bobby was nervous and wanted to sneak a cigarette from Brian.

"Better not let John see you do that. He'll ream the two of us out and not in a positive life affirming way," Brian quipped while lighting Bobby's cigarette. Bobby coughed a couple of times as the harsh smoke filled his lungs. Brian laughed.

"What's up, Bobby? You didn't follow me here to bum a smoke."

"I need your advice."

"My advice?" Brian questioned with a raised eyebrow.

"Yes. What we talked about yesterday, at the cemetery. I'm going to speak to Steve tomorrow. I didn't want to do it today and ruin the party. I..."

"What?" Brian asked softly.

"Would you come with me?"

"Wouldn't you rather have your partner there instead?"

"I think I need an objective friend more. I did tell John about everything. He's a little torn up about it. He's known Steve for most of his life. In some ways he always hoped that Steve and Claire would get married. They are kind of suited for each other and have the same goals in mind for the Farm. If they got married John wouldn't be so worried about her being lonely."

"Who knows, Bobby, that may still happen. This farm has a way of performing miracles. I'll go with you. And I don't need an excuse. I think I still owe Steve money for cow therapy." Brian grabbed the cigarette from Bobby and snubbed it out. "You don't need that shit. Let's go back before a frog tries to slime me."

Bobby started to laugh when a bullfrog hopped out of his burrow for a last look around before his winter slumber. Brian jumped, both of them, the frog and Brian scurried off in opposite directions leaving Bobby in tears with hysterical laughter.

When Bobby rejoined the family, Brian was in full queen out mode, pacing the yard with Justin following closely trying to calm the man. Bobby's uncontrollable laughter took hold again as he described to the family Brian's run-in with the dreaded frog. The whole yard was brimming with laughter including the Morrisons. Across the yard Brian was holding up his arms describing a six foot bullfrog to Justin. Bobby caught Justin's eye and held up his fingers indicating a six inch bullfrog. Justin nodded then turned his attention back to his irate ranting lover. He flashed a 100 watt smile, batted the baby blues, stopping Brian in mid tantrum. Brian held open his arms for Justin.

"Awww!" the family exclaimed in unison as all was right in the world again.

Dan leaned over to Bobby, "Does that happen often?"

"What, Dad?"

"Brian's queen outs and Justin's remedy for them."

"You don't know the half of it," Bobby said as father and son shared the moment.

The afternoon was a complete success. The Morrisons left with a new understanding of their son's lifestyle; the Morrison family felt complete. Rachel left with new friends to keep in touch with and with new recipes. Steve, Bill and Gary left knowing that the work done by Steve and Bill with Hunter was paying off. The Anderson-Kinney family said good night to the Morrisons and continued cleaning up.

RUNAWAY LIFE

Chapter Fourteen

Hunter, Michael and Ben settled into the little cottage up the road from the Andersons. Things were kind of quiet as they walked through the house deciding where they were going to sleep. Hunter dropped his overnight supplies in the small bedroom leaving the big one for his parents, for that was what he considered Ben and Michael to be, in spite of their former differences.

They put the breakfast items Claire had sent with them into the fridge and Ben put the old kettle on to make a pot of tea for all of them.

"Do you want to talk about this tonight ... or wait for breakfast?" Hunter asked.

"Let's get our tea and do it now," Ben suggested.

"So when are you coming home?" Michael demanded in that cow-eyed way he had of saying things that left no room for discussion.

"Michael..." Ben said trying to calm his partner and not start a fight.

"I ... I'm not coming home," Hunter replied bluntly. They might as well get this all out in the open.

"What the fuck do you mean? You are coming home!"

"No, Michael, I'm not," Hunter repeated.

"Drink your tea and think for a moment. We can compromise, figure out a way to make it work so we can be together," Ben said reasonably.

"Compromise! I'm not fucking compromising!" Michael declared. "You have to go to school, you need your meds, you need us. So you're coming home."

"Yes, I do need all those things and I'm taking care of most of them. And I'm not coming home."

"What do you mean that you're taking care of them?" Ben asked, while Michael folded his arms and glared out into the room.

"I've started correspondence courses to finish high school. Bill's been letting me use the computer at the farm, but ... I could really use a computer of my own."

"Figures!" Michael snapped. "We're only good for providing you with things you want."

"A computer is not something I want," Hunter retorted. "It's something I need. But if you don't want to help me I can keep using the one at the farm."

Michael glared at the boy.

"I'm glad to hear that you're continuing your education," Ben said gently. He ignored the daggers Michael was throwing at him with his eyes. "What about your meds?"

"Doc Adams checked me out, and then he contacted the hospital in Pittsburgh and ordered my meds. John has been paying for them, but now I have a job working at the farm and I can start paying for them myself."

"A job?" Michael broke in. "What kind of fucking job do you have at the farm? Shoveling shit?"

"That about covers it," Hunter shot back.

"You're doing the work of a farmhand?" Ben asked and Hunter nodded. "Are you sure you're up to it, that you're well enough."

"I just started recently, once I was feeling better. It's fine. And I like manual labor. I can see what I've accomplished at the end of the day."

"That's a good feeling," Ben agreed.

"That's totally unacceptable," Michael replied staring rigidly at the two.

"Michael..."

Just then Michael's phone rang and he pulled it out of his pocket. "Brian, what's up?"

"Go easy on the kid," Brian's voice came back at him.

"What do you mean?"

"Hunter's a good kid, and he's trying to get his life together. Stop telling him what to do and listen to what he's telling you."

"How the fuck do you know what I'm doing?"

"I know you."

"You're an ass. Fuck off."

"It's his life; let him live it."

Michael snapped the phone shut and stared at Hunter. "Did you put him up to that?" he demanded.

"Me?" Hunter asked. "How could I put Brian Kinney up to anything? What did he say?"

"He told me to let you live your life the way you wanted to."

"That's good advice," Ben said receiving a steely glare from his partner.

"Michael..." Hunter began. "I think I want to counsel kids like me. I'm prepared to work here at the farm and try to achieve that goal. I can't ... no ... I won't ... go back to that fucking school in Pittsburgh. I like it here."

Michael opened his mouth to say something but Ben cut him off. "Hunter, it's getting late. Why don't you go get ready for bed? We can talk more in the morning."

Hunter stood and looked at his two fathers. This had gone much as he suspected it would. He sighed heavily and headed to his room.

"Michael," Ben said, "Brian is right. It's Hunter's life."

"I know," Michael admitted, "but..."

Michael found his mouth suddenly engulfed by his husband's and all talk of Hunter was forgotten.

In the barn Brian dropped his cell phone with his clothes near the sleeping bag.

"What did he say?" Justin asked looking up at Brian from where he lay beside him.

"He told me to fuck off."

Justin chuckled. "What did you expect?"

"I expected that I would be one more voice of reason along with Ben. Maybe it was enough to shut Michael up till morning."

"We can only hope," Justin said as he pulled Brian down on top of him. "Right now I don't want to think about Michael or Ben or Hunter." Each name was punctuated with a nip and a kiss of all the places that Justin knew drove his lover wild. Before long neither one of them was thinking about anything ... they were just feeling all the delicious things they could do to each other.

*****

"Hey, is it safe to come up? Some of us actually do need to sleep tonight, you know," John called out, looking up to the barn loft. He knew his brother and a very excited little blond were going at it like bunnies. Bobby was laughing in a most un-lawyer like fashion.

"Yeah, get a move on, old man! Claire expects us bright and early in the morning to help with breakfast," Bobby managed to get out in between guffaws. All of a sudden John and Bobby were pelted by clumps of straw that were pelting down on them. Then two heads appeared over the edge accompanied by dual raspberries.

"Oh very mature, and why do I have a feeling of deja vu?" John quipped as Bobby was trying to pick the straw out of John's hair. "Forget it, Bobby, I think there'll be a lot more straw in my hair later," John said smiling at his lover.

"Yeah," was all that Bobby answered as he began the climb up to the loft.

As the brothers and their lovers settled in for the night, Brian came up with an excuse to go to the Farm with Bobby in the morning.

"Bobby, I have to speak with Steve tomorrow before Justin and I go back to the Pitts. I may need your help. Would you go with me?" Brian asked in his most sincere voice.

"Sure," Bobby answered almost too quickly.

"Brian, why do you need Bobby to go with you?" John asked, turning over to see his brother's face in the dim light of the overhead bulb.

"Legal issues. My supposed loyal employee and accountant, Theodore, has been spending far too much of his time working on the Farm's accounts and not enough time on mine. I'm sure there's a conflict of interest going on somewhere," Brian shot back, hoping he sounded convincingly annoyed.

"I see." John wasn't stupid; he knew this had something to do with Bobby's confessions to him a month ago. But John loved Bobby and if he needed Brian to go with him, John would live with it. "I'm sure Bobby will be able to help you sort things out and prevent you from killing Ted," John said, hearing the sighs of relief from his lover and his brother. "Goodnight," John said as he snuggled next to Bobby.

"Goodnight," three voices answered back.

Early the next morning, the boys were up and in...in each other. Bobby was gently rocking in and out of his lover and Justin was blissfully bouncing on top of Brian having the ride of his life, at least one of the top ten rides. All four men groaned with their passions as they came, collapsing onto their partners. They lay for a moment, quiet, hugging tightly allowing their breathing to even out. Brian Kinney began to giggle and three men gaped at him in astonishment.

"Synchronized fucking, a new Olympic sport," Brian continued to giggle. Justin rolled off Brian as the giggling intensified and Justin joined in. John and Bobby did their best not to laugh until Bobby snorted and it was all over. The sounds of four men laughing like hyenas sent Beau packing and heading for the relative sanity of the house.

Bobby decided that he couldn't put off talking with Steve until after breakfast; if he waited any longer he'd chicken out. Grabbing Brian's arm, Bobby pleaded into Brian's eyes, "We have to go now."

Brian nodded; he whispered something to Justin who also nodded. Justin kissed Brian on the nose and sent Brian on his way. As Justin began to prepare himself for the onslaught of curious questions the family would inevitably ask, Brian and Bobby took the quick path through the trees to the Farm.

"You two are up early," Steve said to the panting men who entered the farmyard at full gallop. "To what do I owe the pleasure?"

"Steve, I have to talk to you," Bobby replied, his chest heaving more from nervousness than from being out of breath.

"And you?" Steve looked at Brian.

"I believe I still owe you for cow therapy and Red, here, needed a friend."

Steve stared at the two men standing before him. Bobby looking so much younger than his thirty-three years, eyes frightened as if the intelligent, confident lawyer had evaporated into the boy of fourteen. Brian, ever the protector of blue-eyed, pale skinned twinks, stood fast, defiant under the scrutinizing gaze.

"Bet you two haven't eaten." Two heads shook. "Then come on in; can't think or listen on an empty stomach." Brian and Bobby obediently followed Steve into the cookhouse.

The coffee was brewing and the three men were buttering up some of Claire's biscuits. Bobby was beginning to chicken out. Brian did what he did best, he pushed.

"Steve, I hear you've known Bobby for a long time." Brian leered at Bobby as Bobby's eyes grew wide with shock then narrowed with anger.

"I've known him since he was a boy. A good kid, little skinny but he sure could throw a baseball. Used to see him when I went to Jimmy's games. Jimmy could hit and he played first base. I used to wonder what Jimmy would say to Bobby out there. Bobby'd strike out a player then crack up with laughter. All that red hair, like a flaming torch on the pitcher's mound. Then a new batter would be up and it was all business again until he got struck out." Steve got quiet as he remembered a good memory. Brian nudged Bobby and he began to stammer.

"He, he used to tell knock knock jokes. After I'd strike someone out, Jimmy would tell me a knock knock joke. I was nervous; the coach kept telling me how good I was but I never believed him. I didn't even understand how I was able to throw so hard. I just did. Jimmy knew, kept calling me a natural, like my hair. Said my red roots were connected to my arm and that's why I could throw. He knew I didn't believe I was really that good so he'd tell me jokes in between batters." Bobby was silent for a moment and closed his eyes.

"I was with him, that night, I was with him." Steve looked up from his coffee and saw the tears streaming down Bobby's face. Brian placed his hand on Bobby's shoulder as Bobby continued. "He dropped me off at home. I had a curfew. Jimmy pushed me out of the truck and said he'd see me on the baseball field. I never saw him again. I'm sorry, I'm so sorry. I should have done something, said something to someone but I didn't know. I felt, I...."

Bobby started crying in earnest, he couldn't stop the twenty years of guilt and pain that came streaming out. Brian moved closer and placed his arms around the sobbing man.

Steve stood, scrubbing the tears from his face. His son had made some bad choices, choices that got him killed and a choice that possibly saved a boy's life. Steve walked around the table. Brian's eyes followed the big man, unconsciously hugging the smaller man closer. Steve placed a big paw on Brian's shoulder. Brian could see the man's eyes soften. He released his grip on Bobby and stood from his chair. Steve quickly took his place. Brian went out into the farmyard to have a smoke as Steve and Bobby healed one another.

Brian paced the yard. He heard nothing from the cookhouse. The air was still, the only noise, his boots crunching on the dried earth. He was about to light up another one when John and Justin came walking into the yard. Brian gave Justin a sneer.

"You try stopping him; he's almost as stubborn as you are," Justin explained to Brian.

"What's going on in there?" John nodded his head toward the cookhouse.

"A little walk down memory lane and confessions for the soul. John, Bobby had some things to say to Steve and I think Steve needed to hear them. They're both good men. Give them time to work things out." Two sets of hazel eyes met in agreement. Justin hoisted himself on the corral fence and watched while the brothers paced the yard.

After some time Bobby and Steve joined the trio in the yard. Bobby went directly to John who greeted the redhead with open arms. Brian wanted to say something comforting to Steve but was at a loss for words. Brian felt his stomach grumble then spoke up. "Steve, as good as your coffee was, I didn't get much of it and Red needs more than a biscuit to sustain him. My brother is insatiable at times; he'll wear out the poor boy. Let's go back to Claire's. I'm sure there's more breakfast to be had." Justin jumped down off the fence and nodded in agreement, then he and Brian ushered everyone back to Claire's for breakfast.

*****

Meanwhile back at the cottage, Michael and Ben were cooking bacon and eggs when Hunter finally appeared. He looked at his two fathers and waited to see where the lay of the land was this morning.

"Morning, Hunter," Ben said. "Did you sleep well?"

"Yes, father dear. Excellently!" Hunter teased. They both chuckled.

Michael glared at both of them from where he buttered toast at the kitchen table. "Breakfast is ready. Sit down," he ordered with no glimmer of amusement on his face.

Ben shrugged and Hunter made a grimace as he took a seat at the table. They ate their breakfasts in uncomfortable silence. Finally Hunter couldn't stand it any longer.

"I'm sorry if I've disappointed you, Michael," he said.

"Well, you have." The arms came across the chest once again showing that Michael was unwilling to bend at all.

"It's my fucking life," Hunter exploded. "Not yours."

Michael glared at his foster son.

"Michael..." Ben said trying to placate his partner and make things better between the two men in his life. Michael remained unmoving staring straight ahead.

"Don't try to make him see some fucking sense, Ben," Hunter said standing up. "Obviously what he wants is more important than what you want, or heaven forbid, what I fucking want! I'm going back to the farm."

With that declaration Hunter ran back into his bedroom and reappeared with the duffel that had held his clothes for the night. He headed directly to the kitchen door. As he pulled it open, he turned back and yelled, "I thought you would understand, but I guess you're just like everybody else." He slammed the door behind him and started the walk back to the Andersons. The tears threatened to flow.

"Michael," Ben tried again.

"It's that fucking Brian who's responsible for this. He said on the phone that it's Hunter's life. I bet he's been fucking drilling that into the kid the whole time he's been up here."

"Michael, it isn't anyone's fault. It's what Hunter wants."

"Well, he's ruining his life, and I'll never forgive Brian for that." Michael stomped into the bedroom he had shared with Ben the previous night and slammed the door behind him.

"Well," Ben said to the empty room, "so much for breakfast and a reconciliation."

"What the fuck is that all about?" Debbie asked loudly as Hunter flew through the front door, slammed it shut then bounded up the stairs to his room, slamming that door shut behind him.

"Well, if I understand all the door slamming right, Hunter told Michael and Ben his plans for staying here, working on the Farm, finishing school via correspondence courses and eventually trying to be a counselor for kids like him. Michael is not amused," Brian answered softly as he sipped Claire's excellent brew.

"And what the fuck do you know about teenage boys and Hunter's plan?" Debbie leered at Brian. The whole family remained quiet watching the exchange between Debbie and Brian as if it were a tennis match. Unperturbed by Debbie's question, Brian peered over the brim of his coffee mug and gave Debbie an evil grin. Debbie sat with a huff. "Forget I asked that. You know a lot about teenage boys, especially the confused, blond type."

"Gee, thanks, Deb," Justin groaned out.

"No offense, Sunshine. Brian, seriously, Hunter, is that really what he wants to do with his life?"

"Let me answer that one," Bobby spoke up, sitting close to the loud redhead. "Debbie, Hunter is doing a great job at the Farm. If he wasn't, Bill and Steve wouldn't have offered him the job. It's not charity; it's a real job with benefits, health benefits. And we all know Hunter's medications aren't cheap. The other benefit is that Hunter feels like he's accomplishing something. He's saving up for a laptop and paying Claire rent."

"You asked him for rent?"

"No, Debbie, we didn't," Claire piped in. "Hunter wanted to contribute. I told him that he was contributing a lot by the chores he was doing around here. John and Bobby work long hard hours. Our yard and barn have never been this clean. He even managed to plug up the leak in that old rain barrel. The point is that he's taking responsibility for himself, for his life. He's stopped running away, he's walking toward something."

"But we miss him; Michael and Ben miss him."

"And he misses all of you. But Hunter needed a fresh start, somewhere safe where no one knows of his past, no one can judge him except for the job he does and how he conducts himself now." This time it was John who spoke for Hunter. "Debbie, he's learning how to take pride in himself. Try to help Michael see that."

Debbie nodded. "I think I need more coffee." Brian got up and refilled Debbie's mug.

"Thank you, kiddo."

"You're welcome, Maw."

Steve slipped out to check on Hunter. Steve knocked softly on Hunter's door and waited.

"Come in. Did they send you to check up on me?" Hunter spat out as Steve came in.

"Nope, I don't need any excuse to see my number one farmhand."

"I'm your only farmhand. So, are they all deciding what's best for me?"

"No. By now Debbie will be your staunchest ally besides Brian."

"You're shitting me, right?"

"Hunter, those people down there love you and yes they want what's best for you and they're willing to let you make your own decisions. Your dads will come around."

"Ben will but not Michael; he'll never accept my choices."

"And what if he doesn't? You going to quit, run home and do what they want you to do, what they think is best for you? I'm not saying what they want for you is a bad thing but it may not make you happy. So what are you going to do?"

"First, I'm going to go to the bathroom then I'm going downstairs to face everybody."

"And then?"

"Say good bye to what's left of my family and head back to the Farm with you. I have some more studying to do."

"Sounds like a plan to me."

"Steve?"

"Yeah?"

"Something's changed."

"What's changed? What are you talking about?"

"You, something's different."

"You got that counseling certificate already? Come on; let's go get breakfast before Bobby and Justin eat it all."

"Yeah, blondie can sure pack it away."

Just before Steve and Hunter went downstairs, Steve drew Hunter into a bear hug.

"I have a good feeling about you, Jimmy."

Hunter looked up into the big man's eyes. "Yeah, me too."

Breakfast turned into brunch but when it was all over, every belly was full. All pitched in to set Claire's house to right and the cars were packed up. Ben and Michael finally came back to the main house to say goodbye to the Andersons. Michael huffed his goodbyes to everyone then went to wait in the car. Brian tried to talk to him but Michael refused to speak with him. Debbie, Carl and Ben gave Hunter a hug and a kiss and Hunter promised to call regularly and to email. With everyone ready to go, a goodbye hugfest ensued and a tentative Thanksgiving celebration was formulated. Carl and Debbie's car lead Temmett and Jennifer down the drive.

Brian and Justin had the Cherokee all packed and said their goodbyes to Claire, Steve and Hunter waiting until they went into the house before saying good bye to John and Bobby.

"You guys okay?" Brian asked addressing his brother and Bobby.

"Yeah, we're good," John answered for the both of them.

"That's good. I don't want a frantic phone call bitching about some stupid misunderstanding. I have better things to do than drive up here and kick some sense into either one of you," Brian griped.

"Don't worry, little bro, the next time I call will be to remind you about Thanksgiving," John countered.

"Oh fuck, another holiday and another family get together. Someone give me a fucking break...." Brian kept complaining as he hugged and kissed his brother and Bobby, and as Justin pushed him into the car. He kept on complaining as Justin drove out of the driveway, waving back at John and Bobby. John and Bobby laughed, shaking their heads as they could hear Justin's "I know, I know," as the car disappeared from view.

RUNAWAY LIFE

Chapter Fifteen

"They're not coming."

"You don't know that."

"Yes, I do. If they were coming, they'd be here already."

"We still have an hour before dinner."

"Brian, you really think they'll show?"

"Yeah, I do. Look the munchers drove all the way from muncherville with the kids. You really think Debbie will let Michael ruin her Thanksgiving with her grandkids for him? Not on your life. Between her, Carl and the Professor, they'll have Mikey bound and gagged in the back of the car. They'll be here, Hunter, they'll be here."

"Brian, I really want them to be proud of me."

"They are, kid."

"Ben is; I'm not so sure about Michael."

"He is; he just doesn't know it yet."

"Have you talked to him?"

"No. He's still angry at me for agreeing with you. He refuses to take my calls, ignores me when I go to the shop or the diner."

"He's a stubborn asshole."

"Yeah, but he's our stubborn asshole."

"Yeah. I'm hungry, let's go pick on something."

"Sure."

"Bri?"

"They'll show. They have to."

*****

As the family was all gathered and sitting around the tables a car drove up into the drive. A hush descended and the family could hear four car doors slamming shut.

"Ma! Stop pulling on my ear, I'm not a baby!"

"Then stop acting like one!"

The family couldn't help but hear Debbie's admonishment of Michael and his whining. Within moments the Novotny family was on the doorstep. Brian got up to open the door.

"It's about fucking time. We were just about to give thanks for the bounty on the table and for Hunter's asshole father."

"Ya know, kiddo, you're not too old to spank."

"Love you too, Maw," Brian said with a kiss to Debbie's cheek and pulling the woman aside as he led the family to their places at the table. "And thank you for getting him here. Hunter's been miserable."

"So has Michael." The Novotny clan took their places at the table then John led the blessing.

"Two years ago the only ones at this table were my mother, Steve and myself. Last year we added a few more people." The Liberty Avenue gang laughed at John's remark. "This year we're honored that Bobby's family has joined us." The Morrisons smiled at the shouts of, "hear, hear!"

"We have a lot to be thankful for. Now last year we all said a few words but if we did that this year we may not get to eat this fine meal that everyone helped to prepare until Christmas. So instead, I'd like to wish everyone a Happy Thanksgiving and offer my congratulations to Hunter, who earlier this week received his high school diploma and has registered at Harrisburg Junior College. He'll start in the spring." The family was silent for a few seconds until John's words sunk in then the room roared with cheers for Hunter.

"Speech! Speech!" The family cried out. Slowly Hunter stood up, blushing; he addressed the family.

"A few months ago, me going to college seemed like an impossible dream. I was scared, lost and running away. I was lucky that the Anderson's found me and hooked me up with the right people. I'm very thankful and grateful and also very hungry. Let's eat!" The family cheered again then started passing around the dishes.

Hunter took surreptitious glances at Michael all through dinner. The rigidity of Michael's spine spoke volumes. Hunter knew that even with the announcement about college, Michael still hadn't forgiven him.

When dessert was brought out, Brian grabbed his jacket and headed down to the big rock for a smoke. It wasn't long before Hunter followed him.

"Can I have a puff?" Hunter asked indicating the cigarette in Brian's fingers.

Brian shook his head. "I've corrupted enough youth."

"Michael's still pissed at me, so what difference does it make?" Hunter demanded slumping against the big rock beside Brian.

"Did I not teach you anything?" Brian asked with a scowl.

"What are you talking about?"

Brian picked up a stone and skipped it across the water. Hunter watched and then smiled as he did the same. "Seems to me I taught you that," Hunter said with a smirk.

"That you did. And it just goes to show you that anybody can learn anything, only sometimes the lesson gets forgotten."

Hunter shook his head. "I don't know what you're talking about."

"The last time we had one of our little meetings on the rock I told you that it was your life, and the only person you were responsible for was yourself."

"Isn't that what I did by staying here and choosing what I wanted to do with my life?"

"Exactly. So why are you letting Mikey's pissy attitude bring you down?"

"I ... I love Ben and Michael. I owe them so much. But I want Michael to be happy for me, happy that I've found a ... purpose."

"He is happy for you."

"He sure as fuck could have fooled me."

"That's just Michael. Until he finds a way to make all this his idea, he won't truly accept it."

"What?"

"Look, I've known Michael for a long time. He really doesn't take to change very well, unless he thinks it's his idea."

"But this isn't his idea. He had nothing to do with it."

"And that's why he has such a problem with it."

"But knowing that doesn't make it any better."

"It would if we can figure out how to make Michael think this was all his doing," Brian said as the wheels turned in his head.

"How the fuck can we do that?"

"I think I have a plan," Brian said as he quickly described what he had in mind. "Stay here and I'll send him down," Brian said as he headed back to the house.

Michael was sitting in a corner with his arms folded across his chest. He looked miserable. Brian knew he probably regretted taking such a tough stand against Hunter, but he was too proud and stubborn to admit it.

Justin came towards Brian with a questioning look on his face. He could tell something was up. "What's going on?" he asked Brian.

"Stand back and watch. If I need your help to drag Michael out of here, can I count on it?"

"Absolutely! Do I get to smack him if he doesn't cooperate?" Justin chuckled.

"If he doesn't cooperate, I'll smack him first. You get the second shot."

"Deal," Justin said with a smile as he retreated to the other side of the room finding a convenient seat to watch the proceedings.

"Michael," Brian said.

"I have nothing to say to you."

"I figured as much," Brian sighed. "So listen instead." Michael glared at his former friend. "Are you listening?" Brian asked.

"I'm fucking listening. What do you want to say?"

"You're behaving like an absolute jerk."

"Thanks for that detailed analysis of the situation. Now fuck off."

"Hunter's down by the stream. Go talk to him. This has gone on long enough."

"I'm not going anywhere."

"Yes, you are," Brian hissed getting angry at Michael's continued obstinacy. "You can go of your own volition or I'll drag you out there."

"You and who else?" Michael said defiantly.

"Not that I'll really need any help, but Justin has volunteered and I'm sure Ben will help, and then there's your mother."

"All right, all right," Michael said. "I'll go, but it isn't going to do any good. I still think Hunter's making a mess of his life."

"Put your feelings aside for a moment and talk to Hunter."

"Yes, your highness."

"Good. I'm glad that's settled." Brian tossed Michael his jacket and Michael made his way slowly out the door.

"Do you think that will solve anything?" Debbie asked Brian as the door closed behind her son.

Brian shook his head. "How the fuck should I know, but it's worth a try."

Michael walked slowly towards the stream. Beau bounded along with him always happy to have company, although this human didn't seem like very much fun. It was better than all the noise the other humans made in his barn.

"Do you have advice for me too, dog?" Michael asked. Beau barked. "I'm trying," Michael said as he approached the stream. He could see Hunter sitting on the big rock.

Hunter heard Beau's bark and smiled slightly. Brian had been able to get Michael down here. Now the rest was up to him. He stood up and skipped a stone across the water. He knew Michael was watching, but his foster father wasn't saying anything. He could play the waiting game too. He skipped another stone.

"When did you learn to do that?" Michael asked.

Hunter smiled before he turned around and looked at Michael. "Bill taught me how a couple of weeks after I came here."

"Why did you come here?"

"I told you it was an accident. I didn't really have anything in mind when I left Pittsburgh. Things conspired to send me this way."

"And now you want to stay?"

Hunter nodded before he picked up a stone and managed to make it skip five times before it sank. "Wow, I got five," Hunter said proudly.

"Is that good?"

"Damn right! I couldn't get it to skip at all at first. Want to try?"

Michael shook his head. "I wouldn't be any good at it."

"Brian said he wouldn't be any good either, but I managed to teach him," Hunter said proudly.

"You taught Brian to skip stones?"

"Yep." Michael shook his head again. "Come on, give it a try."

"Okay," Michael replied thinking that if it was good enough for Brian, it was probably good enough for him. "Show me what to do."

Beau watched the two humans wondering if this was another of those times when they were going to try to fill up the stream with all the little pebbles they could find. He laid down in the grass and watched.

Hunter found a stone and positioned Michael, showing him the proper arm action. Michael's first attempts were pathetic, but Hunter was encouraging and by the fifteenth stone, Michael got it to skip.

"See, you can do it," Hunter said daring to give Michael a hug for his achievement. "I knew you could do it."

Michael smiled. "You're a good teacher, Hunter."

"Thanks, that's what Brian said too."

Michael stared at Hunter. How much time had Brian and Hunter shared together while he had been moping around and refusing to talk to either of them.

"This was the first thing that I learned here at the farm," Hunter continued trying to seize the moment. "I told Bill that it was absolutely useless. He said that accomplishing anything is good for the soul. After that I started to feel better."

"You did?"

"Yeah, and I've learned lots of other stuff too. I like it here, and I'm going to learn lots more at Harrisburg Junior College."

"Couldn't you learn it back in Pittsburgh?" Michael asked with his patented pout.

"I guess I could, but I've had enough of the assholes I ran into there."

"Including me and Ben?"

"No, never you two. I want to be part of your family, I really do. But I need to do this for myself."

"Did Brian teach you that too?" Hunter looked at Michael questioningly not sure what he meant. "How to be a selfish prick?"

Hunter laughed. "Yeah, something like that."

"Well, I guess if you can be as successful and happy as Brian is these days, then you should go for it."

"You mean it?" Hunter asked with a huge smile.

"I mean it," Michael said as he opened his arms and they shared a true, meaningful hug.

As they released each other from their hugs, they heard Beau growl.

"Beau, what's wrong?" Hunter asked. The dog barked at something in the grass. "What is it, boy?" Hunter asked as he walked over to where the dog was crouched down.

Both he and Michael heard a loud 'ribbit' from the grass and saw the last huge bullfrog of the fall.

"Oh, I know just what we have to do with this," Michael said.

"Me too," Hunter agreed as he trapped the frog and picked it up. He managed to stuff it into the pocket of his jacket without hurting it.

Moments later accompanied by Beau, they walked into the house. Everyone looked up holding their breath till they found out what had happened.

"Well, don't just stand there," Debbie yelled. "Is everything straightened out?"

"Fuck yeah," Hunter crowed and Michael smiled his agreement.

Debbie gave each of them a big hug and everyone clapped them on the back.

"We even have a present for the person who made this all possible," Michael said looking at Brian.

"You shouldn't have," Brian said with a smirk.

Hunter drew the bullfrog out of his pocket and it let out one more large 'ribbit'.

Brian's smirk disappeared and he slunk back in his chair. "You really shouldn't have! Get that fucking thing out of here."

"But it's your reward for meddling," Michael said as Hunter held the frog out towards Brian.

"I'll save you, my prince," Justin called as he stepped forward, grabbed the frog from Hunter and quickly tossed it out the door.

"Hey, blondie!" Hunter objected.

"My hero!" Brian smiled as Justin returned to receive the appropriate thanks and a kiss, with future compensation to come later that night.

All was right in the land of Kinney.

*****

Thanksgiving evening was waning. As the Morrisons were preparing to go home. John, ever the proper host was getting their coats. "Dr. Morrison, may I speak with you a moment?"

"Of, course John." John ushered Dan into his study.

"Dr. Morrison..."

"Call me Dan; I think you deserve it."

"Thank you, sir. I appreciate that. Dan, I'm not getting any younger and I wasted a lot of time looking for the right woman only to find out that I should have been looking for the right man. Now that I've found him, I don't want to let him go. In spite of the obvious, I'm a traditional man. What I'm trying to say is that I want to marry your son. I'm asking your permission; I'd like to ask Bobby later tonight." John held his breath as his possible future father-in-law pondered the request.

"John, this is all new to me. Is it possible for you two to get married, here, in Pennsylvania?"

"No, but we can have a commitment ceremony and then later go to another state that does perform same sex weddings. It doesn't matter what we call it, I'd like to have a ceremony in front of our friends and family to declare our commitment to each other before witnesses. Dan, I'll take good care of him, not that he can't take care of himself. He's good for me and I promise to make him happy."

"I have no doubt that you'll make my son happy, you have already. And you've helped him through a difficult patch. We spoke about what happened that night. I never knew and I never knew how close I was to losing him. John, you have my blessing. Besides, it would be nice to have another man to talk to. Rachel and her girls. Poor George, he knows more about which pink sweater goes with what skirt than the Pirates." John and Dan shared a laugh then quickly joined the rest of the family to say goodnight.

Steve was getting ready to go back to the Farm. He said his goodnights to everyone then Bobby walked him out.

"Steve, are we okay? I mean, do you want another lawyer to handle the Farm?" Bobby asked with apprehension.

"Bobby, why would I want to do something like that? Next to John, you're one of the most honest men I know. For almost twenty years we've suffered, avoided some truths, ran away. It's time to put that all behind us. It's a fresh start for all of us. Goodnight Bobby, tell Claire thank you again for the wonderful meal and I'll see Hunter bright and early on Monday."

"I will. Goodnight, Steve. Happy Thanksgiving."

*****

"Okay, so tell me again how this is going to work." Brian asked John sarcastically. "I knew I should have put out for motel rooms."

"Why not, you've always put out in the past," Ted quipped as he went into the kitchen for another cup of coffee.

"Theodore, just because it's Thanksgiving doesn't mean I won't fire you," Brian shot back. Ignoring the looks Ted was giving him, Brian turned his attention back to John.

"One more time. The munchers, shit, Lindsey, Mel, and their kids take Bobby's and my room. Your sister and the kids will be in the cottage. Jennifer bunks with my Mom. Carl and Debbie take Hunter's room."

"Hunter's room. It is his room, isn't it? He's going to be here for a while, isn't he?"

"Yeah. He's a good kid, Brian. He wants this to work. He really wants to be a counselor to kids like himself."

"I know that and I also know he'll make it. Now, where are we going to sleep?"

"The barn."

"I was afraid you were going to say that. John, it's fucking freezing out. Can I blame you if my balls freeze and fall off?"

"First of all, the barn is a lot warmer than you think and it's heated. Number two, we'll take the loft space. We have the sleeping bags and they're rated to well below freezing. Michael, Ben and Hunter will be on the floor of the barn in a tent with their own sleeping bags. Although it's heated it sometimes gets a little drafty down there. Number three, I'm sure a certain blond will do his damnedest to keep you warm. And lastly, you only have one ball to freeze."

"Low blow, bro."

"I know but I couldn't help it. Oh, Ted and Emmett take the living room."

"Shit, why can't the certain blond and I take the living room?"

"Because you two are far too noisy when you fuck."

"Shit. All right, let's get this fiasco on the road."

With the sleeping arrangements all confirmed and each family member ensconced in his or her bed, Thanksgiving 2006 was coming to an end.

The boys were up in the loft space snuggled together with their partners quietly snickering at the normal family banter that was emanating from the tent on the barn floor below. Each whine from Michael, gripe from Hunter and attempt at compromise from Ben brought smiles to the four men up top.

Brian and Justin managed to surprise John and Bobby once again. Brian made love to his blond very quietly, coming within moments of each other with soft moans. John and Bobby were doing some moaning of their own in their sleeping bags. When it was all over, the only sounds heard were the wind rustling through the trees and the soft snores from the men below.

"Bobby, I asked your father for his permission."

"Permission for what?"

"To marry you. I know we've discussed it but now I'm asking again and in front of Brian and Justin. Bobby Morrison, will you marry me, be my husband?"

"John, I..."

---TBC---